Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Soi 2018 PDF
Soi 2018 PDF
Contents
A. Scheme of Instruction
Course Page No.
Prefix
Preface 3
I Division of Biological Sciences
Preface 6
Integrated Ph D Programme in Biological Sciences DB 7
Biochemistry BC 10
Ecological Sciences EC 13
Molecular Biophysics MB 15
Microbiology and Cell Biology MC 20
Molecular Reproduction, Development and Genetics RD 24
Neuroscience NS 26
1
Electronic Devices, Circuits and Technology
Power Energy Systems
High Voltage and Insulation Systems
Electronics and Power Drives
Photonic Device
Electromagnetics, Microwaves and Antennas
Signal Processing, Acoustics and Bioengineering
Dissertation Project
2
Preface
The “Scheme of Instruction” (SoI) and “Student Information Handbook” (Handbook) contain the courses and rules
and regulations related to student life in the Indian Institute of Science. The courses listed in the SoI and the rules
in the Handbook are primarily meant for post-graduate students of the Institute. Undergraduate students areallowed
to credit or audit the courses listed in the SoI.
The course listings are in conformance with the Divisional structure of the Institute, with the courses of each
department of a Division listed in a separate subsection. For instance, all courses of the Aerospace Engineering
department have the prefix AE, and are listed in the Aerospace Engineering subsection within the Mechanical
Sciences Division. The only exception to this pattern is the Electrical Sciences Division, where the courses are
organized under the sub-sections E0 through E9, according to the areas to which they belong. For instance, all
Computer Science and Automation courses of the Electrical Sciences Division have the prefix E0, and are found in
the corresponding sub-section, although the instructors come from all four departments of the division. The course
codes are given in the Table of Contents.
The listing of each course consists of the course number, the title, the number of credits and the semester. The
course number indicates both the department and the level of the course. For instance, MA 205 indicates that the
course is offered by the Mathematics department and is at the 200 level. Such 200 level courses are either basic or
second level graduate courses. The 300 level courses are advanced courses primarily meant for research scholars,
but can also be taken by course students who have the appropriate background; these courses can be taken only
with the consent of the instructor. Most courses are offered only once a year, either in the August or in the January
semester. A few courses are offered in the summer term.
The number of credits is given in the form M:N, where Mindicates the number of lecture credits and Nthe number of
laboratory credits. Each lecture credit corresponds to one lecture hour per week, while each laboratory credit
corresponds to a 3-hour laboratory class. Thus, a course with 2:1 credits indicates that ithas 2 lecture hours and one
3-hour laboratory session each week, anda course with 3:0 credits indicates a course with 3 lecture hours and no
laboratory session.
The Institute offers research-based doctoral programmes and Master’s programmesthat are both course-based and
research-based. Eachcourse-based Master’s programme consists of core courses, electives and a dissertation
project. Details of the requirements can be found under the course listing of the departments or divisions that offer
them. Each student is assigned a Faculty Advisor, who willadvise him/her in selectingand droppingcourses, and
monitor progress through the academic program. In order to register for a course, thestudent needs the approval of
both the faculty advisor and the course instructor. The number and type of courses taken in the first and subsequent
semesters depend on the programme and department the student is registered in – the Faculty Advisor and the
Department Curriculum Committee (DCC) will guide the students on the core and elective courses they should
register for. Students are permitted to claim an exemption from core courses on the basis of having taken them
earlier. Details of how to claim such an exemption are given in the later part of this book.
The Institute follows a grading system, with continuous assessment. The course instructor first aggregates the
individual marks of each student from the class tests, assignments and final examination scores. These marks are
then mapped to letter grades, and only the grade is announced. The point values of grades are as follows: A+:10,A:
9, B+: 8, B: 7, C:6, D:5, F: 0. Thegrades A+ through D are passing grades, and F is a failing grade.
All the course-based programmes have a specified set of core courses.The doctoral and research-based Master’s
programmes may have specific core courses, which depend on the division and department.Students in research
programmes have to take a minimum number of credits as part of their Research Training Program (RTP). For PhD
studentsin Science, the RTP consists of a minimum of 12 credits. For PhD studentsin Engineering who join with a
Master’s degree in Engineering, the RTP requirement is a minimum of 12 credits. For PhDstudents in Engineering
who join with aBachelor’s degree in Engineering or a Master’s degree in Science, the RTP consists of a minimum
of24 credits. Similar RTP requirements apply for students who upgrade or continue their registration from the
Masters programmes of the Institute. For the research-based Master’s degree, the RTP consists of minimum 12
credits. The Integrated PhD programme has 64 credits. Research students have the option of crediting courses
beyond the RTP requirement.
3
Detailed information with regard to the regulations of the various programmes and the operation of different aspects
of Institute activities are given in the second part of the Handbook. Students are urged to read this material carefully,
so that they are adequately informed.
st
31 July 2018 Prof. Prabhu R Nott
Bangalore560012 Chair
Senate Curriculum Committee
4
Information on the number of credits to be registered at
various levels for Different programme
Research programmes
Research Training Programme
(i) PhD Science : 12 credits (Ph D along with Master additional 12 credits (12+12)
(ii) PhD in Engineering Faculty with
(a) ME/MTech qualification: 12 credits
(b) MTech (Research) qualification: 12 credits
(c) BE/BTech qualification, and upgradingfrom MTech (Research) to PhD: 24 credits
(d) BE/BTech qualification, and transferringfrom MTech to PhD: 24credits
(e) BE/BTech/MSc qualification : 24 credits
Note: For cases (c) and (d) above,the committee approving the conversionis empowered to stipulate that the
student take additional credits
5
Division of Biological Sciences
Preface :
This Division includes the Department of Biochemistry, Centre for Ecological Sciences, Department of Microbiology
and Cell Biology, Molecular Biophysics Unit, Department of Molecular Reproduction, Development and Genetics,
Centre for Neurosciences, Centre for Infectious Disease Research and the Central Animal Facility. Students from a
variety of disciplines such as biology, chemistry, physics and medicine are admitted into the Division for research
work leading to a PhD degree.
Each Department/Centre/Unit offers courses on specialized topics designed to provide students with the necessary
theoretical background and introduction to laboratory methods. There are specific requirements for completing the
Research Training Programme for students registering for research conferments at the Institute. For individual
requirements, the students are advised to approach the Departmental Curriculum Committee.
The Department of Biochemistry offers a programme of study concentrating on a molecular approach towards
understanding biological phenomena. The programme of instruction consists of lectures, laboratory work, and
seminar assignments. In addition to formal course work, students are required to participate in group seminars,
departmental seminars and colloquia.
The Center for Ecological Sciences has excellent facilities for theoretical as well as experimental research in plant
and animal ecology and the social behavior of insects. The programme of instruction consists of lectures, laboratory
work, seminars and special assignments.
The Department of Microbiology and Cell Biology offers courses in microbiology, infectious diseases, eukaryotic
genetics, advances in immunology, plant and cell culture, and recent advances in molecular biology and genetic
engineering. The students are expected to participate in seminars on recent advances in these fields.
The Molecular Biophysics Unit offers courses which cover recent developments in molecular biophysics, biopolymer
conformation, structure and interactions of biomolecules and biophysical techniques.
The courses offered in the Department of Molecular Reproduction, Development and Genetics include those on
endocrinology, reproduction signal transduction, genetics, gene expression and development.
The research interests in the Centre for Neuroscience spans from molecules to behavior. The courses offered would
enable the students to gain fundamental knowledge in molecular and cellular neuroscience, systems and cognitive
neuroscience. In addition, students will be expected to actively participate in seminars, journal clubs and lab
rotations.
The Centre for Infectious Disease Research (CIDR) is involved in two primary activities: First, providing the
intellectual and infrastructural support for infectious disease research. Second, enable researchers to perform
studies in the Bio-safety Level-3 (BSL-3) facility, a state-of-the-art bio-containment space to perform research with
high infectious organisms, e.g. Mycobacterium tuberculosis etc.
The Central Animal Facility provides standardized pathogen free, conventionally bred animals for biochemical
experiments and also has facilities for research involving non-human primates.
6
Integrated PhD (Biological Sciences)
Course Work :
Core Courses: 19 credits
Projects: 16 Credits :
Biochemistry of carbohydrates and lipids. Cell membrane: structure and function. Metabolism: basic
concepts and design, glycolysis and citric acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, bioenergetics, fatty-acid
metabolism, integration and regulation of metabolism, pentose phosphate pathways and gluconeogenesis.
Photosynthesis. Protein translation and regulation, cellular protein transport and protein turnover,
biosynthesis and catabolism of amino acids and nucleotides, signal transduction. DNA structure,
replication and repair. Transcription, regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
Recombinant DNA technology.
Stryer L.,Biochemistry (4th Edn),David L Nelson and Michael M Cox, Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 3rd Edn, Worth
Publishers, 2000.,W. H. Freeman and Company,1995.
Calculus: functions, limits and continuity, differentiation, integration, transcendental functions. Linear
Algebra: vectors, matrices, determinants, linear equations. Statistics: elements of probability theory,
discrete and continuous distributions, measures of central tendency, variability, confidence intervals,
formulation of statistical hypotheses, tests of significance.
7
Sekar K, Supratim Ray
Biology and the natural sciences; Growth of biological thought; Matter and life; Origin of life; History of life
on earth; Bacteria and Protists; Fungi and other primitive plants; Seed bearing plants; Animals without
back-bones; Insects, Vertebrates, Phylogeny and Systematics; Mechanisms of Evolution; Chemical basis
of life; Cellular basis of life; Selected topics in plant and animal physiology; Selected topics in plant and
animal ecology; Introduction To Neurophysiology with Topics In General Physiology; Behavioral ecology
and sociobiology; Biological diversity on earth; Complexity; Molecular versus Organismal approaches to
solving problems in Science.
Renee M Borges
• Maynard Smith,J. The Theory of Evolution,Penguin Books (1993 edition),1958. • Bonner,J. T. Why Size Matters: From Bacteria to
Blue Whales
Dipshikha Chakravortty
8
An independent research project to be conducted in the laboratory of a faculty member in the Division of
Biology. It is desirable that the project be carried out in the laboratory where Project II was conducted.
Dipshikha Chakravortty
9
Dept of Biochemistry
BC 201 (AUG) 2:0
Cell Biology
Creighton,T.G.,Proteins,W.H.Freeman,1993.
Biochemistry of carbohydrates and lipids. Cell membrane: structure and function. Metabolism: basic concepts
and design, glycolysis and citric acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, bioenergetics, fatty-acid metabolism,
integration and regulation of metabolism, pentose phosphate pathways and gluconeogenesis. Photosynthesis.
Protein translation and regulation, cellular protein transport and protein turnover, biosynthesis and catabolism
of amino acids and nucleotides, signal transduction. DNA structure, replication and repair. Transcription,
regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Recombinant DNA technology.
Stryer L.,Biochemistry (4th Edn),W. H. Freeman and Company,1995,David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
10
BC 306 (AUG) 3:0
Essentials in Immunology
Adaptive and innate immunity, inflammation, antibody structure and function, the complement system, antigen
- antibody interaction, cells and organs of the immune system, B cell activation, immunoglobulin genes,
molecular basis of antibody diversity, T cell receptors, T cell activation, major histocompatibility complex,
antigen processing and presentation, lymphokines, transcription factors, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity,
immunological techniques. Immunological disorders and therapy
Goldsby,R.A.,Kindt,T.J.,Osborne
Course offers introduction to proteomics, 2D gel electrophoresis techniques for resolution of proteins, mass
spectrometry principles and applications in proteomics. Study of post translational modifications, Databases
(NCBI, Swiss-prot and MSDB) and their uses, software (protein pilot, mascot and gpm) uses for proteomic
analysis. Introduction to quantitative proteomics and techniques (i-TRAQ and SILAC).
Utpal Tatu
Reiner Westermeier,Tom Nave,Proteomics :,Tools for the New Biology,by Daniel C Liebler
Introduction to human embryology and congenital anomalies (RB), Cardiovasculr system; Respiratory system;
Endocrine system; Digestive system; Renal Physiology; Physiology and common Pathologies/disorders
associated with these systems; Medical and surgical interventions (SME).
1. Ganong's Review of Medical Physiology,25th Edition (McGraw-Hill Education).,2. Guyton and Hall Textbook of Medical Physiology
(Saunders Publication).,3. Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine (McGraw -Hill Education).,4. Davidson's Principles and Practice of
Medicine
Model systems for studying Ageing and Regeneration (such as Planaria, Hydra, Salamander); Role of
cellular processes such as transcription, translation, posttranslational modifications; Signalling
11
mechanisms; Cellular Senescence; Genetic basis of Ageing and longevity; Ageing and Diseases; Organ
Senescence; Obesity/Diabetes/Cardiovascular diseases/Muscle degeneration; Interventions to delay
ageing and/or enhance life span.
Principles of Regenerative Biology by Bruce Carlson.,Regeneration - Developmental Biology by Scott F Gilbert (6th Edition). Handbook of
the Biology of Ageing,Seventh Edition,by Edward J Masoro (Editor),Steven N. Austad (Editor) 2010.
Introduction to the process of Drug discovery, Principles of drug action, Biochemical pharmacology, drug
absorption, distribution, metabolism and elimination, bioavailability. Drug receptors and their interactions,
dose-response relationships, pharmacokinetics & pharmacodynamics. Use of genomics and proteomics for
understanding diseases at the molecular level. Brief introduction to Systems biology, Strategies for target
discovery, high throughput screening using genomics, proteomics and bioinformatics for target and lead
identification. Molecular recognition, drug and target structures and chemoinformatics. Druggability, protein-
ligand interactions, structure-based ligand design. Lead Identification, Lead optimization and design, Binding
site characterization, docking and clustering. Pharmacophore-based approaches, QSAR. Pharmacogenomics
& Variability in Drug Response, biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance, examples from current literature
Nagasuma R Chandra
Basic Principles of Drug Discovery and Development by Benjamin E Blass 2015,Structure Based Drug Discovery - An Overview by
Roderick E. Hubbard (RSC Publication) 2006,Molecular Pharmacology from DNA to Drug Discovery by John Dickenson,Fiona
Freeman,Chris Lloyd Mills
The dissertation project is aimed at training students to review recent literature in specialized areas of
research.students to review recent lit
Jayabaskaran C
12
Centre for Ecological Sciences
EC 301 (AUG) 2:1
Animal Behaviour: Mechanisms and Evolution
History and classical ethology; sensory processing and neural maps; Learning and memory;
hormones and behavior; behavioral genetics; optimality approaches and evolutionary models to
understand strategies for foraging, competition, group living, sexual selection and mate choice,
parental care and family conflicts, predator-prey interactions;theoretical, integrative and
computational approaches to studying animal behaviour.
Maria Thaker
The scientific process in ecology; framing ecological questions; elements of study design;
confronting ecological models with data; understanding the nature of data; frequentist framework for
statistical inference; basics of probability and probability distributions, point estimations, estimating
uncertainty, linear regression, etc.
Hilborn,R. and Mangel,M.,The Ecological Detective: Confronting Models with Data. Princeton University Press,Princeton
The sensory biology of the interaction between plants, their animal mutualists and parasites: vision,
chemoreception, olfaction and multimodal signalling; energetics of plant–animal interactions; nectar,
floral and vegetative scents and pollen chemistry; stable isotopes in the study of plant–animal
interactions; mate choice in plants; evolution of floral and fruit traits; phenotypic plasticity and
inducible defenses in plants; behavioural and physiological processes in generalist and specialist
herbivores, pollinators and seed dispersers; co-evolutionary dynamics of symbiosis, mutualisms and
arms races
Renee M Borges
Chittka,L. and Thompson,J. D. (Eds.),Cognitive Ecology of Pollination — Animal Behaviour and Floral Evolution. Cambridge
University Press,2001.
13
EC 203 (JAN) 2:0
Ecology: Principles and Applications
Earth (geology, geography, climate); ecology and society; evolutionary underpinnings to the ecology
of organisms; natural selection and sexual selection; population dynamics; plant–herbivore
interactions; predator–prey interactions; competition and coexistence; succession; trophic
interactions and trophic cascades; ecosystems; biogeochemical cycles; global change; ecological
applications; biodiversity and conservation; quantitative tools (ecological modeling and an
introduction to statistics)
Sumanta Bagchi
Begon,M.,C.R. Townsend,and J.L. Harper. Ecology: From Individuals to Ecosystems,(Fourth Edition) Wiley-Blackwell
This course offers an in-depth, hands-on look at the basic principles of evolutionary biology, and
discusses the recent advancements and the major ideas in the field. The course has a special
emphasis on phylogenetics, population genetics, molecular evolution, genome evolution, and offers
exposure to a wide range of theoretical and practical aspects for understanding the micro- and
macroevolutionary processes that shape the diversity of life on earth.
Basic elements of theoretical ecology, building and analyzing mathematical models of ecological
systems, generating new ecological insights and hypotheses. Discrete and continuous population
models; nonlinear dynamics and bifurcations in ecological models; incorporating stochasticity and
space; random walks in ecology and evolution; game theory and ESS; Price equation and levels of
selection.
14
Molecular Biophysics Unit
MB 214 (AUG) 3:0
Neuronal Physiology and Plasticity
Neuronal and synaptic physiology: exquisite insights from simple systems; history of technical
advances: electrophysiology, imaging and computation; history of conceptual advances: excitable
membranes, action potentials, ion channels, oscillations, synapses, behavioral neurophysiology;
complexities of the mammalian neuron; dendritic structure; dendritic ion channels; active properties
of dendrites; dendritic spikes and backpropagating action potentials; heterogeneity, diversity and
degeneracy in the nervous system; hippocampus as an ideal system for assessing learning and
memory; synaptic plasticity: short-term plasticity, long-term potentiation and depression;
mechanisms underlying synaptic plasticity; intrinsic plasticity; mechanisms underlying intrinsic
plasticity; issues in the credit-assignment problem on mechanisms behind learning and memory.
Rishikesh Narayanan
Prerequisites: None.~References: 1. “Foundations of Cellular Neurophysiology” by Daniel Johnston and Samuel Wu, MIT
Press, 1995.~2. “Neuroscience” by Dale Purves, George J. Augustine, David Fitzpatrick, William C. Hall, Anthony-Samuel
LaMantia, Richard D. Mooney, Michael L. Platt, Leonard E. White, Oxford University Press, 2017.~3. “The Hippocampus
Book” by Per Andersen, Richard Morris, David Amaral, Tim Bliss and John O'Keefe. Oxford University Press, 2006.~4.
“Dendrites” by Greg Stuart, Nelson Spruston and Michael Hausser. Oxford University Press, 2016. 5. “Synapses” by W.
Maxwell Cowan, Thomas C. Südhof, Charles F. Stevens, The Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003. 6. “The synaptic
organization of the brain” by Gordon Shepherd, Oxford University Press, 2004. 7. “Rhythms of the Brain” by Gyorgy Buzsaki,
Oxford University Press, 2006.
Principles and biological applications of UV-Vis, fluorescence, vibrational and circular dichroism
spectroscopy. Mass spectrometry and basics of one- and two-dimensional NMR spectroscopy with
applications to peptide and protein structure determination.
Horst Friebolin Basic One-and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy (Fourth Edition),Claridge T.D. W NMR High-Resolution
NMR Techniques in Organic Chemistry - 3rd Edition,Kurt Wuthrich NMR of proteins and nucleic acids,Tinoco et al Physical
Chemistry: Principles and Applications in Biological Sciences (5th Edition),Fred W. McLafferty and Frantisek Tureek-
Interpretation of Mass Spectra:
Basic thermodynamics, ligand binding and co-operativity in biological systems, kinetics, diffusion
and sedimentation.
15
Raghavan Varadarajan
Tinoco,I.,Sauer,K.,Wang
Crystal symmetry. Symmetry elements and symmetry operations, point groups, lattice space
groups. Production and properties of X-rays, diffraction of X-rays by crystals, Laue equations,
Bragg’s Law, Fourier transformation and structure factor, reciprocal lattice, experimental
techniques, rotating crystals and moving film methods. Basic ideas of structure determination,
Patterson and Fourier methods,powder diffraction.
Buerger,M.J.,Elementary Crystallography,Woolfson,M.M.
Basic ideas on structure and conformation of simple molecules – structural features of proteins and
nucleic acids, aspects of biomolecular forces. Higher order structural organization of proteins
and nucleic acid.
Objectives and basic working principles of different types of microscopes. Different types of
electron microscopies and their applications.Basic introduction of electron microscopy physics and
optics. Principles of image formation, Fourier analysis, Contrast Transfer Function and point
spread function (electron scattering, phase contrast, electron–specimen interactions, electron
diffraction). Characteristics of various advanced sample preparation, imaging, data collection
techniques of bio-molecules for negative staining and cryo-electron microscopy. Theoretical,
computational and practical aspects of various advanced 3D image processing techniques for all
kinds of EM data (Random Conical Tilt Pair, Orthogonal Tilt pair, Single Particle Analysis,
Subtomogram averaging). Cryo-EM map interpretation and data analysis, validation, molecular
docking (use of Chimera, VMD) and application of Molecular Dynamics Flexible Fitting (MDFF)
Somnath Dutta
16
Basic knowledge in differential calculus, matrix, probability theory, basic physics like optics, light, modern physics, wave
nature of electrons, electron physics, some programming knowledge and familiarity with Linux.,1. John J. Bozzola and Lonnie
D. Russell (1992). Electron Microscopy (Jones & Bartlett Publishers). 2. Ray F. Egerton (2005). Physical Principles of
Electron Microscopy: An Introduction to TEM, SEM, and AEM (Springer). 3. Elaine Evelyn Hunter and Malcolm Silver (1993).
Practical Electron Microscopy: A Beginner's Illustrated Guide (Cambridge University). 4. Ludwig Reimer and Helmut Kohl
(2008). Transmission Electron Microscopy: Physics of Image Formation (Springer).,5. John Kuo (2007). Electron Microscopy:
Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) (Humana). 6. Earl J. Kirkland (2014). Advanced Computing in
Electron Microscopy (Springer). 7. Gabor T. Herman and Joachim Frank (2014). Computational Methods for Three-
Dimensional Microscopy Reconstruction (Birkhäuser Basel). 8. Joachim Frank (2006). Electron Tomography, (New York,
Springer). 9. Joachim Frank (2006).,Three-Dimensional Electron Microscopy of Macromolecular Assemblies (New York,
Oxford U. Press). 10. Joachim Frank (1996). Three-dimensional Electron Microscopy of Macromolecular Assemblies (San
Diego, Academic Press).
Theoretical and computational aspects of various advance sampling and free energy calculation
methods (maximum work theorem, Jarzinsky equality, umbrella sampling, replica exchange,
metadynamics, markov state model, etc).Continuum representation of solvent and calculation of
electrostatic and non-electrostatic component of solvation free energy. Method development and
application of multiscale coarse-graining methods such as force-matching, elastic network models,
Inverse-Boltzmaan’s method and relative entropy methods.
Anand Srivastava
Basic knowledge in statistical mechanics, thermodynamics and molecular simulation (and/or basic exposure to biomolecule
conformations) Working knowledge of any one molecular dynamics tool. Books and references a. Michael P. Allen and
Dominic J. Tidesley, Computer Simulation of Liquids (Oxford Science Publications), 1981 b. Andrew Leach, Molecular
Modeling: Principles and Application(Princet Hall), 2001.,c. Christophe Chipot (Ed.) and Andrew Pohorille (Ed.), Free Energy
Calculations (Springer), 2008 d. Gregory A. Voth (Ed.), Coarse-Graining of Condensed Phase and Biomolecular Systems
(CRC Press), 2008 e. Mark Tuckerman, Statistical Mechanics: Theory and Molecular Simulation (Oxford Graduate Texts),
2010,f. Ken Dill and Sarina Bromberg, Molecular Driving Forces: Statistical Thermodynamics in Biology, Chemistry, Physics,
and Nanoscience (Taylor and Francis), 2010 g. Gregory R. Bowman (Ed.), Vijay S. Pande (Ed.) and Frank Noé (Ed.), An
Introduction to Markov State Models and Their Application to Long Timescale Molecular Simulation: Advances in
Experimental Medicine and Biology (Springer),2013
Need for and role of theory and computation in neuroscience, various scales of modelling, ion
channel models, single neuron models, network and multi-scale models, models of neural
plasticity. Oscillations in neural systems, central pattern generators, single neuron oscillators,
network oscillators information representation, neural encoding and decoding, population codes,
hierarchy and organization of sensory systems, receptive field and map modelling. Case studies,
computational laboratory and projects
Prerequisites: MB209, basic knowledge of linear algebra, probability, statistics and ordinary differential equations, and some
programming knowledge.,Dayan, P., and Abbott, L.F., Theoretical Neuroscience: Computational and Mathematical Modeling
of Neural Systems, The MIT press, 2005.,Koch, C., and Segev, I. (Eds), Methods in Neuronal Modeling: From Ions to
Networks, The MIT press, Second Edn, 1998. Eric De Schutter (ed.), Computational modeling methods for neuroscientists,
The MIT press, 2009. Eugene Izhikevich, Dynamical systems in neuroscience: The geometry of excitability and bursting, The
MIT press, 2006. Doya, K., Ishii, S., Pouget, A., Rao, R.P.N. (Eds), Bayesian Brain: Probabilistic Approaches to Neural
Coding, The MIT press, 2007.
17
MB 210 (JAN) 2:0
Peptides and Drug-Design
Organic reaction mechanisms; acids and bases; synthesis and properties of alpha, beta and
gamma amino acids; conventional and contemporary ways of peptide and protein synthesis;
synthesis and properties of cell-penetrating peptides; design of peptide mimics for drug-discovery,
chemical genetics screening.
Jayanta Chatterjee
a. Norbert Sewald and Hans-Dieter Jakubke, Peptides: Chemistry and Biology, Second Edition, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH &
Co. KGaA,2009.,Miguel Castanho and Nuno C. Santos (Eds), Peptide Drug Discovery and Development: Translational
Research in Academia and Industry, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA,2009,Selected review articles.
Basic theory of NMR spectroscopy. Classical and theoretical descriptions of NMR spectroscopy.
Product operator formalism for description of multi-pulse homo-nuclear and hetero-nuclear NMR
experiments. Multidimensional NMR spectroscopy, description of basic homo-nuclear 2D NMR
experiments useful for structure determination of biological macro-molecules. Experimental
aspects of homo-nuclear NMR spectroscopy: data acquisition, processing and interpretation of 2D
homo-nuclear spectra. Principles of hetero-nuclear NMR spectroscopy. Analysis of 3D and 4D
hetero-nuclear isotope edited NMR pulse sequences. Introduction to relaxation and dynamic
processes (chemical and conformational processes) that affect NMR experiments.
Cavanaugh,J.,Fairbrother,W.J.,Palmer
Methods for determining the three dimensional structures of biological macromolecules by X-Ray
Crystallography. Biophysical methods to understand structures of proteins and protein-
DNAcomplexes.
Balasubramanian Gopal
Kensal, E. Van Holde et al., Principles of Physical Biochemistry, Second Edn, Pearson Education Intl.,Cantor, C.R., and
Schimmel, P.R., Biophysical Chemistry, Vols. I-III, W H Freeman and Co., San Francisco, 1980.,Research papers and
reviews
18
MB 207 (JAN) 2:0
DNA-Protein interaction, Regulation of gene expression, Nanobiology
Dipankar Chatterji
19
Dept of Microbiology and Cell Biology
MC 206 (AUG) 2:0
RNA BIOLOGY
A basic concept on the Biology of RNA with primary emphasis on eukaryotic systems. Concept of
RNA world; Types of RNA- their biogenesis and functions, chemical aspects of RNA and its building
blocks; Transcription mechanisms, coupled transcription and post transcriptional processing:
splicing & polyadynylation, hnRNPs, Posttranscriptional control mechanism; RNAses and inhibitors,
Ribozymes. RNA stability, mRNA modifications, translation independent role of mRNA, Role of RNA
in protein biosynthesis; Translational control of gene expression. Non-coding RNAs: structure and
function, RNA interference: siRNA and miRNAs; RNA structure and prediction, evolution of RNA
sequences RNA editing. Discovery of basic molecular mechanisms from study of RNA viruses, RNA
binding proteins, RNA-protein recognition and interactions; RNA viruses: regulation of gene
expression; RNA in pathogenesis, its potential use as a drug target as well as its use as a drug.
Secretion systems of bacteria: Type I, II, III, IV, V. Overview of ABC exporters and importers, plant
pathogen interactions, virulence gene expression, intracellular pathogenesis. Pathogen persistence,
signaling by bacterial and viral components. Innate and adaptive immunity to bacterial pathogens.
Quorum sensing, biofilm formation, and its role in pathogenesis. Viral immune evasion mechanisms
such as functional mimicry of host complement proteins, secretion of chemokine and cytokine-like
molecules, inhibition of NF-?B and apoptosis, inhibition of serine proteases of the host antigen
presenting cells to suppress antigen presentation, inhibition of MHC class I presentation of viral
antigens, inhibition of host secretory pathway, prevention of phagosome acidification, antigenic
variation and suppression of TH1 responses by protozoan pathogens, role of host TRIM5 family
proteins in controlling HIV by mutation of viral RNA, ds-RNA and non-capped 5’ end mediated
recognition of pathogens by the host. Viral vectors, vaccines and drugs.
David G. Russell and Siamon Gordon,Phagocyte-Pathogen Interactions: Macrophages and the Host Response to
Infection,ASM Press,2009. Knipe,D.M.
20
drug resistance and mode of action; Quorum sensing and biofilms; Host-pathogen interactions and
mechanisms of immune surveillance; PRR and their role in pathogenesis; TH subsets and
modulation by pathogens; Diagnostics and vaccine development.
Concepts: Prokaryotic and eukaryotic membrane structure, composition, organization and transport;
Organelle structure, function and their biogenesis includes nucleus, endoplasmicreticulum, Golgi,
endosomes, lysosomes and lysosome-related organelles,autophagosomes,peroxisomes,
mitochondria and chloroplasts; Protein trafficking in-and-out of the organelles; Cytoskeletal elements
and organization; Cell adhesion and junctions; Intra and extra cellular signaling;Cell cycle, cell
division (asymmetric and symmetric) and stem cells; Cell death and protein homeostasis pathways
andCellular diseases. Methods: Introduction and evolution of light microscopy; Electron microscopy;
Cytohistochemistry; Flow cytometry; Pulse-chase and subcellular fractionation; Proteomics and
Protein-protein interaction approaches and genome-wide RNAi or small molecular screens to study
the various cellularpathways
Lewin’s GenesX,Lewin,B.,Krebs,J.E.
21
Growth and maintenance of bacteriophages and bacterial strains containing plasmids. Enzymes
used in genetic engineering. Vectors used in molecular cloning and expression of genes, promoter
analyses, and gene targeting in bacterial, mammalian, human, and plant systems. DNA, RNA, and
protein isolation, purification, and fractionation methods. Radioactive and nonradioactive labelling of
nucleic acids and proteins, and detection. Nucleic acids hybridisation methods. Transformation and
transfection methods. Gene and cDNA cloning methods. In vitro genome packaging systems and
construction of genomic DNA and cDNA libraries. Detection and characterisation methods for genes
and chromosomes. Nucleic acids sequencing methods. Methods for protein analysis, protein-nucleic
acid, and protein-protein interactions. Site-specific mutagenesis in vitro and in vivo. Random
mutagenesis methods in vitro and in vivo. Genome engineering methods. Polymerase chain
reaction (qualitative and quantitative), methods, and applications. Antisense technology and RNA
silencing techniques. DNA and Protein microarrays. Methods to generate transgenic
bacteria/animals/plants. Applications of Genetic Engineering Methods in Medicine and Agriculture.
Logic and techniques of molecular genetic analysis. Understanding interaction networks using
genetics and genomics. Illustrating the application of genetic analysis to specific developmental
pathways in model eukaryotic organisms. Some examples are regulation of cell cycle, genetic and
epigenetic mechanisms of cell fate determination, and signaling pathways in development.
22
• Current Opinion in Genetics and Development/ Cell Biology/ Plant Biology • Trends in Genetics/ Cell Biology/ Biochemistry •
Principles of Development by Wolpert and co-authors • Mechanisms in Plant Development by Leyser and Day • Plant
Physiology by Taiz and Zeiger • Ecological Developmental Biology by Scott Gilbert and David Epel
Mechanisms of Ageing and Regeneration; Model systems for studying Ageing and Regeneration;
Role of cellular processes such as transcription, translation, posttranslational modifications;
Signalling mechanisms; Cellular Senescence; Genetic basis of Ageing and longevity; Ageing and
Diseases; Organ Senescence; Obesity/Diabetes/Cardiovascular diseases/Muscle degeneration;
Interventions to delay ageing and/or enhance life span
23
Dept of Molecular Reproduction, Development and Genetics
RD 201 (AUG) 2:0
Genetics
Transmission and distribution of genetic materials, dominance relations and multiple alleles, gene
interaction and lethality. Sex linkage, maternal effects and cytoplasmic heredity, cytogenetics and
quantitative inheritance. Elements of developmental and population genetics.
Genetics 3rd edition by M. Strickberger,Molecular Genetics 2nd edition by G. Stent and R. Calendar,Genetic Switch 2nd
edition by M. Ptashne
Introduction to anatomy, histology, evolutionary medicine and clinical examinations, general human
embryology, physiological and pathological aspects of cardiovascular system, respiratory system,
renal system, alimentary system, Endocrine system.
Ganong's Medical Physiology, 23rd Edition,Junqueira's Basic Histology, 13th Edition,Robbins Basic Pathology, 9th Edition
Mechanisms of Ageing and Regeneration, Model systems for Regeneration; Role of cellular process
such as transcription, translation, posttranslational modifications, Signalling mechanisms;
neurogenesis, Cellular senescence; Model systems for studying Ageing; Genetic basis if Ageing and
longevity; Ageing and diseases; immunosenescence and inflammation, Organ Senescence;
Obesity/Diabetes/Cardiovascular diseases/Muscle degeneration; Interventions to delay ageing
and/or enhance life span (caloric restriction)
Principles of Regenerative Biology by Bruce Carlson.,Regeneration - Developmental Biology by Scott F Gilbert (6th
Edition).,Handbook of the Biology of Ageing, Seventh Edition, by Edward J Masoro (Editor), Steven N. Austad (Editor)
2010.,Molecular Biology of Ageing (Cold Spring Harbor Monograph Series), by Leonard Guarente, 2007.,Biology of Ageing:
Observations and Principles of Robert Arking, 2006.
24
Human chromosomes, clinical cytogenetics, tools of human molecular genetics, organization of
human genome, pattern of Mendelian inheritance, genomic imprinting, uniparental disomy and
human genetic disorders, X-inactivation, genetic variation, polymorphism and mutation, gene
mapping and linkage analysis, biochemical basis of genetic diseases, genetics of cancer, genetic
counseling, prenatal diagnosis
Arun Kumar
Human Molecular Genetics by Tom Strachan & Andrew P Read,Thompson & Thompson Genetics in Medicine by RL
Nussbaum, RR McInnes & HF Willard,Human Genetics: Problems & Approaches by F Vogel & AG Motulsky
Weinberg, R., 2013. The biology of cancer. Garland science. (Book),Hanahan, D. and Weinberg, R.A., 2011. Hallmarks of
cancer: the next generation. Cell, 144(5), pp.646-674. (review article),Pecorino, L., 2012. Molecular biology of cancer:
mechanisms, targets, and therapeutics. Oxford university press.
25
Centre for Neuroscience
NS 201 (AUG) 3:0
Fundamentals of Systems and Cognitive Neuroscience
Neuroanatomy, brain imaging, Biophysics of action potentials, sensation and perception, attention,
decision making, motor systems and executive control, space and memory
None
Molecular basis of neuronal development, neuronal transmission, synaptic organisation and its
relationship to synaptic physiology, small animal behavior, learning and memory and neurological
disorders.
None
Transition probabilities; Time dependent perturbation theory; Interaction with strong fields, Second
Quantization; Origin of Spontaneous emission; characteristics of stimulated emission; Absorption
and emission. Emergence of biophysical methods such as CD, Fluorescence spectroscopy,
Energy transfer and other such methods from the above principles. Non-linear optics ; Lasers;
Pulsed and CW lasers; Multi photon excitation; optical microscopy; diffraction limit; principles of
laser scanning microscopes; photo detection; optical microscope in bits and pieces.
26
Balaji J
None,None,None
Cell fate specification, axonal path-finding, signaling in the nervous system, synaptic transmission,
learning and memory and neurobiology of psychiatric and neurological disorders.
NS202,None,None
Sensory encoding, perception and object recognition, attention, decision making. Movement
planning, cognitive control.
NS201,
27
Division of Chemical Sciences
Preface :
The division of Chemical Sciences comprises of the departments of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry (IPC),
Materials Research Centre (MRC), NMR Research Centre (NRC), Organic Chemistry (OC) and Solid State and
Structural Chemistry Unit (SSCU). Students with a basic/advanced degree in Chemistry, Physics or several
branches of engineering are eligible for admission to the doctoral program in the division. In addition, the division
also admits B.Sc. graduates to the Integrated PhD program. Since 2011, the division is also actively engaged in the
four-year Bachelor of Science (Research) program and has introduced several courses at the undergraduate level.
The courses offered by various departments carry a two-letter departmental code that is followed by a three digit
number; of which, the first digit refers to the course level. In addition, courses offered to the Integrated PhD students
are listed separately with another code. The courses offered by the different departments have been grouped as
follows:
CD Integrated Ph D
IP Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
MR Materials Research Centre
OC Organic Chemistry
SS Solid State and Structural Chemistry
Each department/centre/unit offers courses on several basic as well as specialized topics designed to provide
students with a sound foundation in both theoretical and experimental aspects. There are specified requirements for
completing the research training programme (RTP) for students registering under different streams at the Institute.
For details concerning these requirements, students are advised to approach the department Chairman or the
Departmental Curriculum Committee.
The Department of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry provides training in several contemporary areas of theoretical
and experimental research covering all aspects of modern Inorganic and Physical Chemistry. The programme of
instruction consists of class lectures, laboratory work and student seminars.
The Materials Research Centre provides students opportunity to learn and train on several modern sophisticated
instrumental facilities for the materials preparation, device fabrication and materials and device characterization.
The Centre offers courses in various aspects of theoretical and experimental Material Science and on modern
materials characterization techniques.
The Department of Organic Chemistry offers courses at both the fundamental and advanced levels in Organic
Chemistry, in addition to courses on advanced special topics. The students also undergo training in advanced
laboratory methods and are expected to give seminars on contemporary research topics.
The Solid State and Structural Chemistry unit offers several courses in frontier areas of Solid State Chemistry and
Surface Sciences, besides basic and advanced courses in Chemical Physics; students of the department will have
an opportunity to work in all major topics in solid state chemistry and physics.
The NMR Research Centre houses several modern NMR spectrometers; courses are offered at various levels, both
on basic and advanced topics. In addition, the center also organizes workshops and symposia in the area of
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. In addition, it provides research facilities in the area of NMR to scientists from all over
the country.
Prof. P K Das,
Chairman
Division of Chemical Sciences
28
Integrated PhD (Chemical Sciences)
Course Work :
Core Courses
I Semester
CD 204 3:0 Chemistry of Materials
CD 211 3:0 Physical Chemistry-I
CD 212 3:0 Inorganic Chemistry
OC 213 3:0 Organic Chemistry
CD 214 3:0 Basic Mathematics
CD 215 0:4 General Chemistry Lab. (Organic & Inorganic)
II Semester
CD 221 3:0 Physical Chemistry II
CD 222 3:0 Material Chemistry
CD 223 3:0 Organic Synthesis
CD 224 2:1 Computers in Chemistry
CD 225 0:4 Physical and Analytical
Chemistry Lab
IV Semester
CD 241 : 0:14 Research Project Six credits of optional courses in consultation with Ph. D.
Supervisor.
Energy levels of molecules and their symmetry. Polyatomic rotations and normal mode vibrations.
Electronic energy states and conical intersections; time-dependent perturbation theory and selection
rules; microwave,infrared and Raman, electronic spectroscopy; energy transfer by collisions, both
inter and intra-molecular.Unimolecular and bimolecular reactions and relations between molecularity
and order of reactions, rate laws;temperature and energy dependence of rate constants, collision
theory and transition state theory, RRKMand other statistical theories; photochemistry, quantum
yield, photochemical reactions, chemiluminescence,bioluminescence, kinetics and photophysics.
Arunan E
Main group: hydrogen and its compounds – ionic, covalent, and metallic hydrides, hydrogen bonding;
chemistry of lithium, beryllium, boron, nitrogen, oxygen and halogen groups; chains, rings, and cage
compounds; Coordination chemistry: bonding theories (revision and extension), spectral and
29
magnetic properties; inorganic reactions and mechanisms: hydrolysis reactions, substitution
reactions trans-effect; isomerization reactions, redox reactions; metal-metal bonding and clusters;
mixed valence systems; chemistry of lanthanides and actinide elements
Aspects of crystal chemistry (lattices, unit cells, symmetry, point groups and space groups etc),
packing, bonding and description of crystal structures, Pauling rules, crystallographic methods,
defects in solids, electronic structure, magnetism, phase transitions, framework solids, ionic solids
and synthesis of solids
Vasudevan S, Natarajan S
C.N.R. Rao and J. Gopalakrishnan,New directions in solid state chemistry,A.R. West,Solid State Chemistry and its
applications,A.F. Wells
Postulates of Quantum Mechanics and introduction to operators; Wave Packets, Exactly solvable
problems Perturbational, Variational, and WKB Methods; Angular Momentum and Rotations,
Hydrogen Atom, Zeeman and Stark effects, Many electron Atoms, Slater determinants, Hartree-Fock
Variational Method for atoms; Symmetry and Group theory, Point Groups, Reducible and Irreducible
Representations (IR), Great Orthogonality theorem, Projection operators, Applications to molecular
orbitals and normal modes of vibration and selection rules in spectroscopy
Ramasesha S, Sarma D D
30
Suryaprakash N, Hanudatta S Atreya
Govardhan P Reddy
31
E. Fermi, Thermodynamics,H.B. Callen, Thermodynamics and Introduction to Thermostatistics,D.A. MacQuarrie, Statistical
Mechanics,D. Chandler, Introduction to Modern Statistical Mechanics
Structure of solids, symmetry concepts, crystal structure. Preparative methods and characterization
of inorganic solids. Crystal defects and non-stoichiometry. Interpretation of phase diagrams, phase
transitions. Kinetics of phase transformations, structure property correlations in ceramics, glasses,
polymers. Composites and nano-materials. Basics of magnetic, electrical, optical, thermal and
mechanical properties of solids.
A.R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Applications John Wiley and Sons, 1984.,J.F. Shackelford, Introduction to Materials
Science for Engineers, MacMillan, 1988.,....
Principles of selectivity and reactivity in the use of reagents for oxidation, reduction and bond forming
reaction. Planning a synthesis, antithetic analysis, synthons, linear and convergent synthesis.
Warren S., Designing Organic Synthesis, 1978,Carruthers W. S., Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis 3rd edition,
Cambridge University Press, 1986.,Carery, F. A. and Sundberg, R. J., Advanced organic chemistry, Part B, 2nd ed., Plenum,
1984,House, Modern Synthetic Reactions, 1972.,Fuhrhop J. and Penzilin G., Organic Synthesis - Concepts, Methods, Starting
Materials, Verlog Chemie 1983.
Basic programming in Python using simple examples. Numerical methods: interpolation, numerical
integration and differentiation, Gaussian quadrature, basic linear algebra, eigensolutions, linear and
non-linear data fitting, solutions of ODEs.
Sai G Ramesh
32
Langmuir adsorption, chemical analysis bypotentiometry, conductometry and iodometry methods,
pH-metry, cyclic voltammetry, flame photometry, electronic states by uv-visible spectroscopy, IR
spectroscopy, solid state chemistry – synthesis of solids and chemical analysis, X-ray diffraction.
(a) Vogel, A.I, Vogel’s text book of quantitative chemical analysis Longman 1989.,(b) David R Shoemaker, Carl W. Garland
and Nibler J.W., Experiments in Physical Chemistry, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 1989.,(c) Relevant literature from
Chemical Education (ACS Publications) and other pedagogic Chemistry Journals
Basic principles of two-dimensional (2D) NMR spectroscopy, 2D line shapes, phases and filtering.
Resolved 2D spectroscopy. Correlated 2D experiments (COSY, TOCSY, etc.) involving homo-
nuclear and hetero-nuclear correlations. 2D multiple-quantum spectroscopy, 2D relaxation
experiments (NOESY, ROESY). Multinuclear 2D and 3D experiments such as HSQC, HMQC, HNCA
and HNCA (CO) etc. Introduction to coherence level diagram, product operator formalism, phase
cycling and gradient-enhanced spectroscopy. Two-dimensional NMR of solids. NMR imaging.
Applications of two and three-dimensional NMR experiments for structure determination of large
molecules.
W. R. Croasmun and R. M. K. Carlson, Two -Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy - Applications for Chemists and Biochemists,
VCH, 1987.,.....,.....
33
Dept of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
IP 203 (AUG) 3:0
Group Theory and Molecular Spectroscopy
Group theory: Symmetry elements, point groups, representation theory, great orthogonality theorem,
SALCs. Time-dependent perturbation theory, light-matter interaction. H-like atoms, angular
momenta and selection rules of transitions, multi-electon atoms, term symbols, spin-orbit coupling,
Zeeman and linear Stark effects. Rotations and vibrations of diatoms, anharmonic effects, selection
rules, electronic structure. Rotations and vibrations of polyatomic molecules, various tops and their
properties, normal modes of vibration, selection rules, electronic states and transitions.
Atanu Bhattacharya
Levine,I,Molecular Spectroscopy Struve,W. S. Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy Bernath,P. F. Spectra of atoms and
molecules (2nd Ed.) Cotton
Samuelson A G
Principles of biochemistry and molecular biology, role of metal ions in biology, principles of
coordination chemistry, amino acids and other bioligands, proteins – secondary and tertiary
structure, nucleic acids, iron proteins, iron transport, role of zinc in biology – zinc enzymes,
biological importance of nickel, copper proteins, redox reactions involving manganese, biological
roles of vanadium, cobalt and molybdenum, basic concepts in drug design, metals and health -
metal-based drugs and mechanism of their action, metalloproteins as drug targets.
Mugesh G
34
IP 214 (AUG) 2:1
Crystallography for Chemists
Crystal symmetry. Generation and properties of X-rays. Diffraction theory, reciprocal lattice.
Experimental aspects. Rotation, Weissenberg precession and diffractometer techniques. Structure
factor equation. Electron density function. Phase problem. Structure solution. Introduction to direct
methods. Refinement. Absolute configuration, molecular interactions, solid state reactions. Chemical
reaction paths. Electron density studies. Experiments on structure solution related problems.
Crystal symmetry. Generation and properties of X-rays. Diffraction theory, reciprocal lattice.
Experimental aspects. Rotation, Weissenberg precession and diffractometer techniques. Structure
factor equation. Electron density function. Phase problem. Structure solution. Introduction to direct
methods. Refinement. Absolute configuration, molecular interactions, solid state reactions. Chemical
reaction paths. Electron density studies. Experiments on structure solution related problems.
Nethaji M
Taylor C.A. A nonmathematical introduction to X-ray diffraction. Stout G. and Jensen L.H.,X-ray structures determination.
Buerger M.J.,X-ray Crystallography.,-,-
Electrochemical energy systems. Batteries, fuel cells and electrochemical capacitors. Fundamentals
and applied aspects. Primary and secondary batteries. Polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells,
solid oxide fuel cells etc. Double layer- and pseudo- capacitors. Integration of electrochemical
energy storage systems with other devices.
B E Conway, Electrochemical Supercapacitors: Fundamentals and Applications, Kluwer, 1999. C A Vincent and B Scrosati,
Modern Batteries, Butterworth-Heinemann 1997. T J Crompton, Battery Reference Book, Elsevier, 2000. Sammes Nigel,
Fuel Cell Technology, Springer, 2006.,-,-,-,-
Siva Umapathy
35
IP 322 (JAN) 3:0
Polymer Chemistry
Concepts and terminology. Principles of polymerization – chain versus step growth process. Kinetics
of chain polymerization process, estimation of various rate constants. Determination of molecular
weight of polymers and their distribution.Solution properties and chain dimension. Characteristics
and mechanisms of various chain polymerizations – radical, cationic, anionic, Ziegler-Natta and ring
opening metathesis polymerizations. Living polymerizations – criteria for livingness, newer methods
for living polymerizations – GTP, ATRP and TEMPO-mediated radical polymerizations.
Copolymerization – random, alternating and block copolymers and kinetic schemes for analysis of
copolymerization. Micro-structural analysis of polymers by NMR – estimation of regio- and stereo-
regularity in polymers, sequence distribution in copolymers etc., and mechanisms for stereo-
regulation.
Ramakrishnan S
Flory P.J., Principles of Polymer Chemistry Odian G., Principles of Polymerization. Paul C Hiemenz and Timothy P Lodge,
Polymer Chemistry
Sampath S
Bard A.J. and Faulkner L.R., Electrochemical methods: Principles and Applications, Wiley 1990. Greef R., Peat R., Peter
L.M., Pletcher D. and Robinson J. (Southampton Electrochemistry Group), Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Ellis
Harwood Ltd., 1985. Gileadi E., Electrode Kinetics for Chemists, Chemical Engineers and Material Scientists, VCH 1993.
Vincent C.A., Modern Batteries, Edward Arnold, UK 1984. Nozik A.J., Photoeffects at semiconductor-electrolyte interfaces,
ACS, Washington 1981.,-,-
Plane wave and phase velocity, Representation of short pulses in time and frequency domain,
General construction of laser, Ultrafast Laser System: Oscillator and Amplifier, Gaussian Beam
characteristics, Polarization and Birefringence in ultrafast optics, Pulse Measurements in frequency
and time domains, Nonlinear Ultrafast Optics: second order, third order, higher order, Dispersion in
Ultrafast Optics, Ultrafast Spectroscopy, Ultrafast Dynamics through Conical Intersections, Ultrafast
Processes in gas, liquid, and solids.
36
Atanu Bhattacharya
Ultrafast Optics by Andrew Weiner, Wiley. • Ultrafast Optics Online Book by Rick Trebino (Georgia Institute of Technology) •
Modern Optics by Robert Guenther, John Wiley and Sons • Introduction to Modern Optics, Grant R. Fowles, Dover
Publications.,-,-,-,-
37
Materials Research Centre
MR 222 (JAN) 3:0
Chemistry of Materials
Structure of solids, symmetry concepts, crystal structure. Preparative methods and characterization
of inorganic solids. Crystal defects and non-stoichiometry. Interpretation of phase diagrams, phase
transitions. Kinetics of phase transformations, structure property correlations in ceramics, glasses,
polymers. Composites and nano-materials. Basics of magnetic, electrical, optical, thermal and
mechanical properties of solids.
Resolution and Rayleigh criterion, electron optics, electron guns and lenses, probe diameter and
probe current, electron-specimen interactions, interaction volume. Principles of scanning electron
microscopy, imaging modes and detectors. Transmission electron microscopy – elastic and inelastic
scattering, modes of operation, diffraction theory, Bragg’s law and Laue conditions. Reciprocal
space and Ewald sphere construction, Kikuchi lines, convergent beam electron diffraction, diffraction
contrast imaging – Howie-Whelan dynamical theory, Thickness and bend contours, imaging defects
and strain fields, weak-beam dark field microscopy, phase contrast imaging – Moire fringes, Fresnel
fringes and high-resolution imaging.
Ravishankar Narayanan
Goldstein J.I , Romig A.D. Newbury D.E,Goldstein J.I , Romig A.D. Newbury D.E,Goldstein J.I , Romig A.D. Newbury D.E
Balaram Sahoo
38
MR 308 (JAN) 2:1
Computational Modeling of Materials
Richard Martin.,Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Methods Cambridge,Richard Martin.,Electronic Structure:
Basic Theory and Practical Methods Cambridge,Richard Martin.
Thin films of functional materials including non-linear dielectrics, III-V and Nitride semiconductors.
Processing, structure, and properties of materials at the nanometer length scale. Specific
nanofabrication topics include epitaxy, beam lithography, self- assembly, bio-catalytic synthesis,
atom optics, and scanning probe lithography. The unique size- dependent properties (electronic,
ferroelectric and magnetic) and charge carrier transport in insulating and semiconducting materials
and semi-conductor devices. Structure – property correlations with reference to computation,
magnetic and ferroelectric storage, sensors and actuators and photo-voltaics
Krupanidhi S B
"Advanced Semiconductors and Organic Nano-Techniques", edited by Morkoc H., Academic Press, 2003,Rainer Waser,
Editor., Nanoelectronics and Information Technology, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim (2003,Tester, J. W, Drake E. M,
Golay M. W, Driscoll M. J., and Peters W. A.. Sustainable Energy - Choosing Among Options.,Cambridge, MA: MIT Press,
2005,Scott J.F., Ferroelectric Memories. Springer. ISBN 3540663878 (2000
Descriptive crystal chemistry for ionic crystals, Pauling’s rules, thermodynamics of point defects,
point defects in ionic crystals, defect reactions and Kroger-Vink diagrams. Introduction to
dislocations, slip, slip systems, perfect and partial dislocations. Thompson tetrahedron and
dislocation reactions, planar defects, surfaces and interfaces, direct observation of defects on
material. Thermal energy, heat capacity, thermal expansion, thermal conductivity. Negative
expansion effects in solids. Thermal shock resistant materials. Thermoelectric effects and
materials for thermal energy harvesting.
Chiang,Y-M.,Birnie IIi,D.P and Kingery W.D.,Physical Ceramics – Principles for Ceramic Science and Engineering
39
MR 306 (JAN) 3:0
Electron Microscopy in Materials Characterization
Resolution and Rayleigh criterion, electron optics, electron guns and lenses, probe diameter and
probe current, electron-specimen interactions, interaction volume. Principles of scanning electron
microscopy, imaging modes and detectors. Transmission electron microscopy – elastic and inelastic
scattering, modes of operation, diffraction theory, Bragg’s law and Laue conditions. Reciprocal
space and Ewald sphere construction, Kikuchi lines, convergent beam electron diffraction, diffraction
contrast imaging – Howie-Whelan dynamical theory, Thickness and bend contours, imaging defects
and strain fields, weak-beam dark field microscopy, phase contrast imaging – Moire fringes, Fresnel
fringes and high-resolution imaging.
Ravishankar Narayanan
Goldstein J.I,Romig A.D. Newbury D.E,Goldstein J.I,Romig A.D. Newbury D.E,Goldstein J.I
40
Organic Chemistry
OC 231 (AUG) 3:0
Chemistry of Proteins and Peptides
Erode N Prabhakaran
Voet D and Voet J.G. Biochemistry 2nd Edition John Wiley Cysons NY,1995.,Stryer L. Biochemistry 4th Edition,WH.
Freeman & Co.,NY.
Anslyn,E.V.,and Dougherty,D.A.,Modern
Organic synthesis and total synthesis of complex natural products: Advances in C-C bond forming
reactions; Olefination reactions; Olefin metathesis including alkyne metathesis; Synthesis of
alkynes; Asymmetric addition of Grignard reagents, organozinc and lithium reagents to carbonyl
compounds; Directed lithiation, chiral lithium reagents; alkylation of carbonyl compounds including
asymmetric alkylation. Addition of organometallinc reagents to imines, Asymmetric acetate/
propionate aldol reaction. Asymmetric allylation of carbonyl compounds; Ring forming reactions,
Baldwin rules; cyclopentannulations with specific application to triquinanes. Advances in
carbocation rearrangements. Inverse electron demand Diels Alder reaction/ Hetero Diels Alder
reaction: Application of the above in the total synthesis of natural products including natural
products of contemporary interest in current literature.
41
Kavirayani R Prasad
Santanu Mukherjee
42
Jayaraman N
References: Monosaccharides: Their chemistry and their roles in natural products,P. Collins and R. Ferrier,John Wiley &
Sons Ltd.,Chichester,1998. Carbohydrates: The essential molecules of life
Prabhu K R
Principles of selectivity and reactivity in the use of reagents for oxidation, reduction and bond
forming reaction. Planning a synthesis, antithetic analysis, synthons, linear and convergent
synthesis
Warren S.,Designing Organic Synthesis,1978,Carruthers W. S.,Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis 3rd edition
Students will present a short seminar on a selected contemporary topic which would be extremely
useful for educating the students beyond their immediate area of interest. This course will be
treated as a departmental requirement for all students registered at the Department of Organic
Chemistry during the first year.
43
Solid State and Structural Chemistry
CD 204 (AUG) 3:0
Chemistry of Materials
Aspects of crystal chemistry (lattices, unit cells, symmetry, point groups and space groups etc),
packing, bonding and description of crystal structures, Pauling rules, crystallographic methods,
defects in solids, electronic structure, magnetism, phase transitions, framework solids, ionic solids
and synthesis of solids.
Natarajan S
C.N.R. Rao and J. Gopalakrishnan,New directions in solid state chemistry,A.R. West,Solid State Chemistry and its
applications,A.F. Wells
Basic postulates of quantum mechanics. Exact solutions: harmonic oscillator (ladder operator
approach), particle on a ring and a sphere. Linear operators and matrices. Angular momentum,
raising and lowering operators and matrices for spin angular momentum. Hydrogenic atoms (without
explicit solution of radial equation), many electron atoms and Slater determinants. Approximate
methods - perturbation methods, application to many-electron atoms and term symbols. Variational
method - Hartree-Fock method for atoms. Hartree-Fock-Roothan method for molecules. Time-
dependent perturbation method - absorption and emission.
Symmetry, point groups and space groups, crystal lattices. Scattering, diffraction, reciprocal lattice.
powder diffraction. Single crystal methods. Data collection and processing synchrotron radiation,
phase problem in crystallography. Patterson and direct methods, Rietveld refinement, intermolecular
interactions electron density analysis. Basics of neutron diffraction, electron diffraction.
Guru Row T N
C. Giacavazzo (Ed.) Fundamentals of crystallography,J. D. Dunitz,X-ray analysis and the structure of organic
molecules,,G.H. Stout and L.H. Jensen
44
SS 304 (AUG) 3:0
Solar Energy: Advanced Materials and Devices
The Physics of Solar Cell-Jenny Nelson,Imperial College Press,Organic Photovoltaics Mechanisms,Materials and Devices-
Niyazi Serdar Sariciftci,Physics of Semiconductor Devices-Sze and Ng.
Formal principles; conditions for equilibrium, Legendre transformation, Maxwell relations. Phase
transitions; classification, Landau theory, universality. Irreversible thermodynamics; thermodynamic
forces and fluxes. Onsager relations; illustrative applications to electrochemistry; thermo-electric and
thermo-magnetic effects. Introduction to far from equilibrium systems. Basic formulations of
statistical mechanics; ensembles, partition functions, relations to thermodynamic functions. Ideal
systems; quantum statistics, non-ideal gases, Einstein and Debye Solids. Introduction to statistical
mechanics of liquids. Computer simulations; basics of Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics
techniques.
Govardhan P Reddy
Postulates of Quantum Mechanics and introduction to operators; Wave Packets, Exactly solvable
problems Perturbational, Variational, and WKB Methods; Angular Momentum and Rotations,
Hydrogen Atom, Zeeman and Stark effects, Many electron Atoms, Slater determinants, Hartree-
Fock Variational Method for atoms; Symmetry and Group theory, Point Groups, Reducible and
Irreducible Representations (IR), Great Orthogonality theorem, Projection operators, Applications to
molecular orbitals and normal modes of vibration and selection rules in spectroscopy
Ramasesha S, Sarma D D
45
SS 303 (JAN) 3:0
Polymeric Materials: Synthesis and Physical Properties
Handbook of Organic Conductive Molecules and Polymers, H. S. Nalwa, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Ed, 1997,Solid State
Electrochemistry ed. P.G. Bruce, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1995.,Principles of Polymer Chemistry, Paul
J. Flory,Kosuke Izutsu, Electrochemistry in Nonaqueous Solutions, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2002.,Solid State Chemistry and
its Applications, Anthony R. West, John Wiley and Sons (Asia), Singapore, 2005.
a) Crystal Lattices and Reciprocal Space b) Drude Theory, Sommerfeld Theory, Electrons in a
periodic potential c) Free Electron Approximation, Tight Binding Approach, Energy Bands and
Dispersion Relations d) Phonon Dispersion and Thermal Transport e) Magnetism f)
Superconductivity and Quantum Hall Effect
Undergrad level Quantum Mechanics and Mathematics,Undergrad level Quantum Mechanics and Mathematics,Undergrad
level Quantum Mechanics and Mathematics
46
Division of Physical and Mathematical
Sciences
Preface :
The Division of Physical and Mathematical Sciences comprises the Department of Mathematics,
Department of Instrumentation and Applied Physics, Department of Physics, Centre for Cryogenic
Technology and Centre for High Energy Physics (formerly Theoretical Studies). The Joint Astronomy
and Astrophysics Programme also comes under its purview.
The courses offered in the Division have been grouped into six broad areas. These areas have been
identified by code letters as follows:
The course numbers have the prefix of the code letter followed by the numbers. The first digit
indicates the level of the course.
There are specific requirements for completing a Research Training Programme for students
registering for research conferments at the Institute. For specific individual requirements, the students
are advised to approach the Departmental Curriculum Committee.
The Department of Physics and the Centre for High Energy Physics offer an Integrated PhD
Programme to which BSc graduates with an adequate background of Physics and Mathematics are
admitted.
The Integrated PhD programme in the Mathematical Sciences is offered by the Department of
Mathematics to which BSc graduates with an adequate knowledge of Mathematics are admitted.
47
Dept of Instrumentation and Applied Physics
M Tech in Instrument Technology
Duration: 2 Years
Credits: 64 credits
Credits
Core courses 21 credits
Electives 24 credits
Project 19 credits
Dissertation Project
IN 299 0:19 Disserrtation Project
48
Instrumentation building blocks: operational amplifiers, RC timers, waveform generators,
programmable analog circuits, analog filter design, switched capacitor circuits, CAD for analog
circuits. RF circuits: basic transmission line theory, impedance matching, Smith chart, stability of RF
amplifiers, VCO, mixer, PLL. Measurement and characterization of noise.
Vibrations in solids; Electrons in Metals; Phonons; Tight binding chain; Chemical bonding in solids;
Crystal structure; Real and Reciprocal Space; Scattering experiments; Waves in reciprocal space;
Band structure and optical properties; Fermi surfaces; Introduction to semiconductors; Magnetism;
Practical examples and review.
Chandni U
H. Ibach and H. Luth, Solid State Physics: An Introduction to Principles of Materials Science, Springer, 4th Edition
2009.,Steven H. Simon, The Oxford solid state basics, Oxford University Press, 2013.,Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid
State Physics, Wiley.
Theory of one, two and three dimensional lattices, energy velocity, energy flow, characteristics
impedance, Kronig-Penny and tight binding models of crystals, wave propagation in
nonlinearstructures. Transmission and reflection of electromagnetic waves on an interface, grating
theory, multi-dimensional phononic and photonic crystals, materials and techniques of fabrication,
nature inspired periodic structures, device applications
Abha Misra
C. Kittel,Introduction to Solid State Physics,John Wiley & Sons 1953.,A. P. French,Vibrations and WavesW. W. Norton &
company 1971.
Principles, instrumentation, design and application of UV, visible and IR spectroscopy, mass
spectrometry, Mossbauer and NMR spectroscopy, X-ray methods of analysis including powder
diffraction, wavelength and energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence. Electron microscopy and
microprobe. ESCA and AUGer techniques, photo electron spectroscopic methods, scanning
tunneling and atomic force microscopy. Chromatography, thermal analysis including DTA, DSC and
TGA. Thermal wave spectroscopic techniques such as photo-acoustic, photo-thermal deflection and
49
photopyro-electric methods.
Willard,H.W.,Merritt,L.L.,Dean
Fourier analysis, Fourier Integral, Discrete Fourier transform multiplications of two signals, Z
transform, convolution, correlation Digital filtering, Discrete transformation modulation, FIR, IIR
filters, Analog I/O interphase for real time DSP system, application of TMS320 C6713DSK to
evaluate convolution, IIR and FIR filter.
Mondal T K
Ervin Kreszic - Advanced engineering mathematics,Robert F Coughlin.,Frederick F driscoll,opreational amplifier and linear
integrated circuits.,Emmanual c Ifeachar
Digital interfacing, A/D conversion by 8 bit, 12 bit and 16 bit, system calibration, compensation.
Application of proportional control and PID control to systems and comparison, case studies.
Stability analysis and performance modeling. Advantages of microcomputer based industrial
process control systems. Remote control methods. Introduction of fuzzy logic and Application. Linux
infrared remote control.
50
Mondal T K
Basic principles in microfluidics, design principles for microfluidic devices, device fabrication
techniques, components of microfluidic devices (micro-pump, mixers, lenses, valves, heaters,
sensors, etc.), utility of microfluidic devices in various biological, chemical and optical sensing
applications, opto-fluidics, Inertial-microfluidics, droplet-microfluidics, microfluidics based-flow
cytometry. This course also provides hands on-experience in the design, fabrication and
characterization of Lab-on-chips or point-of care testing devices.
Dynamics of linear systems, Laplace transforms, analysis of feedback control systems using Nyquist
plots, Bode plots and Root Locus, design of control systems in single-degree of-freedom
configuration using direct design, proportional-integral-derivative control, lead-lag ompensation,
design of control systems in two-degree of-freedom configuration to achieve robustness,
Quantitative feedback theory control of non-minimum phase systems, Bode sensitivity integrals, use
of describing functions to analyze and compensate nonlinearities.
Jayanth G R
Glow discharge plasmas, ion surface interactions, magnetron discharges, ion sources, DC, RF and
ECR plasmas, surface modification using ion sources, ion beam mixing and ion implantation, ion
beam etching for microelectronic devices, plasma diagnostics, Langmuir probe, glow discharge
mass spectrometry and optical emission spectrometry, plasma surface modification.
51
Mohan Rao G
Upendra Behera
Quantum Mechanics Fundamentals, Schrodinger Equation, Particle ina Box, Harmonic Oscillator,
Bonding, Crystals, Winger Seitz Cell, Bragg?s Law, Lattice Waves and Phonons, Reciprocal Lattice
Brillouin Zones, Kronig Penny Model, Formation of Energy Bands, Metals, Semiconductors- Density
of States, Fermi Function, Carrier Concentrations and Mass Action Law, Doping, Recombination
and Generation, Continuity Equation, Metal Semiconductor Junctions, PN Junctions, BJT, JFET,
MESFET, MOS Capacitor, MOSFETs, Small Signal Models, Single Stage Amplifiers Basics,
Organic Semiconductors, amorphous silicon, metal oxides.
Sanjiv Sambandan
Advanced Semiconductor Fundamentals,Robert F Pierret,Modular series on Solid State Devices,Robert F Pierret and Gerold
W Neudeck Pearson Education Inc,Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology
Fundamentals of MEMS & NEMS fabrication, Physical properties of MEMS and NEMS devices,
doping, pattern generation, tools for nanoscale characterizations, CMOS based devices, Advanced
sensing systems such as image sensor, touch sensors, accelerometer, gyroscope, flow sensors,
actuators, transducers, thermal sensor, electrostatic, piezoelectric piezoreristive sensors, chemical
sensors, biological sensors, strain gauges, load cells, pressure sensors, optical sensors, signal
conditioning circuits for sensors, control units etc., electrons and ions optics, single electron
tunneling, quantization of electrical conduction, electronic and photonic band gap crystals.
52
Abha Misra
Ramgopal S
Asha Bhardwaj
53
demolition measurements, linear measurements and amplification, beyond the SQL - parametric
amplification. Case studies of measurement – quantized charge measurement, single photon
detection, non-demolition method for photon, quadrature measurements etc. Control of single
quantum systems, introduction to decoherence – decoherence as measurement by environment,
characterizing decoherence in qubits, openloop control and stabilization of qubit states.
Vladimir B. Braginsky and Farid Ya. Khalili,“Quantum Measurement”,Cambridge University Press,1995,Howard M. Wiseman
54
Dept of Mathematics
ESSENTIAL COURSES
ELECTIVES COURSES
Books
MA 219,MA 212,Etingof Pavel. Golberg Oleg. Hensel Sebastian. Liu Tiankai. Schwendner Alex. Vaintrob Dmitry. Yudovina
Elena. Introduction to representation theory. With historical interludes by Slava Gerovitch. Student Mathematical Library 59.
American Mathematical Society. 2011.,Linear representations of finite groups. J. P. Serre. Graduate Texts in Mathematics.
Vol. 42. Springer-Verlag. New York-Heidelberg. 1977.
55
MA 223 (AUG) 3:0
Functional Analysis
Basic topological concepts, Metric spaces, Normed linear spaces, Banach spaces, Bounded linear
functionals and dual spaces, Hahn-Banach Theorem, Bounded linear operators, Open mapping
theorem, Closed graph theorem, Banach-Steinhaus theorem, Hilbert spaces, Riesz Representation
Theorem, Orthonormal sets, Orthogonal complements, Bounded operators on a Hilbert space up to
(and including) the spectral theorem for compact, self–adjoint operators.
Bhattacharyya T
MA 222,MA 224,MA 219,John Conway A Course in Functional Analysis (Springer),Rajendra Bhatia Notes On Functional
Analysis Texts and Readings in Mathematics (Hindustan Book Agency 2009)
Probability measures and random variables, pi and lambda systems, expectation, the moment
generating function, the characteristic function, laws of large numbers, limit theorems, conditional
contribution and expectation, martingales, infinitely divisible laws and stable laws.
Part A 1. Groups: definitions & basic examples; 2. Normal subgroups, quotients; 3. Three
isomorphism theorems; 4. Centralizer and normalizer of a subset, centre of a group; 5.
Permutations, symmetric groups and Cayley's Theorem; 6. Group actions and their applications,
Sylow's theorems. Part B 1. Rings and ideals: basic definitions, quotient rings; 2. The Chinese
Remainder Theorem; 3. Maximal and prime ideals; 4. Unique factorization, unique factorization
domains, principal ideal domains, Euclidean domains, polynomial rings; 5. Modules: basic
definitions and examples, Hom and tensor products, the Structure Theorem for finitely generated
modules over PIDs; 6. Fields: basic definitions and examples, algebraic & transcendental numbers;
7. Finite fields, characteristic, the order of a finite field.
Pooja Singla
UM 203,Artin M. Algebra. Prentice-Hall of India. 1994.,Dummit. D. S. and Foote R. M. Abstract Algebra. McGraw-Hill.
1986.,Herstein I. N. Topics in Algebra. John Wiley and Sons. 1995.,Lang S. Algebra. (3rd Ed.) Springer. 2002.
56
MA 219 (AUG) 3:1
Linear algebra
Vector spaces: definition, basis and dimension, direct sums. Linear transformations: definition, the
Rank-Nullity Theorem, the algebra of linear transformations. Dual spaces. Matrices. Systems of
linear equations: elementary theory of determinants, Cramer’s rule. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors,
the characteristic polynomial, the Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, the minimal polynomial, algebraic and
geometric multiplicities. Diagonalization. The Jordan canonical form. Symmetry: group of motions of
the plane, discrete groups of motion, finite subgroups of SO(3). Bilinear forms: symmetric, skew-
symmetric and Hermitian forms, Sylvester’s law of inertia, Spectral theorem for Hermitian and
normal operators on finite-dimensional vector spaces.
Venkatesh R
UM 102,Hoffman K. and Kunze R. Linear Algebra (2nd Ed.) Prentice-Hall of India. 1992.,Artin M. Algebra. Prentice-Hall of
India. 1994.,Halmos P. Finite dimensional vector spaces. Springer-Verlag (UTM). 1987.
Point-set topology: Open and closed sets, Continuous functions, Metric topology, Product topology,
Connectedness and path-connectedness, Compactness, Countability axioms, Separation axioms,
Complete metric spaces, Quotient topology, Topological groups, Orbit spaces. The fundamental
group: Homotopic maps, Construction of the fundamental group, Fundamental group of the circle,
Homotopy type, Brouwer's fixed-point theorem, Separation of the plane.
Harish Seshadri
Functions on Rn, directional derivatives, total derivative, higher order derivatives and Taylor series.
The inverse and implicit function theorem, integration on Rn, differential forms on Rn, closed and
exact forms. Green’s theorem, Stokes’ theorem and the Divergence theorem.
Kaushal Verma
57
Basudeb Datta
MA 231~MA212
Sample spaces, events, probability, discrete and continuous random variables, Conditioning and
independence, Bayes formula, moments and moment generating function, characteristic function,
laws of large numbers, central limit theorem, Markov chains, Poisson processes.
Siddhartha Gadgil
Construction of the field of real numbers and the least upper-bound property. Review of sets,
countable & uncountable sets. Metric Spaces: topological properties, the topology of Euclidean
space. Sequences and series. Continuity: definition and basic theorems, uniform continuity, the
Intermediate Value Theorem. Differentiability on the real line: definition, the Mean Value Theorem.
The Riemann-Stieltjes integral: definition and examples, the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
Sequences and series of functions, uniform convergence, the Weierstrass Approximation Theorem.
Differentiability in higher dimensions: motivations, the total derivative, and basic theorems. Partial
derivatives, characterization of continuously-differentiable functions. The Inverse and Implicit
Function Theorems. Higher-order derivatives.
Gautam Bharali
Rudin W. Principles of Mathematical Analysis. 3rd edition. McGraw-Hill International Edition.,Tao T. Analysis I. 3rd edition.
TRIM series. Hindustan Book Agency. 2014.,Tao T. Analysis II. 3rd edition. TRIM series. Hindustan Book Agency.
2014.,Apostol T. M. Mathematical Analysis. Narosa. 1987.
58
Nandakumaran A K
MA241,Fritz John,Folland
Hilbert spaces: Polarization compact Hermitian operators, Sturm – Liouville Theory Spherical
Harmonics
Inequalities: The isoperimetric inequalities Vector fields and differential forms volume computations
Positivity conditions for hermitian polynomials
Gadadhar Misra
Financial market. Financial instruments: bonds, stocks, derivatives. Binomial no-arbitrage pricing
model: single period and multi-period models. Martingale methods for pricing. American options:
the Snell envelope. Interest rate dependent assets: binomial models for interest rates, fixed income
derivatives, forward measure and future. Investment portfolio: Markovitz’s diversification. Capital
asset pricing model (CAPM). Utility theory.
Luenberger D.V. Investment Science. Oxford University Press. 1998.,Shiryaev A.N. Essentials of Stochastic Finance. World
Scientific. 1999.,Shreve S.E. Stochastic Calculus for Finance I: The Binomial Asset pricing Model. Springer. 2005.
This is an introduction to hyperbolic surfaces and 3-manifolds, which played a key role in the
development of geometric topology in the preceding few decades. Topics that shall be discussed
will be from the following list: Basic notions of Riemannian geometry, Models of hyperbolic space,
Fuchsian groups, Thick-thin decomposition, Teichmüller space, The Nielsen Realisation problem,
Kleinian groups, The boundary at infinity, Mostow rigidity theorem, 3-manifold topology and the JSJ-
decomposition, Statement of Thurston’s Geometrization Conjecture (proved by Perelman)
Subhojoy Gupta
59
MA 310 (AUG) 3:0
Algebraic Geometry I
Refresher on Commutative Algebra: localization, local rings, integral closure, Krull dimension.Zariski
topology, Hochster’s characterization of Zariski topology, spectral spaces. Zariski spectrum as a
frame Refresher on categories : Categories, functors, Yoneda Lemma, equivalence of categories,
adjoints.Grothendieck sites : Zariski, '{e}tale and Nisnevich sites. Presheaves and Sheaves Locally
ringed spaces and schemes Separated schemes, proper schemes, irreducible schemes, reduced
schemes, integral schemes, noetherian schemes. Morphisms : separated, proper, finite morphisms,
finite type morphisms, affine morphisms Sheaves of algebras : affine morphisms as sheaves of
algebras Sheaves of modules over a scheme, Quasi-coherent and coherent sheaves Divisors and
Line Bundles, Weil divisors, Cartier divisors, Line bundles on Projective spaces, Serre sheaves.
Projective morphisms, ample and very ample line bundles Formal schemes
Abhishek Banerjee
MA 212,Robin Hartshorne. Algebraic geometry. Graduate Texts in Mathematics. No. 52. Springer-Verlag. New York-
Heidelberg. 1977.,Robin Hartshorne. Residues and duality Lecture notes of a seminar on the work of A. Grothendieck given
at Harvard 1963/64. With an appendix by P. Deligne. Lecture Notes in Mathematics. No. 20 Springer-Verlag Berlin-New York
1966.
This course is an introduction to logic and foundations from both a modern point of view (based on
type theory and its relations to topology) as well as in the traditional formulation based on first-order
logic.
Topics:
Basic type theory: terms and types, function types, dependent types, inductive types. First order
logic: First order languages, deduction and truth, Models, Godel’s completeness and compactness
theorems. Godel’s incompleteness theorem Homotopy Type Theory: propositions as types, the
identity type family, topological view of the identity type, foundations of homotopy type theory.
Most of the material will be developed using the dependently typed language/proof assistant Agda.
Connections with programming in functional languages will be explored.
60
Siddhartha Gadgil
No prior knowledge of logic is assumed. Some background in algebra and topology will be assumed. It will be useful to have
some familiarity with programming.~Homotopy Type Theory: Univalent Foundations of Mathematics .Institute for Advanced
Studies. Princeton 2013; available at http://homotopytypetheory.org/book/~Manin Yu. I. A Course in Mathematical Logic for
Mathematicians. Second Edition .Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag. 2010.~Srivastava S. M.. A Course on
Mathematical Logic. Universitext. Springer-Verlag. 2008 .~
Abhishek Banerjee
~Robin Hartshorne. Algebraic geometry. Graduate Texts in Mathematics. No. 52. Springer-Verlag. New York-Heidelberg.
1977.~Robin Hartshorne. Residues and duality. Lecture notes of a seminar on the work of A.~Grothendieck. given at Harvard
1963/64. With an appendix by P. Deligne. Lecture Notes in Mathematics. No. 20 Springer-Verlag. Berlin-New York 1966.~~
Kaushal Verma
General and special linear groups, bilinear forms, Symplectic groups, symmetric forms, quadratic
forms, Orthogonal geometry, orthogonal groups, Clifford algebras, Hermitian forms, Unitary spaces,
Unitary groups.
Pooja Singla
MA 212~MA 219~L. C. Grove. Classical Groups and Geometric Algebra. Graduate Studies in Mathematics 39. American
Mathematical Society. 2002.~A. Artin. Geometric Algebra. John Wiley & sons. 1988.~Herman Weyl. The Classical Groups.
Princeton University Press. Princeton. 1946.
61
MA 366 (JAN) 3:0
Stochastic Finance II
Trading in continuous time : geometric Brownian motion model. Option pricing : Black-Scholes-
Merton theory. Hedging in continuous time : the Greeks. American options. Exotic options. Market
imperfections. Term-structure models. Vasicek, Hull-White and CIR models. HJM model. LIBOR
model. Introduction to credit Rsik Models: structural and intensity models. Credit derivatives.
~Amman M. Credit Risk Valuation. Second Edition. Springer. 2001.~Brigo D and Mercurio. F. Interest Rate Models Theory
and Practice. Second Edition .Springer. 2007 .~Shiryaev A.N. Essentials of Stochastic Finance. World Scientific.
1999.~Shreve S.E. Stochastic Calculus for Finance II : The continous Time Models. Springer. 2004.
The algebra of symmetric functions, Schur functions, RSK algorithm, Murnaghan- Nakayama Rule,
Hillman-Grassl correspondence, Knuth equivalence, jeu de taquim, promotion and evacuation,
Littlewood-Richardson rules.No prior knowledge of combinatorics is expected, but a familiarity with
linear algebra and finite groups will be assumed.
Arvind Ayyer
Stanley R. Enumerative Combinatorics. volume 2. Cambridge University Press. 2001.~Sagan B. The Symmetric Group:
Representations. Combinatorial Algorithms. and Symmetric Functions. Graduate Texts in Mathematics vol. 203. Springer-
Verlag. 2001.~Prasad A. Representation Theory : A Combinational Viewpoint. Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics
vol. 147. 2014.~Stanley R. Lecture notes on Topics in Algebraic Combinatorics.~
Basics concepts:Introduction and examples through physical models, First and second order
equations, general and particular solutions, linear and nonlinear systems, linear independence,
solution techniques. Existence and Uniqueness Theorems :Peano’s and Picard’s theorems,
Grownwall’s inequality, Dependence on initial conditions and associated flows. Linear system:The
fundamental matrix, stability of equilibrium points, Phase- plane analysis, Sturm-Liouvile theory .
Nonlinear system and their stability:Lyapunov’s method, Non-linear Perturbation of linear systems,
Periodic solutions and Poincare- Bendixson theorem
Thirupathi Gudi
221,Coddington, E. A. and Levinson, N., Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations ,Tata McGraw-Hill, 1972,Perko, L.,
Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems ,Springer-Verlag, 1991.
62
MA 278 (JAN) 3:0
Introduction to Dynamical Systems Theory
Finite dimensional Lie algebras, Ideals, Homomorphisms, Solvable and Nilpotent Lie algebras,
Semisimple Lie algebras, Jordan decomposition, Kiling form, root space decomposition, root
systems, classification of complex semisimple Lie algebras Representations Complete reducibility,
weight spaces, Weyl character formula, Kostant, steinberg and Freudenthal formulas
Books
Venkatesh R
none,none,none
Part A 1. Introduction to categories and functors, direct and inverse limits; 2. Field of fractions of an
integral domain, localization of rings; 3. i-adic completion of rings; 4. Tensor products, short exact
sequences of modules; 5. Noetherian rings and modules, Hilbert Basis Theorem, Jordan-Holder
Theorem; 6. Artinian rings, Artinian implies Noetherian, Krull-Schmidt Theorem. Part B 1. Splitting
fields, normal and separable extensions; 2. Application to finite fields; 3. The Fundamental Theorem
of Galois Theory; 4. The Primitive Element Theorem.
Soumya Das
MA 212~Artin M. Algebra. Prentice Hall of India. 1994.~Dummit D. S. and Foote. R. M.. Abstract Algebra .McGraw-Hill.
1986.~Lang S. Algebra (3rd Ed.) .Springer. 2002.~Atiyah M. and MacDonald. R. Introduction to Commutative Algebra
.Addison-Wesley(or any reprint).
63
Random Graphs and interacting particle systems
rdos - Renyi random graphs, graphs with power law degree distributions, lsing Potts and contact
process, voter model, epidemic models. Books Bollobas Bela, Random graphs, Cambridge
University Press, Second Edition, 2006. Janson, S., Luczak, T and Rucinski, A, Random Graphs,
Wiley, 2000. Durrct, R: Random Graph Dynamics, Cambridge, 2011.
none,none,none
Narayanan E K
MA 221~Stein E. M. and Shakarchi R. Real analysis: measure theory. integration and Hilbert spaces. Princeton university
press (2005).~Folland G.B. Real Analysis: Modern Techniques and their Applications (2nd Ed.) .Wiley.~Royden H. L. Real
Analysis .Macmillan. 1988.~Hewitt E. and Stromberg. K. Real and Abstract Analysis. Springer. 1969.
Thangavelu S
MA 221~Stein E. M. and Shakarchi R. Complex analysis. Princeton university press (2003).~Ahlfors L. V. Complex Analysis.
McGraw-Hill. 1979.~Conway J. B. Functions of One Complex Variable. Springer-veriag. 1978.~
64
Basics: The inverse function and implicit function theorems. The Riemann integral in higher
dimensions, partitions of unity, the change of variables formula. Stokes' Theorem: Introductory
multilinear algebra, differential forms, the exterior derivative. Integration of differential forms,
differentiable simplices and chains, Stokes' Theorem for differentiable chains. Stokes' Theorem for
embedded submanifolds in Euclidean space: motivations and statement, examples and special
cases. Differentiable manifolds: Definitions and examples. Smooth functions on manifolds. The
tangent bundle. Immersions, embeddings and submersions. The implicit function theorem on
manifolds.
Subhojoy Gupta
MA 221~Spivak. M. Calculus on Manifolds. W.A. Benjamin. co. 1965.~Hirsh. M.W. Differential Topology. Springer-Verlag.
1997.~~
Banach algebras, Gelfand theory, C* - algebras the GNSconstruction, spectral theorem for normal
operators, Fredholm operators. The L- infinity functional calculus for normal operators.
Bhattacharyya T
MA 223~Conway J.B. A Course in Functional Analysis. Springer. 1985.~Douglas R. G. Banach Algebra Techniques in
Operator Theory. Academic Press. 1972.~~
65
MA 386 (JAN) 3:0
Coxeter Groups
Reflection groups and their generalisations, Coxeter systems, permutation representations, reduced
words, Bruhat order, Kazhdan-Lusztig theory, Chevalley’s theorem, Poincare series, root systems,
classification of finite and affine Coxeter groups No prior knowledge of combinatorics or algebra is
expected, but we will assume a familiarity with linear algebra and basics of group theory.
Suggested books : Anders Bjorner & Francesco Brenti, Combinatorics of Coxeter Groups, Springer
GTM, 2005. James E. Humphreys, Reflection Groups and Coxeter Groups, Cambridge University
Press, 1990. Michael W. Davis, The Geometry and Topology of Coxeter Groups, Princeton
University Press, 2008. Nicolas Bourbaki, Elements Of Mathematics: Lie Groups and Lie Algebras:
Chapters 4-6, Springer 2002.Top
Arvind Ayyer
Narayanan E K
MA 223~Dym H. and Mckean. H.P. Fourier Series and Integrals. 1972.~Stein E.M. Singular Integrals and Differentiability
Properties of Functions. 1970.~Stein E.M. and Weiss. G. Introduction to Fourier Analysis on Euclidean Spaces.
1975.~Sadosky C. Interpolation of Operators and Singular integrals. 1979.
Thangavelu S
66
Apoorva Khare
Subhojoy Gupta
Nandakumaran A K
Soumya Das
67
Manjunath Krishnapur
Kaushal Verma
~~~~
68
Astronomy and Astrophysics
AA 365 (JAN) 3:0
Galaxies and Interstellar Medium
Galactic structure: local and large scale distribution of stars and interstellar matter, the spiral
structure, the galactic centre. Galactic dynamics, stellar relaxation, dynamical friction, star clusters,
density wave theory of galactic spiral structure, chemical evolution in the galaxy, stellar
populations. Galaxies, morphological classification of galaxies, active galaxies, clusters of
galaxies, interactions of galaxies, dark matter, evolution of galaxies.
Nirupam Roy
Mihalas, D. and Binney, J.: Galactic Astronomy.,Binney, J. and Tremaine, S.: Galactic Dynamics,Spitzer, L.: Physical
Process in the Interstellar Medium.
Radio: coordinate system, detection principles, resolution and sensitivity, interferometry and
aperturesynthesis. IR/Optical/UV: CCD fundamentals, imaging systems, point-spread-function,
sensitivity, photometry and spectroscopy, speckle techniques, adaptive optics. X-ray/Gamma-ray
astrophysics: detection principles, detectors and imaging systems, resolution and sensitivity,
detector response, data analysis methods for spectroscopic and timing studies.
Coordinated laboratory / data analysis exercises in each of the three areas.
Nirupam Roy
Christianson, W.N., & Hogbohm, J.A.: Radio Telescopes Roy, A.E., & Clarke, D.: Astronomy Principles and Practice.,Kitchin,
C.R.: Astrophysical Techniques.,G.F.Knoll;, Radiation Detection and Measurement (2nd ed), Wiley, NY N.Tsoulfanidis,
Measurement and Detection of Radiation (2nd ed), Taylor & Francis, Washington DC
Foundations of general relativity. Elements of tensor analysis. Schwarzschild and Kerr spacetimes.
Black hole physics. Gravitational radiation. Cosmological models. Observational tests. The early
universe. The microwave background. Formation of structures.
Banibrata Mukhopadhyay
Landau, L.D., and Lifshitz, E.M.: The Classical Theory of Fields.,Weinberg, S.: Gravitation and Cosmology.,Peebles, P.J.E.:
Physical Cosmology.
69
Dept of Physics
Integrated Ph D Programme
Physical Sciences
Project:
PH 250A 0:6 Project
PH 250B 0:6 Project
Elective Courses:
HE 316 3:0 Advanced Mathematical Methods
PH 320 3:0 Condensed Matter Physics II
PH 325 3:0 Advanced Statistical Physics
PH 330 0:3 Advanced Independent Project
PH 340 4:0 Quantum Statistical Field Theory
PH 347 2:0 Bioinformatics
PH 350 3:0 Physics of Soft Condensed Matter
PH 351 3:0 Crystal Growth, Thin Films and Characterization
PH 352 3:0 Semiconductor Physics and Technology
PH 359 3:0 Physics at the Nanoscale
PH 362 3:0 Matter at Low Temperatures
HE 392 3:0 Standard Model of Particle Physics
HE 395 3:0 Quantum Mechanics III
HE 396 3:0 Gauge Field Theories
Aninda Sinha
70
Apoorva Patel
Introduction to microprocessors, Intel 80x86 architecture and instruction set. Assembly and C level
programming, memory and IO interfacing. Mini projects using integrated circuits, data acquisition
systems. PC add-on boards. Introduction to virtual instrumentation
Rajan K
Diffraction of light by high frequency sound waves, Michelson interferometer, Hall effect, band gap
of semiconductors, diode as a temperature sensor, thermal conductivity of a gas using Pirani
gauge, normal modes of vibration in a box, Newton’s laws of cooling, dielectric constant
measurements of triglycine selenate, random walk in porous medium
71
Open to research students only
Systems and phenomena. Equilibrium and non-equilibrium models. Techniques for equilibrium
statistical mechanics with examples, exact solution, mean field theory, perturbation expansion,
Ginzburg Landau theory, scaling, numerical methods. Critical phenomena, classical and quantum.
Disordered systems including percolation and spin glasses. A brief survey of non-equilibrium
phenomena including transport, hydrodynamics and non-equilibrium steady states.
Rahul Pandit
Advanced experiments
Yukawa potential. Isospin, neutron and proton. Deuteron. Shell model, magic numbers. Nuclear
transitions, selection rules. Liquid drop model, collective excitations. Nuclear fission and
fusion. Beta decay. Neutrinos. Fermi theory, parity violation, V-A theory. Mesons and baryons.
Lifetimes and decay processes. Discrete symmetries, C, P, T and G. Weak interaction transition
rules. Strangeness, K mesons and hyperons. Hadron multiplets, composition of mesons and
baryons. Quark model and quantum chromodynamics
72
Jyothsna Rani Komaragiri
An Introduction to Physical Concepts (Second edition),Springer,1999. Krane K.S.,Introductory Nuclear Physics,John Wiley &
Sons
Basic concepts and experimental methods of crystal growth: nucleation phenomena, mechanisms
of growth, dislocations and crystal growth, crystal dissolutions, phase equilibria, phase diagrams
and material preparation, growth from liquid-solid equilibria, vapour- solid equilibria,
monocomponent and multi-component techniques. Thin film growth and characterization: concepts
of ultra high vacuum, nucleation and growth mechanisms, deposition techniques such as sputtering,
evaporation, LPE,MOCVD, MBE, PLD, etc., thick ness measurements and characterization such
as RHEED, LEED thin-film XRD, etc.
Newton’s laws, generalized co-ordinates. Lagrange’s principle of least action and equations.
Conservation laws and symmetry. Integrable problems, elastic collisions and scattering. Small
oscillations including systems with many degrees of freedom, rigid body motion. Hamilton’s
equations. Poisson brackets. Hamilton Jacobi theory. Canonical perturbation theory, chaos,
elements of special relativity. Lorentz transformations, relativistic mechanics.
Historical foundations. Wave function for a single particle. Hamiltonian. Schrodinger equation.
Probability current. Wave packets. One-dimensional problems: step, barrier and delta-function
potentials. Tunnelling, scattering and bound states. Harmonic oscillator, operator approach. Matrix
formulation of quantum mechanics. Hermitian and unitary operators. Orthonormal basis.
Momentum representation. Uncertainty relations. Postulates of quantum mechanics. Heisenberg
representation. Ehrenfest's theorem. Threedimensional problems. Rotations, angular momentum
operators, commutation relations. Spherical harmonics. Hydrogen atom, its spectrum and wave
functions. Symmetries and degeneracies. Spin angular momentum. Spin-1/2 and two-levelsystems.
73
Addition of angular momentum. Spin-orbit and hyperfine interactions. Time-independent
perturbation theory. Stark and Zeeman effects. Variational methods, ground state of helium atom.
Diptiman Sen
Cohen-Tannoudji,C.,Diu,B.,and Laloe
Linear vector spaces, linear operators and matrices, systems of linear equations. Eigen values and
eigen vectors, classical orthogonal polynomials. Linear ordinary differential equations, exact and
series methods of solution, special functions. Linear partial differential equations of physics,
separation of variables method of solution. Complex variable theory; analytic functions. Taylor and
Laurent expansions, classification of singularities, analytic continuation, contour integration,
dispersion relations. Fourier and Laplace transforms
Ananthanarayan B
Introduction to microprocessors, Intel 80x86 architecture and instruction set. Assembly and C level
programming, memory and IO interfacing. Mini projects using integrated circuits, data acquisition
systems. PC add-on boards. Introduction to virtual instrumentation
Rajan K
Diffraction of light by high frequency sound waves, Michelson interferometer, Hall effect, band gap
of semiconductors, diode as a temperature sensor, thermal conductivity of a gas using Pirani
gauge, normal modes of vibration in a box, Newton’s laws of cooling, dielectric constant
measurements of triglycine selenate, random walk in porous medium
74
practical course,practical course,practicals
Overview of the major contents of the universe. Basics of radiative transfer and radiative
processes. Stellar interiors. HR diagram. Nuclear energy generation. White dwarfs and neutron
stars. Shape, size and contents of our galaxy. Basics of stellar dynamics. Normal and active
galaxies. High energy and plasma processes. Newtonian cosmology. Microwave background.
Early universe.
The course aims to help the fresh research student in seminar preparation, presentation and
participation. The seminars will be given by the course registrants, after proper guidance by the
instructors.
Sumilan Banerjee
75
PH 231 (AUG) 0:1
Workshop Practice
Use of lathe, milling machine, drilling machine, and elementary carpentry. Working with metals
such as brass, aluminium and steel
Vasant Natarajan
Drude model, Sommerfeld model, crystal lattices, reciprocal lattice, X-ray diffraction, Brillouin
zones and Fermi surfaces, Bloch’s theorem, nearly free electrons, tight binding model, selected
band structures, semi-classical dynamics of electrons, measuring Fermi surfaces, cohesive
energy, classical harmonic crystal, quantum harmonic crystal, phonons in metals, semiconductors,
diamagnetism and paramagnetism, magnetic interactions.
Anindya Das
Ashcroft, N.W., and Mermin, N.D., Solid State Physics, Holt-Saunders International, NY, 1976.,Kittel, C., Introduction to Solid
State Physics, 5th/6th/7th editions, Wiley International, Singapore.,Ashcroft, N.W., and Mermin, N.D., Solid State Physics,
Holt-Saunders International, NY, 1976.
Delerue,C and Lannoo, M., Nanostructures: Theory and Modelling, Springer, 2006.,Saito, R., Dresselhaus, G., and
Dresselhaus, M.S., Physical Properties of Carbon Nanotubes, Imperial College Press.,Delerue,C and Lannoo, M.,
Nanostructures: Theory and Modelling, Springer, 2006.
76
Introduction to computational physics; Machine representation, precision and errors; Roots of
equations; Quadrature; Random numbers and Monte-Carlo Fourier methods Ordinary differential
equations Numerical Linear algebra
Manish Jain
Mark Newman, Computational Physics, Createspace Independent Publishing (2015).,Rubin H. Landau, Manuel J. Paez and
Cristian Bordeianu, Computational Physics, 3rd Ed Problem Solving with Python, Wiley (2015).,A. Klein and A. Godunov,
Introductory Computational Physics, Cambridge University Press (2006),Forman Acton, Real computing made real:
Preventing Errors in Scientific and Engineering Calculations, Dover Publications. Lloyd N. Trefethen and David Bau,
Numerical Linear Algebra, SIAM.
Galactic structure: local and large scale distribution of stars and interstellar matter, the spiral
structure, the galactic centre. Galactic dynamics, stellar relaxation, dynamical friction, star clusters,
density wave theory of galactic spiral structure, chemical evolution in the galaxy, stellar
populations. Galaxies, morphological classification of galaxies, active galaxies, clusters of
galaxies, interactions of galaxies, dark matter, evolution of galaxies.
Nirupam Roy
Mihalas, D. and Binney, J.: Galactic Astronomy.,Binney, J. and Tremaine, S.: Galactic Dynamics,Spitzer, L.: Physical
Process in the Interstellar Medium
Laws of electrostatics and methods of solving boundary value problems. Multi-pole expansion of
electrostatic potentials, spherical harmonics. Electrostatics in material media, dielectrics. BiotSavart
Law, magnetic field and the vector potential. Faraday’s Law and time varying fields.
Maxwell’s equations, energy and momentum of the electromagnetic field, Poynting vector,
conservation laws. Propagation of plane electromagnetic waves. Radiation from an accelerated
charge, retarded and advanced potentials, Lienard-Wiechert potentials, radiation multi-poles.
Special theory of relativity and its application in electromagnetic theory. Maxwell’s equations in
covariant form: four – potentials, electromagnetic field tensor, field Lagrangian. Elements of
classical field theory, gauge invariance in electromagnetic theory.
Animesh Kuley
Jackson, J.D., Classical Electrodynamics, Third Edn, John Wiley.,Panofsky, W.K.H., and Phillips, M., Classical Electricity and
Magnetism, Second Edn, Dover,Jackson, J.D., Classical Electrodynamics, Third Edn, John Wiley
77
PH 352 (JAN) 3:0
Semiconductor Physics
Semiconductor fundamentals: band structure, electron and hole statistics, intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors, energy band diagrams, drift-diffusion transport, generation - recombination,
optical absorption and emission. Basic semiconductor devices: on junctions, bipolar transistors,
MOS capacitors, field-effect devices, optical detectors and emitters. Semiconductor technology:
fundamentals of semiconductor processing techniques; introduction to planar technology for
integrated circuits
Venkataraman V
Seeger, K., Semiconductor Physics, Springer-Verlag, 1990.,Sze, S.M., Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Wiley,
1980.,Muller, K., and Kamins, T., Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits, John Wiley, 1977.
Weider, Lab. notes of electrical measurements.,Smith and Richardson, Experimental methods in low temperature
physics.,Weider, Lab. notes of electrical measurements.
The course is designed to teach the concepts and methods of various forms of topological phases of
matter to mainly physics students. Some related concepts and their extensions such as Aharonov-
Bohm effect, Berry phase, graphene, Majorana, Weyl fermions will also be taught. This is a
combined theory and experimental course (no experiment will however be performed). Students are
expected to have taken condensed matter I, but no prior knowledge of group theory is required.
“Topological insulators”, Shun-Qing Shen, Springer “Topological insulators and topological superconductors” B. Andrei
Bernevig, and T. L. Hughes, Princeton University Press,“Topological insulators- The physics of spin helicity in quantum
transport” G. Tkachov, Pan Stanford publishing,“Topological insulators” Marcel Franz, and L. Molenkamp, Elsevier
“Colloquium: Topological band theory”, A. Bansil. H. Lin and T. Das, Rev. Mod. Phys. 88, 021004 (2016).,“Colloquium:
Topological insulators”, M. Z. Hasan, C. L Kane, Rev. Mod. Phys. 82, 3045 (2010).,“Topological insulators and
superconductor”, X.-L. Si, S.-C. Zhang, Rev. Mod. Phys. 83, 1057 (2011).
78
PH 207 (JAN) 1:2
Electronics I
Basic diode and transistor circuits, operational amplifier and applications, active filters, voltage
regulators, oscillators, digital electronics, logic gates, Boolean algebra, flip-flops, multiplexers,
counters, displays, decoders, D/A, A/D. Introduction to microprocessors.
Rajan K
Horowitz and Hill, The Art of Electronics, Second Edn.,Millman and Halkias, Integrated Electronics, McGraw Hill.,Horowitz
and Hill, The Art of Electronics, Second Edn.
Introduction to molecular dynamics, various schemes for integration, inter- and intra-molecular
forces, introduction to various force fields, methods for partial atomic charges, various ensembles
(NVE, NVT, NPT, NPH), hard sphere simulations, water imulations, computing long-range
interactions. Various schemes for minimization: conjugate radient, steepest descents. Monte Carlo
simulations, the Ising model, various sampling methods, particle-based MC simulations, biased
Monte Carlo. Density functional theory, free energy calculations, umbrella sampling, smart Monte
Carlo, liquid crystal simulations, introduction to biomolecule simulations
Prerequisites: Basic courses in statistical physics, quantum mechanics,Prerequisites: Basic courses in statistical physics,
quantum mechanics,Prerequisites: Basic courses in statistical physics, quantum mechanics
Foundations of general relativity. Elements of tensor analysis. Schwarzschild and Kerr spacetimes.
Black hole physics. Gravitational radiation. Cosmological models. Observational tests. The early
universe. The microwave background. Formation of structures.
Banibrata Mukhopadhyay
Landau, L.D., and Lifshitz, E.M.: The Classical Theory of Fields.,Weinberg, S.: Gravitation and Cosmology.,Peebles, P.J.E.:
Physical Cosmology.
79
PH 250 (JAN) 0:6
Project I
This two part project starts in the fourth semester of the Integrated Ph.D Programme (PH 250 A)
and ends in the summer before the beginning of the 5th semester (PH 250B).
Basic principles of statistical mechanics and its application to simple systems. Probability theory,
fundamental postulate, phase space, Liouville’s theorem, ergodicity, micro-canonical ensemble,
connection with thermodynamics, canonical ensemble, classical ideal gas, harmonic oscillators,
paramagnetism, Ising model, physical applications to polymers, biophysics. Grand canonical
ensemble, thermodynamic potentials, Maxwell relations, Legendre transformation. Introduction to
quantum statistical mechanics, Fermi, Bose and Boltzmann distribution, Bose condensation,
photons and phonons, Fermi gas, classical gases with internal degrees of freedom, fluctuation,
dissipation and linear response, Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics methods.
Pathria, R.K., Statistical Mechanics, Butterworth Heinemann, Second Edn, 1996,Reif, F., Fundamentals of Statistical and
Thermal Physics, McGraw Hill, 1965.,Landau, L.D., and Lifshitz E.M., Statistical Physics, Pergamon, 1980.
Time dependent perturbation theory. Fermi golden rule. Transitions caused by a periodic external
field. Dipole transitions and selection rules. Decay of an unstable state. Born cross section for
weak potential scattering. Adiabatic and sudden approximations. WKB method for bound states
and tunneling. Scattering theory: partial wave analysis, low energy scattering, scattering length,
Born approximation, optical theorem, Levinson’s theorem, resonances, elements of formal
scattering theory. Minimal coupling between radiation and matter, diamagnetism and
paramagnetism of atoms, Landau levels and Aharonov- Bohm effect. Addition of angular momenta,
Clebsch Gordon series, Wigner Eckart theorem, Lande’s g factor. Many particle
systems: identity of particles, Pauli principle, exchange interaction, bosons and fermions. Second
quantization, multielectron atoms, Hund’s rules. Binding of diatomic molecules. Introduction to
Klein Gordon and Dirac equations, and their nonrelativistic reduction, g factor of the electron.
Biplob Bhattacherjee
Landau, L.D., and Lifshitz E.M., Quantum Mechanics, Pergamon, NY, 1974.,Cohen-Tannoudji, C., Diu, B., and Laloe, F.,
Quantum Mechanics (2 Vols.),,John Wiley, 1977
80
PH 377 (JAN) 0:2
Astronomical Techniques (Seminar Course)
Radio: coordinate system, detection principles, resolution and sensitivity, interferometry and
aperturesynthesis. IR/Optical/UV: CCD fundamentals, imaging systems, point-spread-function,
sensitivity, photometry and spectroscopy, speckle techniques, adaptive optics. X-ray/Gamma-ray
astrophysics: detection principles, detectors and imaging systems, resolution and sensitivity,
detector response, data analysis methods for spectroscopic and timing studies.
Coordinated laboratory / data analysis exercises in each of the three areas.
Nirupam Roy
Christianson, W.N., & Hogbohm, J.A.: Radio Telescopes Roy, A.E., & Clarke, D.: Astronomy Principles and Practice.,Kitchin,
C.R.: Astrophysical Techniques.,G.F.Knoll;, Radiation Detection and Measurement (2nd ed), Wiley, NY N.Tsoulfanidis,
Measurement and Detection of Radiation (2nd ed), Taylor & Francis, Washington DC
Symmetries and group theory. Finite and continuous groups with examples. Group operations and
representations. Homomorphism, isomorphism and automorphism. Reducibility, equivalence,
Schur's lemma. Permutation groups, Young diagrams. Lie groups and Lie algebras. SU(2), SU(3)
and applications. Roots and weights. Dynkin diagrams. Classification of compact simple Lie
algebras. Exceptional groups. Elements of topology and homotopy.
Sachindeo Vaidya
Georgi H., Lie Algebras in Particle Physics (Second edition), Perseus Books, 1999.,Mukhi S. and Mukunda N., Introduction to
Topology, Differential Geometry and Group Theory for Physicists, Wiley Eastern, 1990,Hamermesh M., Group Theory and its
Applications to Physical Problems, Addison-Wesley, 1962.
Abelian gauge theories. QED processes and symmetries. Loop diagrams and 1-loop
renormalization. Lamb shift and anomalous magnetic moments. Nonabelian gauge theories.
Faddeev-Popov ghosts. BRST quantization. QCD beta function, asymptotic freedom. Spinor
helicity formalism for gauge theories. Composite operators, operator product expansion.
Anomalies. Lattice gauge theory, strong coupling expansion. Confinement and chiral symmetry
breaking.
Chethan Krishnan
Schwartz M.D., Quantum field theory and the standard model, Cambridge University Press, 2014.,Srednicki M., Quantum
Field Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2007.,Peskin M.E. and Schroeder D.V., An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory,
Addison Wesley, 1995.,Weinberg S., The Quantum Theory of Fields, Vol. I: Foundations, Vol. II: Modern Applications,
Cambridge University Press, 1996.
81
PH 350 (JAN) 3:0
Physics of Soft Condensed Matter
Phases of soft condensed matter, colloidal fluids and crystals, polymer solutions, gels and
meltsMicelles, vesicles, surfactant mesophaes, polymer colloids, microgels and star polymers-
particles with tunable soft repulsive interaction, surfactant and phospolipid membranes. Lyotropic
liquid crystals. Structure and dynamics of soft matter, electrostatics in soft matter, dynamics at
equilibrium. Glass formation and jamming, dynamical heterogeneity. Soft glassy rheology. Shear
flow, linear and nonlinear rheology, visco-elastic models, Introductory biological physics. Active
matter. Experimental methods, Small angle scattering and diffraction, Dynamic light scattering and
diffusive wave spectroscopy, dynamics of soft matter using synchrotron X-ray and neutron
scattering, rheometry. Conforcal microscopy.
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic statistical mechanics Jones, R.A.L. Soft Condensed Matter, Oxford University Press,
2002,Rubinstein, M., and Colby, R.H. Polymer Physics, Oxford, 2003,Doi and Edwards, Theory of Polymer Dynamics,
Clarendon, Oxford, 1988
Review of tensor calculus and properties of the Riemann tensor. Killing vectors, symmetric spaces.
Geodesics. Equivalence principle and its applications. Scalars, fermions and gauge fields in
curved space-time. Einstein's equations and black hole solutions. Schwarzschild solution, Motion
of a particle in the Schwarzschild metric. Kruskal extension and Penrose diagrams.
ReissnerNordstrom solution, Kerr solution. Laws of black hole physics. Gravitational collapse.
Oppenheimer-Volkoff and Oppenheimer-Synder solutions, Chandrasekhar limit. Csomological
models, Friedmann-Robertson-Walker metric. Open, closed and flat universes. Introduction to
quantizing fields in curved spaces and Hawking radiation.
Aninda Sinha
Landau L.D. and Lifshitz E.M., The Classical Theory of Fields, Pergamon Press, 1975.,Weinberg S., Gravitation and
Cosmology: Principles and Applications of the General Theory of Relativity, John Wiley & Sons, 1972,,Wald R.M., General
Relativity, Overseas Press, 2006.,Wald R.M., General Relativity, Overseas Press, 2006.,G. 't Hooft, Inroduction to General
Relativity, Introduction to the theory of Black Holes, http://www.phys.uu.nl/~thooft/
This two part project starts in the fourth semester of the Integrated Ph.D Programme (PH 250 A)
and ends in the summer before the beginning of the 5th semester
Arindam Ghosh
82
PH 335 (JAN) 3:0
Modern Topics in Condensed Matter
Srimanta Middey
83
Centre for High Energy Physics
HE 397 (AUG) 3:0
The Standard Model of Particle Physics
Weak interactions before gauge theory. V-A theory, massive vector bosons. Spontaneous symmetry
breaking, Goldstone bosons, Higgs mechanism. Charged and neutral currents, gauge symmetries
and SU(2)xU(1) Lagrangian. Flavour mixing, GIM mechanism. CP violation, K/B systems. Neutrinos.
Electroweak precision measurements. Deep inelastic scattering, parton model. Chiral Lagrangians
and heavy quark effective field theories. Introduction to supersymmetry and extra dimensions.
Aninda Sinha
Georgi H.,Weak Interactions and Modern Particle Theory,Benjamin/Cummings,1984~Halzen F. and Martin A.D., Quarks and
Leptons: An Introductory Course in Modern Particle Physics, John Wiley & Sons, 1984~Pokorski S., Gauge Field Theories
(Second edition), Cambridge University Press, 2000~Peskin M.E. and Schroeder D.V., An Introduction to Quantum Field
Theory, Addison Wesley, 1995~
Scalar, spinor and vector fields. Canonical quantisation, propagators. Symmetries and Noether
theorem. Path integrals for bosonic and fermionic fields, generating functionals. Feynman diagrams.
S-matrix, LSZ reduction formula. Interacting scalar and Yukawa theories. Covariant derivatives and
gauge theories. Quantum electrodynamics. Gauge invariance, massless photons, Ward identity.
Elementary processes. Scattering cross-sections, optical theorem, decay rates. Loop diagrams,
power counting, divergences. Renormalization, fixed point classification. One loop calculations in
QED. Callan-Symanzik equations, beta functions. Effective field theory.
Zee A.,Quantum Field Theory in a Nutshell (Second edition),Princeton University Press,2010~Srednicki M., Quantum Field
Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2007~Ryder L.H., Quantum Field Theory (Second edition), Cambridge University
Press, 1996~Ramond P., Field Theory: A Modern Primer (Second edition), Levant Books, 2007~
Radioactive decay, subnuclear particles. Binding energies. Nuclear forces, pion exchange, Yukawa
potential. Isospin, neutron and proton. Deuteron. Shell model, magic numbers. Nuclear transitions,
selection rules. Liquid drop model, collective excitations. Nuclear fission and fusion. Beta decay.
Neutrinos. Fermi theory, parity violation, V-A theory. Mesons and baryons. Lifetimes and decay
processes. Discrete symmetries, C, P, T and G. Weak interaction transition rules. Strangeness, K
mesons and hyperons. Hadron multiplets, composition of mesons and baryons. Quark model and
quantum chromodynamics.
84
Jyothsna Rani Komaragiri
Povh B.,Rith K.,Scholz C. and Zetsche F., Particles and Nuclei: An Introduction to Physical Concepts (Second edition),
Springer, 1999~Krane K.S., Introductory Nuclear Physics, John Wiley & Sons, 1988~Griffiths D., Introduction to Elementary
Particles, John Wiley & Sons, 1987~Perkins D.H., Introduction to High Energy Physics (Third edition), Addison-Wesley,
1987~
Path integrals in quantum mechanics. Action and evolution kernels. Free particle and harmonic
oscillator solutions. Perturbation theory, transition elements. Fermions and Grassmann integrals.
Euclidean time formulation, statistical mechanics at finite temperature. Relativistic quantum
mechanics, Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations. Antiparticles and hole theory. Klein paradox.
Nonrelativistic reduction. Coulomb problem solution. Symmetries P, C and T, spin-statistics
theorem. Lorentz and Poincare groups. Wigner classification of single particle states. Weyl and
Majorana fermions. Modern topics such as graphene, Kubo formulae.
Apoorva Patel
Feynman R.P. and Hibbs A.R., Quantum Mechanics and Path Integrals, McGraw-Hill, 1965~Bjorken J.D. and Drell S.,
Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 1965~Greiner W., Relativistic Quantum Mechanics: Wave Equations (Third
edition), Springer, 1990~Peskin M.E. and Schroeder D.V., An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory, Addison Wesley, 1995
Abelian gauge theories. QED processes and symmetries. Loop diagrams and 1-loop
renormalization. Lamb shift and anomalous magnetic moments. Nonabelian gauge theories.
Faddeev-Popov ghosts. BRST quantization. QCD beta function, asymptotic freedom. Spinor helicity
formalism for gauge theories. Composite operators, operator product expansion. Anomalies. Lattice
gauge theory, strong coupling expansion. Confinement and chiral symmetry breaking.
Schwartz M.D., Quantum field theory and the standard model, Cambridge University Press, 2014.,Srednicki M., Quantum
Field Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2007.,Peskin M.E. and Schroeder D.V., An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory,
Addison Wesley, 1995.,Weinberg S., The Quantum Theory of Fields, Vol. I: Foundations, Vol. II: Modern Applications,
Cambridge University Press, 1996.~Bjorken J.D. and Drell S., Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 1965~Greiner
W., Relativistic Quantum Mechanics: Wave Equations (Third edition), Springer, 1990~Peskin M.E. and Schroeder D.V., An
Introduction to Quantum Field Theory, Addison Wesley, 1995~
Symmetries and group theory. Finite and continuous groups with examples. Group operations and
representations. Homomorphism, isomorphism and automorphism. Reducibility, equivalence,
85
Schur's lemma. Permutation groups, Young diagrams. Lie groups and Lie algebras. SU(2), SU(3)
and applications. Roots and weights. Dynkin diagrams. Classification of compact simple Lie
algebras. Exceptional groups. Elements of topology and homotopy.
Sachindeo Vaidya
Georgi H., Lie Algebras in Particle Physics (Second edition), Perseus Books, 1999~Mukhi S. and Mukunda N., Introduction to
Topology, Differential Geometry and Group Theory for Physicists, Wiley Eastern, 1990~Hamermesh M., Group Theory and
its Applications to Physical Problems, Addison-Wesley, 1962~~
Review of tensor calculus and properties of the Riemann tensor. Killing vectors, symmetric spaces.
Geodesics. Equivalence principle and its applications. Scalars, fermions and gauge fields in curved
space-time. Einstein's equations and black hole solutions. Schwarzschild solution, Motion of a
particle in the Schwarzschild metric. Kruskal extension and Penrose diagrams. Reissner-Nordstrom
solution, Kerr solution. Laws of black hole physics. Gravitational collapse. Oppenheimer-Volkoff and
Oppenheimer-Synder solutions, Chandrasekhar limit. Csomological models, Friedmann-Robertson-
Walker metric. Open, closed and flat universes. Introduction to quantizing fields in curved spaces
and Hawking radiation.
Landau L.D. and Lifshitz E.M.,The Classical Theory of Fields,Pergamon Press,1975~Weinberg S., Gravitation and
Cosmology: Principles and Applications of the General Theory of Relativity, John Wiley & Sons, 1972~Wald R.M., General
Relativity, Overseas Press, 2006~'t Hooft G., Inroduction to General Relativity, Introduction to the theory of Black Holes,
http://www.phys.uu.nl/~thooft/~
Foundations of quantum theory. States, observables, measurement and unitary evolution. Qubits
versus classical bits, spin-half systems and photon polarisations. Pure and mixed states, density
matrices. Extension to positive operator valued measures and superoperators. Decoherence and
master equations. Quantum entanglement and Bell's theorems. Introduction to classical information
theory and generalisation to quantum information. Dense coding, teleportation and quantum
cryptography. Turing machines and computational complexity. Reversible computation. Universal
quantum logic gates and circuits. Quantum algorithms: database search, FFT and prime
factorisation. Quantum error correction and fault tolerant computation. Physical implementations of
quantum computers.
Nielsen M.A. and Chuang I.L.,Quantum Computation and Quantum Information,Cambridge University Press,2000~Preskill J.,
Lecture Notes for the Course on Quantum Computation, http://www.theory.caltech.edu/people/preskill/ph229~Peres A.,
Quantum Theory: Concepts and Methods, Kluwer Academic, 1993~~
86
Experimental High Energy Physics
Particles and interactions in the standard model. Strong, weak and electromagnetic interactions.
Kinematics of particle interactions. Concepts of accelerators, linear and circular Accelerators.
Introduction to particle detectors, interaction of particles with matter. Gaseous detectors, scintillator
detectors, solid state detector. Readout electronics, vertex detection and tracking. Calorimetry for
electrons, photons, charged hadrons and neutrons. Particle identification and detector systems.
Experimental tests of the building blocks of matter and their fundamental interactions. Examples of
QCD tests, top quark, Z and W bosons, Higgs boson, new particle searches. Review of some
particle physics experiments, concepts of collider physics, basic phenomenology of a hard
scattering process. Data analysis techniques in collider physics, statistical analysis in particle
physics.
Somnath Choudhury
Perkins D.H., Introduction to High Energy Physics (Third edition), Addison-Wesley, 1987~Leo W.R., Techniques for Nuclear
and Particle Physics Experiments: A How to Approach (Second revised edition) Narosa/Springer International, 2012~Knoll
G.F., Radiation Detection and Measurement (Fourth edition), Wiley, 2010~Grupen C. and Schwartz B., Particle Detectors
(Second edition), Cambridge University Press, 2011~Fernow R.C., Introduction to Experimental Particle Physics Cambridge
University Press, 1986
Review of perturbative QCD. Monte Carlo simulations and event generators. Jet physics, event
shape variables. Tests of the structure of QCD, jet substructure analysis. Introduction to lepton and
hadron collider basics, Higgs and heavy quark production at the LHC, search for new physics at the
LHC. Supersymmetry, extra dimension and dark matter. Statistical analysis and limit setting.
Biplob Bhattacherjee
Ellis R., Stirling W. and Webber B., QCD and Collider Physics, (Cambridge Monographs on Particle Physics, Nuclear Physics
and Cosmology) Cambridge University Press, 1996~Plehn T., Lectures on LHC Physics, Springer, 2012
[arXiv:0910.4182v6]~Barger V.D. and Phillips R.J.N., Collider Physics (updated edition), CRC Press, 1996~Cowan G.,
Statistical Data Analysis Oxford Science Publications, 1998~
87
Division of Electrical, Electronics and Computer
Sciences (EECS)
Preface
The Division of EECS comprises the Departments of Computer Science and Automation (CSA), Electrical
Communication Engineering (ECE), Department of Electronic Systems Engineering (DESE), and Electrical
Engineering (EE). The courses offered in these departments have been grouped into ten technical areas identified
by the following codes which appear as prefixes to the course numbers.
All departments of the Division provide facilities for research work leading to the Ph D and M Tech (Research)
degrees. The following course based Master’s programs are offered individually or jointly by the departments of the
Division.
Prof. Y Narahari
Chairman,
Division of EECS
88
Department of Computer Science and Automation
POOL A
Course No Credits Course Title
E0 203 3:1 Spectral Algorithms
E0 220 3:1 Graph Theory
E0 221 3:1 Discrete Structures
E0 222 3:1 Automata Theory and Computability
E0 224 3:1 Computational Complexity Theory
E0 225 3:1 Design and Analysis of Algorithms
E0 228 3:1 Combinatorics
E0 229 3:1 Foundations of Data Science
E0 234 3:1 Introduction to Randomized Algorithms
E0 235 3:1 Cryptography
E0 244 3:1 Computational Geometry and Topology
E0 248 3:1 Theoretical Foundations of Cryptography
E0 249 3:1 Approximation Algorithms
POOL B
Course No Credits Course Title
POOL C
Course No Credits Course Title
E0 219 3:1 Linear Algebra and Applications
E0 230 3:1 Computational Methods of Optimization
E0 232 3:1 Probability and Statistics
E0 236 3:1 Information Retrieval
E0 238 3:1 Artificial Intelligence
E0 267 3:1 Soft Computing
E0 268 3:1 Practical Data Science
E0 270 3:1 Machine Learning
E1 246 3:1 Natural Language Understanding
E1 254 3:1 Game Theory
E1 277 3:1 Reinforcement Learning
89
M.TechCommunication & Networks/(M.Tech(CN))
OVERALL STRUCTURE
The programme requires 36 units of coursework and 28 units of project work with a Major and Minor Structure.
MINORS
(a) A new feature of the programme is that it give the students the option to graduate with one of 4 “Minors”:
(i) Minor in Integrated Circuits & Systems,
(ii) Minor in Photonics,
(iii) Minor in Radio-Frequency Systems
(iv) Minor in Signal Processing
(b) The selection of a Minor is not however, mandatory.
(c) A student qualifies for a Minor if he/she takes at least 3 courses belonging to a basket of courses specific to each
area.
(d) This basket of courses is further divided into two pools, Pool X and Pool Y and a student is required to take a
total of 3 courses from Pool X and Pool Y combined and
(i) at least two courses from Pool X in the case of a Minor in Integrated Circuits & Systems,
(ii) at least one course from Pool X in the case of a Minor in either Photonics, Radio-Frequency Systems or
Signal Processing.
(e) The selection of a minor takes place during the course of the programme by the student in consultation with his
Faculty Advisor.
(f) It is understood that the default Major of all students enrolled in the programme is Communication & Networks.
(g) A student who does not opt for a Minor, can either choose to specialize further in the Major by taking 3
additional courses in the area of Communication & Networks or else choosing amongst the many electives
available (in consultation with his/her Faculty Advisor).
SAMPLE COURSE-UNIT BREAKUP
Here is a sample breakup of course units for a student opting for one of the Minors and taking two courses with
placement in mind.
SOFTCORE
(a) Students are required to take a total of 3 courses from the two pools, Pool A and B below.
(b) At least 2 of these courses must be from Pool A.
90
E2 242 (JAN) 3:0 CDMA & Multiuser Detection
E2 204 (JAN) 3:0 Stochastic Processes and Queueing Theory
E8 203 (AUG) 3:0 RF & Optical Engineering
E2 203 (JAN) 3:0 Wireless Communication
E2 241 (JAN) 3:0 Wireless Networks
Pool X
NE 205 (Aug) 3:0 Semiconductor Devices and Integrated Circuit Technology
E3 238 (AUG) 2:1 Analog VLSI Circuits
E0 284 (AUG) 2:1 Digital VLSI Circuits
E7 211 (JAN) 3:0 Photonics Integrated Circuits
Pool Y
E3 237 (JAN) 3:0 Integrated circuits for Wireless Communication
E3 239 (JAN) 2:1 Advanced VLSI Circuits
E8 262 (JAN) 3:0 CAD for High Speed Chip-Package-Systems
B. Minor in Photonics
Requirements:
• Any 3 of the courses listed below under Pools X & Y
• with at least one course from Pool X will qualify a student for a “Minor in Photonics”.
Pool X
NE 213/E7 213 (Aug) 3:0 Introduction to Photonics
E8 203 (AUG) 3:0 RF & Optical Engineering
E7 231 (JAN) 3:0 Fiber-Optic Networks
Pool Y
E7 211 (JAN) 3:0 Photonics Integrated Circuits
E3 214 (AUG) 3:0 Microsensor Technologies)
IN 247 (JAN) 3:0 Principles of Tomographic
91
C. Minor in Radio-Frequency Systems
Requirements:
• Any 3 of the courses listed below under Pools X & Y
• with at least one course from Pool X will qualify a student for a “Minor in Radio-Frequency Systems”.
Pool X
E8-242 (JAN) 2:1 Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits and Systems
E3 237 (JAN) 3:0 Integrated circuits for Wireless Communication
Pool Y
E8 202 (AUG) 2:1 Computational Electromagnetics
E8 203: (AUG) 3:0 RF & Optical Engineering (proposed new course)
E8 262 (JAN) 3:0 CAD for High Speed Chip-Package-Systems
Pool X
E9 202 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced Digital Signal Processing : Non-linear Filters
E9 211 (JAN) 3:0 Adaptive Signal Processing
E9 212 (JAN) 3:0 Spectrum Analysis
E9 213 (JAN) 3:0 Time-Frequency Analysis
E9 221 (AUG) 3:0 Signal Quantization and Compression
Pool Y
E1 213 (JAN) 3:1 Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks
E1 216 (JAN) 3:1 Computer Vision
E9 203 (JAN) 3:0 Compressed Sensing and Sparse Signal Processing
E9 262 (JAN) 3:0 Stochastic Models for Speech/Audio
E9 231 (AUG) 3:0 Digital Array Signal Processing
E9 241 (AUG) 2:1 Digital Image Processing
E9 252 (AUG) 3:0 Mathematical methods and techniques in signal processing
E9 261 (AUG) 3:1 Speech Information Processing
92
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
M Tech Programme
ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
Duration: 2 Years Total Credits: 64
Total credits: 6418credits
Core Courses: credits (All courses are compulsory)
E0 284 2:1 Aug Digital VLSI Circuits
E2 243 2:1 Aug Mathematics for Electrical Engineers
E3 235 2:1 Aug Design for Analog Circuits
E3 262 2:1 Aug Electronic Systems Packaging
E3 282 3:0 Aug Basics of Semiconductor Devices and Technology
E6 202 2:1 Jan Design of Power Converters
Electives: 21 Credits (all at 200 level or higher) from the following courses or any other
courses listed in the Scheme of Instructions.
E1 243 2:1 Jan Digital Controller Design
E1 247 2:1 Aug Incremental Motion Control
E1 261 3:0 Aug Selected Topics in Markov Chains and Optimization
E2 222 3:0 Jan Data Center Networking
E2 230 3:0 Aug Network Science and Modeling
E2 231 3:0 Jan Topics in Statistical Methods
E2 232 2:1 Aug TCP-IP Networking
E3 225 3:0 Jan Compact Modeling of Devices
E3 231 2:1 Jan Digital System Design with FPGAs
E3 233 2:1 Aug VLSI for Signal Processing
E3 245 2:1 Aug Processor System Design
E3 257 2:1 Jan Embedded System Design
E3 258 2:1 Jan Design for Internet of Things
E3 271 3:0 Jan Reliability of Nanoscale Circuits and Systems
E3 272 3:0 Jan Advanced ESD Devices, Circuits and Design Methods
E3 274 3:0 Aug Design of Power Semiconductor Devices
E3 275 3:0 Jan Physics and Design of Transistors
E3 290 2:1 Jan Microfabrication Tech and Process for Biology and Medicine
E6 212 3:0 Jan Design and Control of Power Converters and Drives
E6 222 2:1 Jan Design of Photovoltaic Systems
E9 207 3:0 Jan Basics of Signal Processing
E9 251 3:0 Jan Signal Processing for Data Recoding Channels
E9 252 3:0 Aug Mathematical Methods and Techniques in Signal Processing
Project: 22 Credits
EP 299 0:25 Dissertation Project
M Tech Programme in Electronic Systems Engineering has the following course structure
1. Core courses 18 credits
2. Elective courses 21 credits
3. Project 25 credits
93
MTechProgramme in Electrical Engineering
(Duration 2 years)
64 Credits
Project: 24 Credits
EP 299 0:24 Dissertation Project
Electives: The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required to complete the MTech Degree
Programme (all at the 200 level or higher).
Project: 28 Credits
EP 299 0:28 Dissertation Project
Electives: The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required to complete the MTech Degree
Programme (all at the 200 level or higher).
94
MTech Programme in Systems Engineering
(Duration: 2 Years)
64 credits
I Hard Core 13 Credits
Course No. Credits Title of the Course
E0 251 3:1 Data Structures and Algorithms
E1 222 3:0 Stochastic Models and Applications
E1 241 3:0 Dynamics of Linear Systems
E1 251 3:0 Linear and Nonlinear Optimization
95
Dept of Computer Science and Automation
E0 312 (AUG) 3:1
Foundations of Secure Computation
Indistinguishability, real-ideal world and simulation-based security notions; Secret Sharing, Verifiable
Secret Sharing, Oblivious Transfer, Circuit Garbling and function encoding, Commitment Scheme,
Zero-knowledge Proof, Threshold Cryptography, Encryptions, Broadcast Byzantine Agreement,
Coin-tossing protocol, Theoretical and practical protocols for secure computation in various models.
References:
Book: “Efficient Two-part Protocols- Techniques and Constructions” by Carmit Hazay and Yehuda
Lindell.
Book Draft: “Secure Multiparty Computation and Secret Sharing - An Information Theoretic
Appoach” by Ronald Cramer, Ivan Damgaard and Jesper Buus Nielsen.
Recent Research Papers
Arpita Patra
Dataflow analysis: Lattices, computing join-over-all-paths information as the least solution to a set of
equations that model the program statements, termination of dataflow analysis, analysis of multi-
procedure programs. Abstract interpretation of programs: Galois connections, correctness of
dataflow analysis. Pointer analysis of imperative programs. Program dependence graphs, and
program slicing. Assertional reasoning using Hoare logic. Type Systems: Monomorphic and
polymorphic type systems, Hindley-Milner's type inference algorithm for functional
programs.References:
Flemming Nielson, Hanne Riis Nielson, and Chris Hankin: Principles of Program Analysis,
Springer, (Corrected 2nd printing, 452 pages, ISBN 3-540-65410-0), 2005.
Benjamic Pierce: Types and Programming Languages, Prentice-Hall India, 2002.
Research papers
Pre-requisites: Exposure to programming,and the basics of mathematical logic and discrete structures.
Security Goals and Violations; Security Requirements; Security Services; Discrete Logs,
Encryption/Decryption Functions, Hash Functions, MAC Functions; Requirements and Algorithmic
Implementation of One-Way Functions; OS Security Violations and Techniques to Prevent Them;
Access Control Models; Secure Programming Techniques; Authenticated Diffie-Hellman Key
Establishment Protocols; Group Key Establishment Protocols; Block Ciphers and Stream Ciphers;
96
Modes of Encryption; Digital Signatures; Authentication Protocols; Nonce and Timestamps; PKI and
X.509 Authentication Service; BAN logic; Kerberos; E-mail Security; IP Security; Secure Socket
Layer and Transport Layer Security; Secure Electronic Transactions; Intrusion Detection; Malicious
Software Detection;Firewalls.
References:
William Stallings: Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practices, Fourth Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2006. Neil Daswani, Christoph Kern and Anita Kesavan: Foundations of Security:
What Every Programmer Needs to Know, Published by Apress, 2007. Yang Xiao and Yi Pan:
Security in Distributed and Networking Systems, World Scientific, 2007.
Current Literature.
References:
The book titled `Computational Complexity - A Modern Approach' by Sanjeev Arora and Boaz
Barak.
Lecture notes of similar courses as and when required.
Chandan Saha
Undergraduate level data structures & algorithms.,some mathematical maturity with an inclination towards theoretical
computer science.,None
Motivation and objectives of the course: The design and implementation of scalable, reliable and
secure software systems is critical for many modern applications. Numerous program analyses are
designed to aid the programmer in building such systems and significant advances have been made
in recent years. The objective of the course includes introduction of the practical issues associated
with programming for modern applications, the algorithms underlying these analyses, and
applicability of these approaches to large systems. There will be special emphasis on practical
issues found in modern software. The course project will be geared towards building the
programming skills required for implementing large software systems.
Syllabus:
97
The course will introduce the students to the following topics -- bytecode instrumentation; profiling --
BL profiling, profiling in the presence of loops, preferential path profiling, memory profiling; software
bloat; lock-free data structures; memoization; map-reduce programming model; approximate
computing; multithreading; fuzzing techniques; record and replay; memory models; data races --
lockset algorithm, happens-before relation, causally-precedes relation; atomicity violations;
deadlocks; linearizability; symbolic execution; concolic testing; directed program synthesis;
constraint solving; deterministic/stable multithreaded systems; floating-point problems; security --
sql-injection, cross-site scripting, return-oriented programming, obfuscation; malware detection.
References:
Gopinath K
To introduce the student to the soft computing paradigm as compared to hard computing. To make
them learn the techniques of soft computing like neural networks, fuzzy and rough systems,
evolutionary algorithms etc. which can be applied to the task of classification, clustering, and other
applications. Definition of soft computing, Soft computing vs. Hard computing; Advantages of soft
computing, tools and techniques;Neural Networks : Fundamentals, backpropogation, associative
memory, self organizing feature maps, applications;Fuzzy and rough sets : Concepts and
applications; Evolutionary algorithms, swarm intelligence, particle swarm optimization, ant colony
optimization, applications;Hybrid systems : Integration of neural networks, fuzzy logic and genetic
algorithms, integration of genetic algorithms and particle swarm optimization, Applications.
References:
Susheela Devi V
Graphics pipeline; transformations; viewing; lighting and shading; texture mapping; modeling;
geometry processing - meshing, multi-resolution methods, geometric data structures; visualization -
visualization pipeline, data reconstruction, isosurfaces, volume rendering, flow visualization.
Vijay Natarajan
98
References: Edward S. Angel and Dave Shreiner. Interactive Computer Graphics: A Top-Down Approach with Shader-Based
OpenGL. Pearson,2011. Dave Shreiner,Graham Sellers,John Kessenich,and Bill Licea-Kane. OpenGL Programming Guide:
The Official Guide to Learning OpenGL. Addison-Wesley
Design of Database Kernels, Query Optimization, Query Processing, Data Access Methods,
Transaction Management, Distributed Databases, Data Mining, Data Warehousing, Main-Memory
Databases, Columnar Databases, NoSQL systems.
References:
Jayant R Haritsa
Introduction, Multilayer Neural Networks, Back-propagation, Training Deep Networks; Simple word
vector representations: word2vec, GloVe; sentence, paragraph and document, representations.
Recurrent Neural Networks; Convolutional Networks and Recursive Neural Networks; GRUs and
LSTMs; building attention models; memory networks for language understanding. Design and
Applications of Deep Nets to Language Modeling, parsing, sentiment analysis, machine translation
etc.
References:
Ian Goodfellow , Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville. Deep Learning. MIT Press, 2016
Recent Literature.
This course will seek to equip students with the fundamental principles and practice of computer
systems security. The course will cover the major techniques of offense and defense, thereby
educating students to think both as attackers and defenders. By the end of the course, students will
have been exposed to the state of the art, and will be equipped with the background to start
conducting original research in computer systems security. Core concepts such as basic security
99
goals, threat models, notion of TCB and security policies vs. mechanisms. Operating system
primitives for protection, reference monitors, authentication, and authorization. Examples of classic
security policies from the literature (e.g., Biba, BLP) and their realization on modern systems.
Various forms of hijacking attacks, such as buffer overflows, return-oriented programming, and non-
control data attacks, and examples of such attacks as used by exploits in the wild. Design and
implementation of defenses such as control-flow integrity, ASLR, privilege separation, capabilities,
information-flow control and virtual machine introspection. Attacks and defenses against the Web
ecosystem, mobile devices and the cloud platform. Emerging role of modern hardware in improving
systems security. Other assorted topics based on current research literature.
References:
Vinod Ganapathy
None,but standard undergraduate-level exposure to OS,computer architecture and compilers courses will be
assumed.,none,none
Greedy algorithms, divide and conquer strategies, dynamic programming, max flow algorithms and
applications, randomized algorithms, linear programming algorithms and applications, NP-hardness,
approximation algorithms, streaming algorithms.
References:
Kleinberg and Tardos, Algorithm Design, Addison Wesley, 2005.
Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest, and Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009.
Siddharth Barman
none,none,none
Abstract data types and data structures, Classes and objects, Complexity of algorithms: worst case,
average case, and amoritized complexity. Algorithm analysis. Algorithm Design Paradigms. Lists:
stacks, queues, implementation, garbage collection. Dictionaries: Hash tables, Binary search trees,
AVL trees, Red-Black trees, Splay trees, Skip-lists, B-Trees. Priority queues. Graphs: Shortest path
algorithms, minimal spanning tree algorithms, depth-first and breadth-first search. Sorting:
Advanced sorting methods and their analysis, lower bound on complexity, order statistics.
References:
A.V. Aho, J.E. Hopcroft, and J.D. Ullman, Data Structures and Algorithms, Addison Wesley,
Reading Massachusetts, USA, 1983 T.H. Cormen, C.E. Leiserson, and R.L. Rivest, Introduction to
Algorithms, The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA, 1990 M.A. Weiss, Data Structures
and Algorithms Analysis in C++, Benjamin/Cummins, Redwood City, California, USA, 1994.
100
Srikant Y N
Vertex cover, matching, path cover, connectivity, hamiltonicity, edge colouring, vertex colouring, list
colouring; Planarity, Perfect graphs; other special classes of graphs; Random graphs, Network
flows, Introduction to Graph minor theory
Sunil Chandran L
Arkaprava Basu
Linear Algebra: System of Linear Equations, Vector Spaces, Linear Transformations, Matrices,
Polynomials, Determinants, Elementary Canonical Forms, Inner Product Spaces, Orthogonality.
Probability: Probability Spaces, Random Variables, Expectation and Moment generating functions,
Inequalities, Some Special Distributions. Limits of sequence of random variables, Introduction to
Statistics, Hypothesis testing.
References : Gilbert Strang,Linear Algebra and its Applications,Thomson-Brooks/ Cole,4th edition,2006.~Hoffman and
Kunze
101
Elementary number theory, Finite fields, Arithmetic and algebraic algorithms, Secret key and public
key cryptography, Pseudo random bit generators, Block and stream ciphers, Hash functions and
message digests, Public key encryption, Probabilistic encryption, Authentication, Digital signatures,
Zero knowledge interactive protocols, Elliptic curve cryptosystems, Formal verification,
Cryptanalysis, Hard problems.
References:
Stinson. D. Cryptography: Theory and Practice. Menezes. A. et. al. Handbook of Applied
Cryptography
None,None,None
General Description: This graduate will explore the dynamics and control of robots, both from a
foundational level together with a view toward application. In particular, the course will first build the
necessary mathematical framework in which to understand dynamic robotic systems, including:
mathematical modeling, rigid body transformations, forward and inverse kinematics, dynamics and
control, path planning, and Lyapunov stability for robots. Hybrid dynamical systems will be
introduced as means to model walking robots, and the extension of continuous nonlinear dynamic
and control concepts to a hybrid setting will be discussed
Shalabh Bhatnagar
Murray, Li and Sastry, A Mathematical Intruduction to Robot Manipulation, CRC Press, 1994,Spong, Hutchinson and
Vidyasagar Robot Modeling and Control, Wiley, 2005,H. Khali, Nonlinear Systems, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
2002,Supplemental Texts: A. Ghosal, Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis, Oxford, 2006. S. Sastry, Nonlinear
Systems: Analysis, Stability and Control, Springer, 1999
Some of the primitives we will cover are one-way functions, pseudo-random generators, pseudo-
random functions, trapdoor permutations, encryption, digital signatures, hash functions,
commitments. We will also try to cover some special topics (private information retrieval, zero-
knowledge proofs, oblivious transfer etc.).
Bhavana Kanukurthi
None,None,None
102
Combinatorial algorithms: greedy algorithms, local search based algorithms; Linear programming
based algorithms: randomized rounding, primal-dual schema based algorithms, iterated rounding;
multicut, sparsest cut and metric embeddings; Semidefinite programming based algorithms;
Hardness of approximation.
References:
Anand Louis
Motivation and objectives of the course: Blockchains and its applications in cryptography that
include cryptocurrencies are emerging technologies. This course will cover blockchains and their
applications to cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin, distributed consensus and multiparty computation
(MPC), smart contracts and beyond.
Syllabus:
a) Introduction to Blockchain and its cryptographic building blocks; (b) Blockchain Analysis (c)
Introduction to Cryptocurrencies, Bitcoin and its alternative cryptocurrencies (d) Applications of
Blockchains beyond cryptocurrencies (such as in consensus, multi-party computation (MPC), smart
contracts); (e) Alternatives of Blockchains.
References:
Arpita Patra
Motivation and objectives of the course: The area of deep learning has been making rapid empirical
advances, however this success is largely guided by intuition and trial and error and remains more
of an art than science. We lack theory that applies "end-to-end." While the traditional theory of
machine learning leaves much to be desired, current research to remedy this is very active. Besides
being of interest in its own right, progress on theory has the potential to further improve the current
deep learning methods. This course will bring students up to date to the current fast-moving frontier.
Along with theory topics the empirical phenomena that the theory seeks to explain will be covered in
detail. The course will involve both theory and programming assignments.
103
Syllabus:
Tentative list of topics (subject to change depending on class interests, new developments in the
field etc.): Quick introduction/reminder of deep learning and the theory of machine learning and
optimization; Expressive power of neural nets; Landscape of deep learning optimization;
Generalization in deep learning; Architectures (e.g. convolutional networks), network compression;
Adversarial examples; Formal verification and neural networks; Visualization and interpretation;
Deep generative models; Recurrent neural networks; Deep reinforcement learning
References:
Anand Louis
Linear Algebra, Probability. Courses in ML, DL, Optimization and some prior familiarity with Python and deep learning
frameworks such as PyTorch/TensorFlow will be useful, though not an absolute requirement.
The theme of this course in the Jan-Apr 2015 semester is arithmetic circuit complexity. Arithmetic
circuits are algebraic analogue of boolean circuits that naturally compute multivariate polynomials.
The quest for a thorough understanding of the power and limitation of the model of arithmetic
circuits (and its connection to boolean circuits) has lead researchers to several intriguing structural,
lower bound and algorithmic results. These results have bolstered our knowledge by providing
crucial insights into the nature of arithmetic circuits. Still, many of the fundamental
questions/problems on arithmetic circuits have remained open till date.The aim of this course is to
provide an introduction to this area of computational complexity theory. We plan to discuss several
classical and contemporary results and learn about a wealth of mathematical (particularly, algebraic
and combinatorial) techniques that form the heart of this subject.
References:
Chandan Saha
Familiarity with basic abstract algebra, linear algebra, probability theory and algorithms will be helpful. More importantly, we
expect some mathematical maturity with an inclination towards theoretical computer science.
Recent technological advances in diverse domians such as CPS/IoT, cloud storage and
computation, quantum information processing as well as proliferation of tools for digital mass
surveillance have thrown up many interesting research problems. This course will focus on some of
the theoretical questions in Security and Privacy from a cryptographic perspective. We plan to cover
a subset of the following topics:(A) Cryptographic Security in a Post-Quantum World.(B) Design and
Analysis of Privacy Enhancing Tools.(C) Efficient, Secure and Verifiable Query Processing in
Outsourced Database.(D) Cryptocurrency, Smart Contracts, Blockchain and Applications.
References:
104
Recent research papers in the relevant areas.
Sanjit Chatterjee
Architecture and harware description languages (RTL, ISPS, vhdl). Processor architecture,
Instruction level parallelism, Latency tolerance, multithreading, interconnection networks, Standards
(bus, SCI), architectures, routing, Cache coherency, protocol specification, correctness,
performance. Memory consistency models, synchronization primitives, parallel programming
paradigms, I/O systems, Interface standards, parallel I/O, performance evaluation, analytical
methods, simulation algorithms and techniques, benchmarking.
Matthew Jacob T
Voronoi diagram, Delaunay triangulation, Geometric Data Structures — Interval tree, Range tree,
Segment tree. Complexes — simplicial complex, Rips complex, alpha complex, homology, Betti
numbers, persistence homology, Morse functions, Reeb graph, approximation and fixed parameter
algorithms for geometric problems - hitting set and set cover, epsilon nets, epsilon approximations,
geometric intersection graphs, geometric discrepancy, clustering.
References: Computational Topology : An Introduction, Herbert Edelsbrunner and John L. Harer, American Mathematical
Society, Indian Edition, 2010. Computational Geometry: Algorithms and Applications, Mark de Berg, Otfried Cheong, Marc
van Kreveld, and Mark Overmars, Third Edition, Springer (SIE), 2011. Geometric Approximation Algorithms, Sariel Har-
Peled, American Mathematical Society, Indian Edition, 2013.~Prerequisites: E0225 : Design and Analysis of
Algorithms,None,None
105
Issues in Commit Protocols; Checkpointing and Recovery Protocols; Secure Checkpointing; Fault-
Tolerant Systems, Tolerating Crash and Omission Failures; Implications of Security Issues in
Distributed Consensus and Agreement Protocols; Replicated Data Management; Self-Stabilizing
Systems; Design Issues in Specialized Distributed Systems.
References:
Randy Chow, and Theodore Johnson, "Distributed Operating Systems and Algorithms", Addison-
Wesley, 1997. Sukumar Ghosh, "Distributed Systems: An Algorithmic Approach", CRC Press, 2006.
Kenneth P. Birman, "Reliable Distributed Systems: Technologies, Web Services, and Applications",
Springer New York, 2005 G. Coulouris, J. Dollimore, and T. Kindberg, "Distributed Systems:
Concepts and Designs", Fourth Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., 2005. Current Literature
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Problem solving, knowledge and reasoning, Logic, Inference,
Knowledge based systems, reasoning with uncertain information, Planning and making decisions,
Learning, Distributed AI, Communication, Web based agents, Negotiating agents, Artificial
Intelligence Applications and Programming.
References:
S. Russel and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach, Prentice Hall, 1995.
George F. Luger, Artificial Intelligence, Pearson Education, 2001.
Nils J. Nilsson, Artificial Intelligence - A New Synthesis, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2000
Susheela Devi V
None,None,None
Introduction, Data Preparation, Linear Methods for Classification and Regression, Additive Models
and Tree based methods, Support Vector Machines, Model Assessment and Selection,
Unsupervised Learning, Link Analysis, Recommendation Systems and Handling Large Datasets:
MapReduce.
References:
James, Witten, Hastie and Tibshirani, An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in
R, Springer, 2015 Rajaraman, Leskovec and Ullman, Mining of Massive Datasets, Cambridge
University Press, 2014Hastie, Tibshirani and Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning,
Springer, 2009 Recent literature
106
Prerequisites Linear Algebra, Probability and Statistics, Some programming experience in any language.,None,None
Elementary number theory, Finite fields, Arithmetic and algebraic algorithms, Secret key and public
key cryptography, Pseudo random bit generators, Block and stream ciphers, Hash functions and
message digests, Public key encryption, Probabilistic encryption, Authentication, Digital signatures,
Zero knowledge interactive protocols, Elliptic curve cryptosystems, Formal verification,
Cryptanalysis, Hard problems.
References:
None,None,None
Foundations of pattern recognition. Soft computing paradigms for classification and clustering.
Knowledge-based clustering. Association rules and frequent itemsets for pattern recognition. Large-
scale pattern recognition.
References:
R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart, and D.G. Stork, Pattern Classification, John Wiley & Sons (Asia),
Singapore, 2002 Recent Literature.
Narasimha Murty M
None,None,None
Minors: Introduction - properties which causes dense minors in graphs: average degree, girth,
Wagner's characterisation of graphs without K5 minors. Tree Decompositions: treewidth, pathwidth,
upper and lower bounds for treewidth, relation of treewidth and minors, influence on algorithmic
graph problems. Hadwiger's conjecture - its relation with the four colour theorem, related work.
References:
Graph Theory (Chapters 8 and 12), Reinhard Diestel, Springer, 2000. Current Literature
107
Sunil Chandran L
None,None,None
Control flow graphs and analysis; Dataflow analysis; Static single assignment (SSA); Compiler
optimizations; Dependence analysis, Loop optimizations and transformations, Parallelization,
Optimizations for cache locality, and Vectorization; Domain-specific languages, compilation, and
optimization; Register allocation, Instruction scheduling; Run time environment and storage
management; Impact of language design and architecture evolution on compilers.
References:
Aho, A.V., Ravi Sethi and J.D. Ullman: Compilers - Principles, Techniques and Tools, Addison
Wesley, 1988.S. Muchnick: Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation, Morgan Kauffman,
1998
Selected Papers.
Srikant Y N
None,None,None
Domain modeling using first-order predicate logic and relational calculus -- the tools Alloy and
Event-B. Verification of finite-state systems, and concurrent systems -- Spin. Verifying code
correctness using logical reasoning -- VCC. Testing and bounded-exploration of applications -- Pex
andAFL.
References:
Logic in Computer Science: Modelling and Reasoning about Systems, by Michael Huth and Mark
Ryan. Software Abstractions: Logic, Language, and Analysis, by Daniel Jackson. Model Checking,
by Edmund M. Clarke, Orna Grumberg, and Doron Peled. Specifying software: A Hands-On
Introduction, by R. D. Tennent. Research papers.
Prerequisites Exposure to programming,and the basics of mathematical logic and discrete structures.,None,None
Engineering high-quality software requires mastering advanced programming concepts, and dealing
with large and complex code. This course will introduce program analysis and machine/deep
learning techniques to help developers in this quest. It will focus on concurrency and security
analysis of smartphone and web applications. There is growing realization in the software
108
community that we can learn useful program properties from large codebases by treating code as
data, and augmenting program analysis with machine learning. This course will introduce
machine/deep learning techniques to build probabilistic models of source code, and discuss how
they can be used to solve novel problems in software engineering. Programming Language
Processing: tokenization, parsing and semantic analysis, graph representations, syntactic
transformations. Smartphone and Web Programming: multi-threading, asynchronous event-
handling, permissions. Program Analysis: static and dynamic analysis of concurrent programs,
model checking, information flow analysis for security, random testing. Probabilistic Models of
Source Code: program embeddings, probabilistic grammars, statistical language models, structural
models. Applications of Machine Learning (e.g., code completion, software testing and debugging).
References:
Zigurd Mednieks and Laird Dornin and G. Blake Meike and Masumi Nakamura. Programming
Android. O'Reilly, 2011.David Harman. Effective JavaScript. Addison-Wesley, 2012. Steve Souders.
Even Faster Websites. O'Reilly, 2009. Ian Goodfellow and Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville.
Deep Learning. MIT Press, 2016
Research papers.
None,None,None
The goal of this course is to focus on cutting-edge research themes in cryptography and understand
the mathematical objects and/or computational assumptions behind them. Advanced encryption
schemes such as, for example, CCA secure encryption, circular secure encryption, searchable
encryption, fully-homomorphic encryption and their underlying computational assumptions (LWE
etc.). Other advanced topics such as puncturable PRFs, obfuscation, multilinear maps.
Bhavana Kanukurthi
Spectral graph algorithms are very popular in theoretical computer science and machine learning,
as they provide polynomial time approximations to several hard computational problems. This
course will cover some basic topics in spectral graph theory and algorithms with some applications
to network analysis. This course emphasizes rigorous analysis of algorithms. Overview of Linear
Algebra and Matrix theory, Perron-Frobenius theory, Rayleigh Ratios, Laplacians, Spectral graph
partitioning algorithm, Cheeger?s inequal- ity, Davis-Kahan theorem and perturbation analysis,
Community detection in networks and stochastic block models, SVD, Mixture Models, Probabilistic
spectral clustering, Recursive spectral clustering, optimization via low-rank approximation.
References:
Fan Chung, Spectral Graph Theory, AMS 1997. Ravindran Kannan, Santosh Vempala, Spectral
Algorithms, NOW Publishers, 2009. Andries E. Brouwer, Willem H. Haemers, Spectra of graphs,
Springer 2011.
109
Ambedkar Dukkipati, Anand Louis
References:
Readings in Database Systems edited by M. Stonebraker, Morgan Kaufmann, 2nd ed., 1994.
Conference and Journal papers
Jayant R Haritsa
None,None,None
References:
Ambedkar Dukkipati
Prerequisites Probability and Statistics (or equivalent course elsewhere). Some background in linear algebra and
optimization will be helpful.,None,None
110
E0 322 (JAN) 3:1
Topics in Algebra and Computation
The course will consist of two parts: Computational aspects of algebra & number theory ; Use of
algebraic methods in theoretical computer science. Part 1: Chinese remaindering, Discrete Fourier
Transform, Resultant of polynomials, Hensel lifting, Automorphisms of rings, Short vectors in
Lattices, Smooth numbers etc. - and show how these tools are used to design algorithms for certain
fundamental problems like integer & polynomial factoring, integer & matrix multiplication, fast linear
algebra, root finding, primality testing, discrete logarithm etc. Part 2: This will deal with certain
applications of algebraic methods/algorithms in cryptography (RSA cryptosystem, Diffie-Hellman),
coding theory (Reed-Solomon & Reed-Muller codes, locally decodable codes), analysis of boolean
functions (Fourier analysis), and construction of expander graphs.
References:
Modern Computer Algebra by von zur Gathen and Gerhard. Introduction to Finite Fields by Lidl &
Niederreiter.
Relevant research papers and online lecture notes.
Chandan Saha
Prerequisites Basic familiarity with linear algebra and properties of finite fields (as in the Chapter 1-3 of the book
'Introduction to finite fields and their applications' by Rudolf Lidl and Harald Niederreiter). Alternatively,an undergraduate
course in algebra. Most importantly,some mathematical maturity with an inclination towards theoretical computer
science.,None,None
Sridharan Devarajan
Familiarity with machine learning,dimensionality reduction,and linear algebra at the advanced undergraduate/early graduate
level.,Knowledge of coding (e.g. C/Matlab/Python) is essential.,Some background in neuroscience is preferred
111
two person bargaining problem, coalitional games, The core, The Shapley value, other solution
concepts in cooperative game theory
.
References:
Roger B. Myerson, Game Theory: Analysis of Conflict, Harvard University Press, September
1997. Martin J. Osborne, An Introduction to Game Theory, Oxford University Press, 2003.
Y. Narahari, Dinesh Garg, Ramasuri Narayanam, Hastagiri Prakash. Game Theoretic Problems in
Network Economics and Mechanism Design Solutions. Springer, 2009.
References:
Allen J, Natural language understanding, Pearson Education, 1995, 2003. Jurafsky D, and Martin
J H, Speech and language processing: an introduction to natural language processing,
computational linguistics and speech recognition, Pearson Education, 2000, 2003.
Posner M I, Foundations of Cognitive Science, MIT Press, 1998. Research Literature.
Prerequisites Familiarity with programming (optionally including scripting languages); data structures, algorithms and
discrete structures; reasonable knowledge of English language.,None,None
References:
H.J.Kushner and G.Yin, Stochastic approximation and recursive algorithms and applications (2nd
edition), Springer Verlag, New York, 2003.
Shalabh Bhatnagar
User Level Specification of OS. Fundamental Concepts of Multiprogrammed OS, Basic Concepts
and Techniques for Implementation of Multiprogrammed OS. Processes and the Kernel, Microkernel
Architecture of OS. Multiprocessor, Multimedia, and Real-Time OS. POSIX Standards. Management
and Control of Processes. Basic Concept of Threads, Types of Threads, Models of Thread
Implementations. Traditional and Real-Time Signals. Clocks, Timers and Callouts. Thread
Scheduling for Unix, Windows, and Real-Time OS, Real-Time Scheduling. Interprocess/Interthread
Synchronization and Communication, Mutual Exclusion/Critical Section Problem, Semaphores,
Monitors, Mailbox, Deadlocks. Concepts and Implementation of Virtual Memory(32-bit and 64-bit),
Physical Memory Management. File Organization, File System Interface and Virtual File Systems,
Implementation of File Systems. I/O Software:Interrupt Service Routines and Device Drivers.
Protection and Security. Case Study of Unix, Windows, and Real-Time OS.
References:
Andrew S. Tanenbaum: Modern Operating Systems, Second Edition, Pearson Education, Inc.,
2001.
Uresh Vahalia: UNIX Internals: The New Frontiers, Prentice-Hall, 1996.
J. Mauro and R. McDougall: Solaris Internals: Core Kernel Architecture, Sun Microsystems Press,
2001.
Daniel P. Bovet and Marco Cesati: Understanding the Linux kernel, 2nd Edition O'Reilly &
Associates, Inc., 2003.
None,None,None
Shalabh Bhatnagar
113
This includes the analysis, design of hardware/software, construction of an apparatus/Instrument
and testing and evaluation of its performance. Usually, the project work is based on a
scientific/engineering problem of current interest. And every student has to complete the work in the
specified period and should submit the Project Report for final evaluation.
Satish L
114
Dept of Electrical Communication Engineering
E2 221 (AUG) 3:0
Communication Networks
Introduction to networking. TCP and UDP, TCP analysis. IP, optimal routing, algorithms for shortest
path routing, routing protocols, Mobile IP. ARQ schemes and analysis, random access,
random/slotted ALOHA, splitting algorithms, CSMA-CD, wireless LANs CSMA/CA, IEEE 802.11
MAC. Modelling and performance analysis in networks; deterministic analysis, scheduling;
stochastic analysis - traffic models, performance measures, Little's Theorem, M/G/1 model, Priority
queueing.
Chockalingam A
A. Kumar, D. Manjunath, and J. Kuri, Communication Networking: An Analytical Approach, Morgan Kaufman Publishers,
2004.,D. Bertsekas and R. Gallager, Data Networks, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall India, 2002.,J. F. Kurose and K. W. Ross,
Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, Pearson Education Asia, 2001.
Representation of signals and systems; Digital modulation techniques and their performance in
AWGN channel; optimum receiver structures for AWGN channel; signal design for band-limited and
power-limited channels; power and bandwidth efficiency tradeoff; coding and coded modulation
techniques – capacity approaching schemes; ISI and equalization; Multichannel and multicarrier
systems; Digital communications through fading multipath channels.
Sundar Rajan B
Topics will be drawn from codes for distributed storage, low-density parity-check codes, polar codes
and multi-terminal information theory, network-error correcting codes, distributed function
computation, network security, interference alignment and index coding.
Sundar Rajan B
T. Cover and J.A. Thomas,,Elements of Information Theory, John Wiley, (2nd Edition), 2006.,R.W. Yeung, Information
Theory and Network Coding, Springer, 2008.
Review of estimation theory. Wiener Solution. Kalman filter and its application to estimation, filtering
and prediction. Iterative solution; of method of steepest descent and its convergence criteria, least
mean square gradient algorithm (LMS), criteria for convergence and LMS versions: normalized
115
LMS, leaky, sign, variable stepsize, transform domain LMS algorithm using DFT and DCT. Block
LMS (BLMS) algorithm: frequency domain BLMS (FBLMS). Recursive least square (RLS) method,
fast transversal, fast lattice RLS and affine projection algorithms. Applications of adaptive filtering:
spectral estimation, system identification, noise cancelling acoustic and line echo cancellation,
channel equalization.
Hari K V S
This course will be taught jointly by Professors Rajesh Sundaresan and Ramesh Hariharan.
Data Analytics is assuming increasing importance in recent times. Several industries are now built
around the use of data for decision making. Several research areas too, genomics and
neuroscience being notable examples, are increasingly focused on large-scale data generation
rather than small-scale experimentation to generate initial hypotheses. This brings about a need for
data analytics. This course will develop modern statistical tools and modelling techniques through
hands-on data analysis in a variety of application domains. The course will illustrate the principles of
hands-on data analytics through several case studies (8-10 such studies). On each topic, we will
introduce a scientific question and discuss why it should be addressed. Next, we will present the
available data, how it was collected, etc. We will then discuss models, provide analyses, and finally
touch upon how to address the scientific question using the analyses. Data sets from astronomy,
genomics, visual neuroscience, sports, speech recognition, computational linguistics and social
networks will be analysed in this course. Statistical tools and modeling techniques will be introduced
as needed to analyse the data and eventually address these scientific questions.
Prerequisites:
Random Processes (E2 202) or Probability and Statistics (E0 232) or equivalent.
Random Processes (E2 202),or Probability and Statistics (E0 232),or equivalent
Basics of binary block codes; mathematical preliminaries: groups, rings, fields and vector spaces;
convolutional codes and the Viterbi algorithm; belief propagation with application to the decoding of
codes; LDPC codes; finite fields, Reed-Solomon and BCH codes.
Navin Kashyap
R.M. Roth,Introduction to Coding Theory,Cambridge University Press,2006~T. Richardson and R. Urbanke,Modern Coding
Theory
116
Entropy, mutual information, data compression, channel capacity, differential entropy, Gaussian
channel.
Himanshu Tyagi
Review of MOS device characteristics, Long channel MOS, Second order effects, MOS small signal
parameters and models, MOS capacitance. Concept of fT, Bipolar transistors, Small signal
parameters of BJTs, Common Emitter/Common source Amplifiers, CB/CG Amplifiers Emitter/Source
followers, Source Degeneration, Cascodes, emitter/Source coupled pairs, Current Mirrors,
Differential Pairs, Frequency Response, Noise, Feedback, Linearity, Operational Amplifiers:
Telescopic and Folded Cascode, Stability and Compensation, Slew rate and setting, Common Mode
Feedback
Gaurab Banerjee
Behzad Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits,Grey, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer, Analysis and Design of Analog
Integrated Circuits,Selected Papers and Patents
The axioms of probability theory, continuity of probability, independence and conditional probability,
random variables and their distribution, functions of a random variable, expectation, jointly
distributed random variables, conditional distribution and expectation, Gaussian random vectors.
Convergence of sequences of random variables, Borel-Cantelli Lemma, laws of large numbers and
central limit theorem for sequences of independent random variables, Chernoff bound.
Discrete time Markov chains, recurrence analysis, Foster's theorem, continuous time Markov chains,
the Poisson process, simple Markovian queues.
B. Hajek, An Exploration of Random Processes for Engineers, Course Notes, 2009,A. Kumar, Discrete Event Stochastic
Processes, Online book.,Geoffrey Grimmett and David Stirzaker, Probability and Random Processes, 3rd edition, 2001
Communication link design for AWGN channels; path loss models, noise figure, receiver sensitivity;
link budget for deep space communication - a case study. Communication subsystem requirements
117
and specifications: analog/digital front-end, oscillator phase noise, analog/digital up/down
conversion, carrier frequency offset (CFO), bandpass sampling, DAC/ADC interface, quantization
noise and clipping, dynamic range, ADC selection, automatic gain control (AGC), sampling jitter,
CORDIC, I/Q imbalance, DC offset correction, error vector magnitude (EVM), power amplifier (PA)
non-linearities. Communication link budget for flat fading channels - a case study. * Communication
link budget for ISI channels - multi-carrier (OFDM) and single-carrier (cyclic-prefixed SC)
techniques; impact of PA distortions in OFDM, PAPR issues, CFO estimation and correction, SFO
estimation and correction. Communication link budget for MIMO wireless and spatial modulation – a
case study. Visible light wireless communications (VLC); transmitter, channel, receiver,
performance, MIMO-VLC.
Chockalingam A
Tony J. Rouphael, ``Wireless Receiver Architectures and Design:,Antenna, RF, Synthesizers, Mixed Signal and Digital,Signal
Processing,'' Academic Press, 2014,Lydi Smaini, ``RF Analog Impairments Modeling for Communication Systems Simulation:
Application to OFDM-based Transceivers,'' John-Wiley & Sons, 2012.,Abbas Mohammadi and Fadhel M. Ghannouchi, ``RF
Transceiver Design for MIMO Wireless Communications,'' Springer-Verlag, 2012. Fa-Long Luo, ``Digital Front-End in
Wireless Communications and Broadcasting: Circuits and Signal Processing,'' Cambridge Univ. Press, 2011. Research
papers
The course will cover algorithms for digital video processing from the point of view of human visual
perception. Topics include video sampling, frequency response of human visual systems, color
perception, video transforms, retinal and cortical filters (difference of Gaussians, Laplacian of
Gaussians, center-surround responses, 3D Gabor filterbanks, steerable pyramids), motion
detection, Reichardt detector, optical flow algorithms (Horn-Schunck, Black-Anandan, Fleet-Jepson,
optical flow in the brain, block motion), video compression, statistical video models (spectrum power
law, divisive normalization, Gaussian scale mixtures, optical flow statistics, Weber-Fechner law),
video quality assessment, stereopsis, denoising, foveation and saliency.
Rajiv Soundararajan
A. C. Bovik,Al Bovik’s Lecture Notes on Digital Video,The University of Texas at Austin,2017.,M. Tekalp
Mathematical foundations of quantum mechanics, operators, bra and ket algebra, time independent
and time dependent Schrodinger equation, crystal lattice and Brillouin zone, Bloch theorem, band
theory of solids, tight binding, band structure examples (Si, Ge, III-V) in E-k space, effective mass,
principles of operation of p-n junction (homo and hetero junction) and MOSFET, single gate versus
multiple gates, bound states, effect of confinement, subbands, quantum capacitance, strain effects,
tunneling, tunnel diode, intra-band and band to band tunneling in MOSFET, quantum theory of linear
harmonic oscillators, phonons in solids, carrier mobility in MOSFET, quantum theory of angular
momentum, electron spin.
Kausik Majumdar
D. J. Griffiths, Introduction of Quantum Mechanics, Prentice Hall.,A. Ghatak and S. Lokanathan, Quantum Mechanics, Trinity
Press.,V. K. Thankappan, Quantum Mechanics, New Age. Solid State Physics, N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin.,S. M. Sze,
Physics of Semiconductor devices, Wiley-Interscience.,Y. Taur and T. H. Ning, Fundamentals of modern VLSI devices,
Cambridge University Press~A. Ghatak and S. Lokanathan, Quantum Mechanics, Trinity Press~V. K. Thankappan, Quantum
Mechanics, New Age~N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Cenage Learning~S. M. Sze, Physics of
Semiconductor devices, Wiley-Interscience
118
E7 221 (AUG) 2:1
Fiber-Optic Communication
Introduction to fiber optics; light propagation. Optical fibers; modes, dispersion, low, nonlinear
effects; Optical transmitters: LEDs, Semiconductor Lasers, Transmitter design; Optical receivers:
Photodetectors, Receiver design, Noise, sensitivity; System design and performance: voice, video,
data transmission, analog and digital systems, standards;
Broadband local area optical networks and WDM systems; coherent communication systems; long
distance telecommunications using optical amplifiers and solitons. Introduction to topics of current
interest: all optical networks, integrated optics, MOEMS; microwave photonics. Experiments on
characteristics of optical fibers, sources and detectors, analog and digital link, WDM system, tutorial
on optical fiber system design, simulation of optical fiber modes.
Shivaleela E S, Srinivas T
A. Selvarajan,S. Kar and T. Srinivas,Optical Fiber Communications,Principles and Systems,Tata – Mc Graw Hill
Maxwell’s equations, Wave equations, scalar and vector potentials, fundamental theorems in EM
Method of moments: Greens Functions; Surface equivalence principle; Electrostatic formulation;
Magnetostatic formulation; Electric Field Integral Equation; Magnetic Field Integral Equation; Direct
and Iterative Solvers; Finite difference time domain methods: 1D wave propagation, yee Algorithm,
Numerical dispersion and stability, Perfectly matched absorbing boundary conditions, Dispersive
materials. Antenna and scattering problems with FDTD, non-uniform grids, conformal grids, periodic
structures, RF circuitAdvanced topics in numerical electromagnetics based on recent literature
About the courseThe course will have programming assignments (using Matlab/Fortran/C++).
A. Taflove and SC Hagness Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite Difference Time Domain Method, 3ed Ed., Artech
House,Andrew F. Peterson, Scott L. Ray, Raj Mittra: Computational Methods for Electromagnetics, 1st Ed., IEEE Press
Series on Electromagnetic Wave Theory,Walton C. Gibson: The Method of Moments in Electromagnetics, 1st Ed., Chapman
and Hall,Roger F. Harrington: Field Computation by Moment Methods, 1993, Wiley-IEEE Press
This course will start with the basics of error-correcting codes and go on to cover specific classes of
codes. The classes of codes will be drawn from: codes for distributed storage, LDPC codes, cyclic
(algebraic) codes.
Vijay Kumar P
linear algebra (matrix theory),and probability theory,,at a graduate or at least, senior undergraduate level.
119
E1 245 (AUG) 3:0
Online Prediction and Learning
Online classification, Regret Minimization, Learning with experts, Online convex optimization, Multi-
armed bandits, Applications- sequential investment/portfolio selection, universal lossless data
compression, Stochastic games- Blackwell approachability, Learning systems with state- online
reinforcement learning
Aditya Gopalan
A basic course on probability or random processes,Prediction, Learning and Games. Nicolo Cesa-Bianchi and Gabor Lugosi,
Cambridge University Press, 2006,Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization. Shai Shalev-Shwartz. Foundations and
Trends in Machine Learning Vol. 4, No. 2 (2011) 107–194, DOI: 10.1561/2200000018,Regret Analysis of Stochastic and
Nonstochastic Multi-armed Bandit Problems. Sebastien Bubeck and Nicolo Cesa-Bianchi. Foundations and Trends in
Machine Learning Vol. 5, No. 1 (2012) 1-122, DOI: 10.1561/2200000024
Basic definitions; information-theoretic capacity and channel coding theorems; the Gilbert-Elliott
channel; memoryless channels with input constraints; feedback capacity and its dynamic
programming formulation; posterior matching schemes for achieving feedback capacity
Navin Kashyap
Pre-requisites: E2 201 (Information theory),R.G. Gallager, Information Theory and Reliable Communication, Wiley,
1968,Journal papers
References:
1. H.J.Kushner and G.Yin, Stochastic approximation and recursive algorithms and applications (2nd
edition), Springer Verlag, New York, 2003.
Prerequisites:
Random Processes (E2 202) or Probability and Statistics (E0 232) or equivalent
120
Rajesh Sundaresan
Random Processes (E2 202) or Probability and Statistics (E0 232) or equivalent~none~none
Parimal Parag
Foundations of machine learning, Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, and Ameet Talwalkar,Understanding Machine
Learning, Shai Shalev-Shwartz and Shai Ben-David
Parimal Parag
Information, Physics, and Computation, Mezard, Montanari,Random graphs and complex networks, Remco van der
Hofstad,Factor Graphs and the Sum-Product Algorithm, Frank Kschischang, Brendan J. Frey, Hans-Andrea Leliger,
Transactions on Information Theory, Vol 47, no. 2, 2001
The aim of the course is to introduce a range of tools, tricks and jargon from statistical physics that
are useful in information and coding theory. The topics to be covered in the course are:
The basic statistical physics models: Lattice gas, Ising, spin glasses; formulation of inference
problems as spin glass models Exactly solvable models: Curie-Weiss, and Ising on a tree
Message passing algorithms: Belief propagation and variants, approximate message passing
Partition functions and their computation
Navin Kashyap
Pre-requisites: E2 205 (Error-Correcting Codes) References: - Nicolas Macris and Rudiger Urbanke (2017), Statistical
Physics for Communications, Signal Processing and Computer Science, lecture notes for course at EPFL (latest available
version). - Marc Mezard and Andrea Montanari (2009), Information, Physics and Computation, Oxford Univ. Press. -
Hidetoshi Nishimori (2001), Statistical Physics of Spin Glasses and Information Processing: An Introduction, Oxford Univ.
Press. - Selected journal papers
Wireless channel modeling; diversity techniques to combat fading; cellular communication systems,
multiple-access and interference management; capacity of wireless channels; opportunistic
121
communication and multiuser diversity; MIMO – channel modeling, capacity and transmit and
receiver architectures; OFDM.
Neelesh B Mehta
D. Tse and P. Viswanath,,"Fundamentals of Wireless Communication", Cambridge University Press, 2005.,A. Goldsmith,
“Wireless Communication,” Cambridge University Press, 2005.
Basic definitions; information-theoretic capacity and channel coding theorems; the Gilbert-Elliott
channel; memoryless channels with input constraints; feedback capacity and its dynamic
programming formulation; posterior matching schemes for achieving feedback capacity
Navin Kashyap
Pre-requisites: E2 201 (Information theory),R.G. Gallager, Information Theory and Reliable Communication, Wiley,
1968.,Selected journal papers.
This course will start with the basics of error-correcting codes and go on to cover specific classes of
codes. The classes of codes will be drawn from: codes for distributed storage, LDPC codes, cyclic
(algebraic) codes.
Vijay Kumar P
linear algebra (matrix theory),and probability theory,,at a graduate or at least, senior undergraduate level.
Hypothesis testing, Neyman-Pearson theorem, likelihood ratio test and generalized likelihood ratio
test, uniformly most powerful test, multiple-decision problems, detection of deterministic and random
signals in Gaussian noise, detection in non-Gaussian noise, sequential detection, introduction to
nonparametric testing. Parameter Estimation: Unbiasedness, consistency, Cramer-Rao bound,
sufficient statistics, Rao-Blackwell theorem, best linear unbiased estimation, maximum likelihood
estimation. Bayesian estimation: MMSE and MAP estimators, Wiener filter, Kalman filter, Levinson-
Durbin and innovation algorithms.
Aditya Gopalan
122
Stochastic Processes and Queueing Theory
Basic mathematical modeling is at the heart of engineering. In both electrical and computer
engineering, many complex systems are modeled using stochastic processes. This course will
introduce students to basic stochastic processes tools that can be utilized for performance analysis
and stochastic modeling. Detailed study of processes encountered in various stochastic dynamic
systems, such as branching, counting, urns, infections, and queues.
Course content: Poisson process, Renewal theory, Markov chains, Reversibility, Queueing
networks, Martingales, Random walk.
Vinod Sharma
S. M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley, 2nd Edition, 1996.,E. Cinlar, Introduction to Stochastic processes, Prentice Hall,
1975.,P. Bremaud, Markov Chains: Gibbs Fields, Monte Carlo Simulation, and Queues, Springer, 1999.,J. R. Norris, Markov
Chains, Cambridge, 1998.,F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Cambridge, 2011.
This course will cover the basics of, and some recent advances in, the use of information theoretic
techniques in statistical learning. The following topics will be covered:
Hypothesis testing and minimax estimation; maximum likelihood estimation; asymptotic optimality;
local asymptotic normality; sample optimal testing and estimation (uniformity testing, equality
testing, independence testing, missing mass estimation, support estimation, learning Gaussian
mixtures); information criteria for model selection (AIC, BIC, MDL); topics in nonparametric
estimation.
Himanshu Tyagi
The course will be based largely on research papers, but the following reference books will be used.,Devroye, L., Györfi, L.,
and Lugosi, G, "A Probabilistic Theory of Pattern Recognition." Springer-Verlag, New York (1996).,Devroye, L. and Lugosi, G,
"Combinatorial methods in density estimation." Springer-Verlag, New York (1996).,P. D. Grünwald, The Minimum Description
Length Principle. MIT Press (2007).
Wireless transceiver SNR calculations, modulation techniques, linearity and noise, receiver and
transmitter Architectures, passive RF networks, design of active building blocks: low noise
amplifiers, mixers, power amplifiers, VCOs, phase locked loops and frequency synthesizers, device
models for RF design, mm-wave and THz communication systems
Gaurab Banerjee
Behzad Razavi, RF Microelectronics~Thomas Lee, The Design of CMOS RF Integrated Circuits~Relevant Journal and
Conference Papers
123
Direct Sequence spread spectrum, spreading sequences and their correlation functions, near-far
effect in DS-CDMA, error probability for DS-CDMA on AWGN channels, Multiuser Detection – MF
detector, decorrelating detector, MMSE detector. Successive interference canceller, parallel
interference canceller, linear PlC. Performance analysis of multiuser detectors and interference
cancellers. Low complexity multiuser detectors for MIMO systems. Multiuser/MIMO detection using
belief propagation, probabilistic data association, meta-heuristics, and Markov chain Monte carlo
techniques. Spatial modulation index modulation for multiuser systems.
Chockalingam A
S. Verdu, Multiuser Detection, Cambridge Univ.Press, 1998.,A. Chockalingam and B. Sundar Rajan, Large MIMO Systems,
Cambridge Univ.Press, February 2014.,H. Wymeersch, Iterative Receiver Design, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2007.,D. Tse and
P. Viswanath, Fundamentals of Wireless Communication, Cambridge University Press, 2005,Research Papers in Journals
and Conferences
Principles: Introduction to Photonics; optical waveguide theory; numerical techniques and simulation
tools; photonic waveguide components – couplers, tapers, bends, gratings; electro-optic, acousto-
optic, magneto-optic and non-linear optic effects; modulators, switches, polarizers, filters,
resonators, optoelectronics integrated circuits; amplifiers, mux/demux, transmit receive modules;
Applications: photonic switch matrices; planar lightwave circuits, delay line circuits for antenna
arrays, circuits for smart optical sensors; optical signal processing and computing; micro-opto-
electro-mechanical systems; photonic bandgap structures; VLSI photonics
C. R. Pollock and M. Lip Son, Integrated Photonics, Kluwer Pub., 2003.,T. Tamir, (ed), Guided-wave optoelectronics, (2nd
edition), Springer-Verlag, 1990,H. Nishihara, M. Haruna, and T. Suhara, Optical Integrated Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 1988,E. J.
Murphy, (Editor), Integrated Optical Circuits and Components: Design and Applications, Marcel and Dekker, 1999.,Current
literature: Special issues of journals and review articles
Introduction to Fiber-optic networks; Components for optical networks; Broadcast and select
networks; Wavelength routing networks; Virtual topology design; Control and Management; Access
networks; Deployment considerations; Photonics switching; Recent developments and futuristic
issues.
Shivaleela E S, Srinivas T
Prerequisite: E7 221 or equivalent,R. Ramaswami and K. N. Sivarajan, Optical Networks: A practical Perspective, (2nd Ed),
Morgan Kufmann Publishers 2002.,S. V. Kattalopoulos, Introduction to DWDM Technology, IEEE Press, 2000,Current
literature: special issues of journals and review articles
Macromodels for power attenuation in mobile wireless networks (path loss, shadowing, multipath
fading). Link budget analysis. Cellular networks; FDM/TDM/TDMA: spatial reuse, cochannel
interference analysis, cell sectoring, channel allocation (fixed and dynamic), handover analysis,
Erlang capacity analysis. CDMA: interference analysis, other cell interference, hard and soft
handovers, soft capacity, and Erlang capacity analysis; examples from GSM, IS95 and WCDMA
networks. OFDMA: simple models for scheduling and resource allocation. Wireless random access
networks: ALOHA, CSMA/CA; IEEE 802.11 WLANs and their analysis. Wireless ad hoc networks:
links and random topologies, connectivity and capacity, scaling laws, scheduling in ad hoc networks;
wireless ad hoc internets and sensor networks.
Utpal Mukherji
A. Kumar, D. Manjunath, and J. Kuri, Wireless Networking, Morgan Kaufman, 2008,G. L. Stuber, Principles of Mobile
Communications, 2nd edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001,D. Tse and P. Viswanath, Fundamentals of Wireless
Communication, Cambridge University Press, 2005.~none~none
Introduction to Compressed Sensing. Basic theory: l1 minimization, null space property, necessary
and sufficient conditions for l0 – l1 equivalence. Mutual coherence and the Restructed Isometry
property, and their consequences. RIP and random matrices. Johnson-Lindenstrauss Lemma Stable
signal recovery and the restricted eigenvalue property. Recovery algorithms and their performance
guarantees. Special/advanced topics upon student request.
Hari K V S
Pre-requisite: Random Processes, Matrix Theory,M. Elad, “Sparse and Redundant Representations”, Sprinter, 2010.,H.
Rauhut, “Compressive Sensing and Structured Random Matrices,” Radon Series Comp. Appl. Math., 2011.,R. Baranuik, M.
A. Davenport, M. F. Duarte, C. Hegde, “An Introduction to Compressive Sensing,” Rice University Connextions Course,
2011.~none~none
In this course, we cover the theory, algorithms, and practical considerations in multiple-antenna
adaptive wireless communication systems. The topics covered will include the useful results from
information theory, parameter estimation theory, array processing, and wireless communications, all
specialized to the case of advanced multiple-antenna adaptive processing. We will also discuss
various design issues in ad hoc networks, cognitive radio, and MAC protocols for multiple antenna
systems.
Chandra R Murthy
Daniel W. Bliss and Siddhartan Govindasamy, "Adaptive Wireless Communications: MIMO Channels and
Networks,",Cambridge University Press, 2013,Xiaodong Wang and Vincent Poor, "Wireless Communication Systems:
Advanced Techniques for Signal Reception," Prentice Hall Inc., 2004
125
This course is intended to be an introduction and bit more in-depth discussion into the field of
semiconductor optoelectronics. This would be a good bridge between the microelectronic devices
and photonics disciples offered at the Institute. The course would require some basic understanding
of semiconductors and calculus at undergraduate level as a pre-requisite. The main topics which
would be covered are as follows:
Quick refresher into semiconductor physics: band structures, doping, density of states, carrier
concentration and p-n junctions. Optical transitions in semiconductors: different radiative and non-
radiative processes, and rate calculations. Light emitters: LEDs and Lasers, diode structures,
characteristics (LI curves, speed etc.), Lasing condition, hetero-structures, quantum wells, quantum
dot lasers and VCSELs. Light detectors: Photodiodes, structure, biasing conditions, photovoltaic and
photoconductive devices, solar cells, p-i-n and avalanche photodiodes, characteristics
(responsitivity, gain and speed), and noise processes in detection. Light modulation: Electro-optic
devices, amplitude and phase modulation, Franz-Keldysh effect, quantum confined stark effect.
Review of current topics in optoelectronics: heterogeneously integrated lasers, thermo-photo voltaic
devices, silicon photonics, Germanium lasers, SPASERS, Polariton lasers etc. 3-4 homeworks, one
midterm, one final and a group project are intended as means of evaluating the students.
Varun Raghunathan
Suitable textbooks and reference books for this course are as follows: B.E.A. Saleh and M.C. Teich, "Fundamentals of
Photonics," Wiley, 2nd edition, ISBN: 978-0-471-35832-9.,J.M. Liu, "Photonic devices," Cambridge University Press, 1st
edition, ISBN: 978-0-521-55859-4.,P. Battacharya, "Semiconductor optoelectronic devices," Pearson Education, 2nd edition,
ISBN: 978-8177581669.,S.L. Chuang, "Physics of Photonic devices," Wiley-Blackwell, 2nd edition, ISBN: 978-0470293195.
Course will have a Lab component involving design, fabrication and testing of some basic passive
circuits and antennas with Industry Standard Softwares.
Vinoy K J
D M Pozar, Microwave Engineering, John Wiley 2003,D M Pozar., Microwave and RF Wireless Systems,T H Lee., The
design of CMOS Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits,V K Varadan., K. J Vinoy., K.A Jose., RF MEMS and Their Applications
Human speech communication, concept=> signal=> concept & levels of information. Discrete and
continuous representations, signal representation as a pattern; structure representation through
lexicon, grammar. ASR: text recognition, speaker recognition, language identification, keyword
spotting. Gaussian models and Bayesian inference; maximum likelihood parameter estimation.
126
Mixture Gaussian models, EM algorithm derivation; relation to K-means algorithm, LBG algorithm
and EM generalization. Application to speaker-ID. Units of speech: linguistic, acoustic and
stochastic; segmentation problem. Dynamic programming introduction. maximum-likelihood
segmentation; segment clustering and automatic sub-word units. Graphical models and Markov
models; Language modeling, N-grams and their estimation. Tree structured language model,
minimum entropy decision tree algorithm; language perplexity measure. Application to spoken
language-ID. Hidden Markov model (HMM): Markov structure for latent variables; Gaussian density,
discrete density, mixture Gaussian and semi-continuous density models. HMM evaluation, training
and decoding problems: forward-backward algorithm, Baum-Welch algorithm, Viterbi algorithm,
segmental K-means (SKM) algorithm. HMM duration density and explicit duration modeling and
modified EM algorithm. Finite state network (FSN) of HMMs and lexicon building. Continuous
speech recognition (CSR) through FSN decoding using time-synchronous Viterbi algorithm. Viterbi
beam search for large vocabulary CSR. Linear Dynamical Systems and kalman filtering, relation to
HMM.
Sreenivas T V
Pre-requisite: E2-202 Random Processes or equivalent.,* X. Huang and A. Acero and H. Hon: "Spoken Language
Processing," Prentice Hall, 2001 + Research papers,* C.M. Bishop: "Pattern Recognition and Machine learning," Springer,
2006.,* L.R. Rabiner and B.H. Juang: "Fundamentals of speech recognition," Prentice Hall, 1993.
Sundar Rajan B
Pre requisites: Digital Communication,Introduction to Space-Time Wireless Communications,,A. Paulraj, R. Nabar and D.
Gore. Cambridge University Press, 2003. Current literature
Sreenivas T V
127
Satish L
128
Dept of Electrical Engineering
E1 222 (AUG) 3:0
Stochastic Models and Applications
Subbayya Sastry P
References: Ross S M,Introduction to Probability Models,(6th Edition),academic Press and Hardcourt Asia,2000.
Pavankumar Tallapragada
129
Basic concepts and issues, survey of applications of sensor networks, homogeneous and
heterogeneous sensor networks, topology control and clustering protocols, routing and transport
protocols, access control techniques, location awareness and estimation, security information
assurance protocols, data fusion and management techniques, query processing, energy efficiency
issues, lifetime optimization, resource management schemes, task allocation methods, clock
synchronization algorithms. A Wi-Fi application, Communication between MSP 430 based Sensor
nodes and with addition of Extra Sensors. Compute Total Energy and estimated life of Battery.
Rathna G N
DSP Architecture: Single Core and Multicore; Pipelining and Parallel Processing; DSP algorithms:
Convolution, Correlation, FIR/IIR filters, FFT, adaptive filters, sampling rate converters, DCT,
Decimator, Expander and Filter Banks. DSP applications. Weekly laboratory exercises using Beagle
and xilinx FPGA boards.
Rathna G N
References: Rulph Chassaing,Digital signal processing and applications with C6713 and C6416 DSK,Wiley,2005,Keshab K
Parhi
Rajanikanth B S
130
Joy Thomas M
Joy Thomas M
Joy Thomas M
Closed loop control of DC drives. Static inverters-Voltage source inverters, inverter control; six step
and pulse width modulated operation, AC motor operation from inverters. Voltage source drives,
closed loop control of AC drives.
Narayanan G
References: Ranganathan V T, Electric Drives, Course Notes, IISc, 2005-06,Fitzgerald A E , Kingsley C Jr. and Umans S D,
Electric Machinery, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003. Leonhard W., Control of Electrical Drives, 3rd Edition, Springer,Miller T J E,
Brushless Permanent-Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives, Oxford Science Publications, 1989 Krishnan R, Permanent-
Magnet-Synchronous and Brushless DC motor Drives, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2010,Current Literature.
131
This course will present a broad, introductory survey intended to develop familiarity with the
approaches to modeling and solving problems in computer vision. Mathematical modeling and
algorithmic solutions for vision tasks will be emphasised. Image formation: camera geometry,
radiometry, colour. Image features: points, lines, edges, contours, texture; Shape: object geometry,
stereo, shape from cues; Motion: calibration, registration, multiview geometry, optical flow;
approaches to grouping and segmentation; representation and methods for object recognition.
Applications;
References: David Forsyth and Jean Ponce , Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, Prentice-Hall India, 2003,Hartley R and
Zisserman A, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2004.,Current
literature
Rathna G N
Pre-requisite: Knowledge of Digital Signal Processing,Nasser kehtarnawaz,Real-Time Digital Signal Processing based on
TMS320C6000,TMS320C6x Data Sheets from TI
Gurunath Gurrala
References: Wood A J, and Wallenberg B F, Power Generation, Operation and Control, John Wiley and Sons, 1984.,Russel
B D, and Council M E, Power System Control and Protection, Academic press, 1978. Miller T J E, Reactive Power Control in
Electrical Power System, John Wiley, USA.,Prabha Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, McGraw Hill Inc., 1983.
Kusic G L, Computer Aided Power System Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 1989.
HV power transformers, equivalent circuit, surge phenomenon, standing and traveling wave theory,
ladder network representation, short circuit forces, impulse testing, diagnostics and condition
monitoring of transformers, natural frequencies and its measurement, modern techniques.
Introduction to HV switching devices, electric arcs, short circuit currents, TRV, CB types, air, oil and
132
SF6 CB, short circuit testing.
References: Bernard Hochart, Power Transformer Handbook, Butterworth, 1987.,The J & P Transformer Book, 12th Edn, M J
Heathcote, Newnes, 1998. Transformers, Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.,Blume L F, and Boya
Jian, Transformer Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, 1951. Garzon R D, HV Circuit Breakers – Design and Applications,
Marcel and Dekker NY, 1996.,Flurscheim C H, Power Circuit Breaker: Theory and Design, Peter Peregrinus Ltd., 1975.
Ryan H M, and Jones G R, SF6 Circuit Breaker, Peter Peregrinus Ltd., 1989.
Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations in insulation design, transient fields due to finite conductivity,
method of images, images in two-layer soil, numerical methods, finite difference, finite element and
charge simulation methods tutorials and demonstration on PC. Programming assignments.
Udaya Kumar
References: Sadiku M N O, Numerical Techniques in Electromagnetics, Second Edn, CRC Press.,Weber E, Electromagnetic
Fields, Dover, 1951. Silvester P P and Ferrari R L, Finite Elements for Electrical Engineers, Cambridge University Press,
1996.,Selected journal papers.
Transient phenomena on transmission lines, methods of analysis and calculation, use of PSPICE,
principle of EMTP lightning discharges, origin and characteristics of lightning and switching
overvoltages, behaviour of apparatus and line insulation under overvoltages. Protection of
Apparatus against Overvoltages, Surge arresters, VFTO in GIS, insulation co-ordination.
Satish L
Overview of over-current, directional, distance and differential, out-of-step; protection and fault
studies; Service conditions and ratings of relays; Impact of CVT transients on protection; Current
Transformer: accuracy classes, dynamic characteristics, impact and detection of saturation, choice
for an application; Circuit Breaker: need for breaker failure protection, breaker failure protection
schemes, design considerations for breaker failure protection; Transmission line protection: issues
and influencing factors, definitions of short, medium and long lines using SIR, protection schemes,
fault location identification techniques; Transformer protection: issues, differential protection of auto-
transformers, two-winding, three-winding transformers, impact of inrush and over-excitation,
application of negative sequence differential, protection issues in ‘modern’ transformers; Generator
protection: issues, generating station arrangements, groundings, protection schemes; Bus
protection: issues, bus configurations, protection zones, protection schemes; Overview of HVDC
protection systems; Protection scheme for distributed generators (DGs); Special Protection
Schemes (SPS); Power system protection testing; Common Format for Transient Data Exchange
133
(COMTRADE), Communication architecture for substation automation; Basics of synchrophasor
based Wide Area Monitoring Systems (WAMS);
Sarasij Das
References: Horowitz. S.H. and A.G. Phadke, Power system relaying, by John Wiley & Sons, 3 rd edition 2008.,Mason C.R,
The Art and Science of Protective relaying, GE Digital Energy Phadke A.G. and Thorp J.S. Synchronized Phasor
Measurements and Their Applications, Springer, 2008,C37 series of IEEE standards on power system protection IEC 61850 -
Communication Networks and Systems in Substations
Development of large power grids. Hierarchy of integrated power systems. Modelling of various
types of series and shunt Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS), phase shifters, multiple
schemes of HVDC systems. Unbalanced system analysis and load balancing. Digital techniques for
computation of very fast electro-magnetic transients, analysis of switching and fault transients in
EHV/UHV systems. Wide Area Monitoring Systems (WAMS), placement of Phasor Measurement
Units (PMUs), Phasor and Frequency Estimation, Enhanced State Estimation, observability
analysis, Voltage Stability assessment and fault detection using Phasor Measurements.
Gurunath Gurrala
References: Current Literature,Phadke A G, Thorp J S, “Synchronized Phasor Measurements and Their Applications”,
Springer, 2008 Acha E, “FACTS: modelling and simulation in power networks”, Wiley, 2004,Hingorani N G and Gyugyi, L
and El-Hawary M, “Understanding FACTS: concepts and technology of flexible AC transmission systems”, IEEE press New
York, 2000,Kundur P and Balu, N J and Lauby M G, “Power system stability and control”, McGraw-Hill, 1994 Miller T J E,
“Reactive power control in electric systems”, Wiley-Interscience, 1982
The focus of the course will be on the fundamental aspects of convex analysis and optimization,
both in terms of theory and algorithms. We will also look at various applications of convex
optimization in inverse problems, signal processing, image reconstruction, communications,
statistics, and machine learning. In the process of understanding the foundations of various
algorithms, the students will be introduced to relevant topics in convex analysis and duality.
Topics
Review of relevant topics in real analysis, linear algebra, and topology. Topics in convex analysis:
convex sets and functions, analytical and topological properties, projection onto convex sets,
hyperplanes, separation theorems, sub-gradients, etc. Duality and its applications: Optimality
conditions, duality, minimax theory, saddle points, KKT conditions.
Canonical programs for constrained optimization: Linear programming, cone programming, and
semidefinite programming.Classical algorithms: simplex, ellipsoid, and interior-point methods.
Modern algorithms: accelerated gradient methods, proximal methods, FISTA, forward-backward
splitting, augmented Lagrangian, ADMM, etc.
References: Boyd S and Vandenberghe L, Convex Optimization,Cambridge University Press, 2004.,Bertsekas D P, Convex
Optimization Theory, Athena Scientific, 2009.,Bertsekas D P, Nonlinear Programming, Athena Scientific, 1999.
134
E5 213 (JAN) 3:0
EHV/UHV Power Transmission Engineering
Electrical power transmission by HVAC and HVDC, Overhead transmission lines, Bundled
conductors, Mechanical vibration of conductors, Surface voltage gradient on conductors, Corona &
associated power loss, Radio-noise and Audible-noise & their measurement, Fields under
transmission lines, Overhead line insulators, Insulator performance in polluted environment, EHV
cable transmission - underground cables and GIL, High Voltage substations-AIS and GIS,
Grounding of towers and substations, Over voltages in power systems, Temporary, lightning and
Switching over voltages, Design of line insulation for power frequency voltage, lightning and
switching over voltages, Insulation Co-ordination.
Joy Thomas M
References: Begamudre R D, Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering –Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990,Transmission
line Reference Book 345 kV & above, Electrical Power Research Institute, (EPRI), 1982 USA. Journal Publications,Current
literature from journals and conference proceedings.
Hard and soft real-time systems, deadlines and timing constraints, workload parameters, periodic
task model, precedence constraints and data dependency, real time scheduling techniques, static
and dynamic systems, optimality of EDF and LST algorithms, off-line and on-line scheduling, clock
driven scheduling, cyclic executives, scheduling of aperiodic and static jobs, priority driven
scheduling, fixed and dynamic priority algorithms, schedulable utilization, RM and DM algorithms,
priority scheduling of aperiodic and sporadic jobs, deferrable and sporadic servers, resource access
control, priority inversion, priority inheritance and priority ceiling protocols, real-time communication,
operating systems. The Laboratory Classes will be conducted using TI C2000 Platform.
Rathna G N
Introduction to pattern recognition, Bayesian decision theory, supervised learning from data,
parametric and non parametric estimation of density functions, Bayes and nearest neighbor
classifiers, introduction to statistical learning theory, empirical risk minimization, discriminant
functions, learning linear discriminant functions, Perceptron, linear least squares regression, LMS
algorithm, artificial neural networks for pattern classification and function learning, multilayer feed
forward networks, backpropagation, RBF networks, deep neural Networks, support vector
machines, kernel based methods, feature selection and dimensionality reduction methods.
Subbayya Sastry P
Pre-requisite: Knowledge of Probability theory References:,Dudo R O, Hart P E & Stork D G, Pattern Classification John
Wiley & sons, 2002.,Bishop C M, Neural Network & Pattern Recognition, Oxford University Press(Indian Edition) 2003.
135
E5 231 (JAN) 2:1
Outdoor Insulation
Electric power transmission, AC & DC, overhead lines, air insulated substations, outdoor insulation
functions, Types of line and station insulators up to 1200 kV, wall/equipment bushings, HVDC
insulators, Materials used for outdoor insulation; porcelain, glass, synthetic/composite, wood, Types
of stresses – electrical, mechanical, thermal, environmental, and extraneous and their implications,
Aging mechanisms and failure modes, Deterioration of synthetic insulator due to UV rays and
corona, Performance of Insulators in polluted/contaminated conditions and remedial measures,
Field experience and standards employed for the evaluation, Maintenance and inspection of
insulators in service, Computer simulation for estimation of electrical surface and bulk stress, lab
experiments on insulator discs/strings for dry/wet (artificial rain) and polluted conditions, for both ac
and dc high voltages.
References: Transmission Line Reference book 345 kV and above, EPRI, Palo Alto, USA, 1982,Ravi S Gorur, Edward
Cherney and Jeffrey Burnham, “Outdoor Insulators”, text book, Phoenix, Arizona, USA 1999.,Bradwell A, “Electrical
Insulation”, text book, Peter Peregrinus Ltd, London, UK, 1983 Recent Journal/ Conference and CIGRE publications.
Switched mode power supplies (SMPS): Non-isolated dc-dc converter topologies: continuous
conduction mode (CCM) and discontinuous conduction mode (DCM) analysis; non-idealities in the
SMPS. Modeling and control of SMPS, duty cycle and current model control, canonical model of the
converter under CCM and DCM. Extra element theorem, input filter design. Isolated dc-dc
converters: flyback, forward, push-pull, half bridge and full bridge topologies. High frequency output
stage in SMPS: voltage doubler and current doubler output rectifiers. Power semiconductor devices
for SMPS: static and switching characteristics, power loss evaluation, turn-on and turn-off snubber
design. Resonant SMPS: load resonant converters, quasy resonant converters and resonant
transition converters.Laboratory excercises on : Opamp circuits for current and voltage sensing in
converters, differencial amplifiers for sensing in presence of common mode signals, higher order
opamp filters, phase shifters, and pulse width modulators, comparator circuits, efficiency modeling
and prediction in dc-dc converters, dymnamic response and compensator design for dc-dc
converters.
Vinod John
References: Robert Ericson, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, Chapman & Hall, 2004.,Ramanarayanan V., Switched
Mode Power Conversion, 2007 Umanand L, Power Electronics: Essentials and Applications, Wiley India, 2009.,Jayant Baliga
B, Power Semiconductor Devices, PWS 1996.
136
satisfying the marginals, Gabor transform Spaces and bases: Hilbert space, Banach space,
orthogonal bases, orthonormal bases, Riesz bases, biorthogonal bases, Frames, shift-invariant
spaces, Shannon sampling theorem, B-splines.Wavelets: Wavelet transform, real wavelets, analytic
wavelets, dyadic wavelet transform, wavelet bases, multi resolution analysis, two-scale equation,
conjugate mirror filters, vanishing moments, regularity, Lipschitz regularity, Fix-Strang conditions,
compact support, Shannon, Meyer, Haar and Battle-Lemarié wavelets, Daubechies wavelets,
relationship between wavelets and filterbanks, perfect reconstruction filterbanks.
References: Cohen L, Time Frequency Analysis, Prentice Hall, 1995,Mallat S, A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing -,The
Sparse Way, Elsevier, Third Edition, 2009.
Human speech communication: physiology of speech production, phonetics and phonology. speech
perception and illusions. Time- domain features. Time-varying signal analysis: short-time Fourier
transform, spectrogram, quasi-stationary analysis: cepstrum, linear-prediction models. Line spectral
pair, Mel frequency cepstral coefficients. sinusoidal models. Principles of Speech synthesis,
prosody, quality evaluation, pitch and time scale modification. Speech as a sequence of vectors:
orthogonal transforms, principal component analysis, vector quantization, Gaussian mixture model
and their applications. Dynamic time warping and hidden Markov models. Speaker recognition.
Pre-requisites: E9-201 or consent of the instructor.,References: Handbook of Speech Processing, Benesty, Jacob; Sondhi,
M. M.; Huang, Yiteng (Eds.), Springer, 2008. Gold B, and Morgan N, Speech and Audio Signal Processing, John Wiley,
2000.,Douglas O’shoughnessy, Speech Communication, IEEE Press 2000. Taylor P, Text-to-Speech Synthesis, Cambridge
Univ. Press, 2009. Rabiner L R, and Schafer R W, Theory and applications of digital speech processing, Pearson,
2011.,Quatieri T F, Discrete-time speech signal processing, Prentice-Hall, 2002. Recent literature.
Rajgopal K
References: Kak A C, and Slaney M, Principles of Computerized Tomographic Imaging, IEEE Press, 1988.,Herman G T,
Image Reconstruction from Projections, Implementation and Applications: Topics in Applied Physics, Vol 32, Springer Verlag,
1979.,Natterer F, The Mathematics of Computerized Tomography, SIAM Classics In Applied Mathematics, Vol. 32, 2001.
Natterer F, and Wubbeling F, Mathematical Tools in Image Reconstruction, SIAM, 2001.
137
E9 282 (JAN) 2:1
Neural Signal Processing
Biophysics and computational techniques for the analysis of action potentials, Local Field Potential
(LFP), Electrocortico/encephalogram (ECoG/EEG) and functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging
(fMRI). Techniques include stochastic processes, self organized criticality, time-frequency analysis,
sparse signal processing, coherence, information theoretic methods, ICA/PCA, forward and inverse
modeling, directed tranfer functions, Granger causality, image processing methods and reverse
correlation.
References: Kandel, Schwartz and Jessell. Principles of Neural Science, 4th Edition.,Buzsaki G, Rhythms of the brain,
Oxford University Press, USA 2006.,Poldrack R A, Mumford J A and Nichols T E, Handbook of functional MRI data analysis,
Cambridge University Press, New York, 2009. Mallat S, A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing - The sparse way, Elsevier,
Third Edition, 2009 Thomas M. Cover and Joy A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, 2nd Edition, Wiley series in
Telecommunications and Signal Processing, 1991.
Image Features - Harris corner detector, Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT), Speeded Up
Robust Features (SURF), edge detection, Hough Transform; Image Enhancement - Noise models,
image denoising using linear filters, order statistics based filters and wavelet shrinkage methods,
image sharpening, image super-resolution; Image Segmentation - Graph-based techniques, Active
Contours, Active Shape Models, Active Appearance Models; Image Compression - Entropy coding,
lossless JPEG, perceptually lossless coding, quantization, JPEG, JPEG2000; Image Quality -
Natural scene statistics, quality assessment based on structural and statistical approaches, blind
quality assessment; Statistical tools - Kalman Filter, Hidden Markov Models; Video Processing -
Video standards, motion estimation, compression.
Pre-requisites: E9 241: Digital Image Processing,References: David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach, Pearson Education, 2003,Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 2010. Simon
J.D. Prince, Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference, Cambridge University Press, 2012.
Digital Signal Controller (A micro-controller with a DSP engine): Architecture and real time
programming in Assembly and Embedded C. Introduction to Fixed Point Arithmetic. Field
Programmable Gate Array (FPGA): Architecture and programming of digital circuits including Finite
State Machines (FSM) in Verilog HDL. Communication-Chip level: AXI, Board level: SPI, I2C,
System level: RS 232, CAN, MODBUS RTU on RS 485. Developing a GUI for supervisory control
and monitoring. Introduction to different semiconductor memories: RAM, ROM, NVRAM etc. and
their applications. Analog sensing: Anti-aliasing filter design, scaling for fixed point computation,
online calibration and biasing. Continuous time feedback controller design and its discrete
timeimplementation,D/A and A/D converters, effects of sampling, modeling the Pulse Width
Modulator (PWM) etc.Co-design: How to optimally implement an embedded task using a
programmable processor (DSC) and a re-configurable hardware (FPGA). Embedded design of a
typical Power Conversion System including: process control, protection, monitoring, feedback
control etc.
138
Jayachandra Shenoy U, Kaushik Basu
Prerequisite: Under graduate level analog electronics, digital electronics and classical feedback control theory.,Familiarity
with micro-processor, digital signal processing, power electronics (E6 201) previous experience in programming will be
helpful but not a necessity.,References: Brown s, and Vranesic Z, Fundamentals of Digital logic with Verilog design, Tata
McGraw Hill. Mazidi, Mckinlay and Causey, PIC Micro-controllers and Embedded Systems, Pearson. Franklin G F, Powell J
D and Naeini, Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems, Pearson. Erickson R W and Maksimovic D, Fundamentals of Power
Electronics, Springer. Proakis J G and Manolakis D K, Digital Signal Processing, Pearson.
AC/DC and DC/AC power conversion. Overview of applications of voltage source converters, pulse
modulation techniques for 1-phase and 3-phase bridges; bus clamping PWM, space vector based
PWM, advanced PWM techniques, practical devices in converter. Calculation of switching and
conduction losses. Compensation for dead time and DC voltage regulation; dynamic model of a
PWM converter, multilevel converters; constant V/F induction motor drives; estimation of current
ripple and torque ripple in inverter fed drives. Line-side converters with power factor compensation.
Narayanan G
References: Mohan, Undeland and Robbins; Power Electronics; Converters, Applications and Design, John Wiley and Sons,
1989.,Erickson R W, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, Chapman and Hall, 1997.,Vithyathil J, Power Electronics:
Principles and Applications; McGraw Hill, 1995. Current Literature.
Pavankumar Tallapragada
Satish L
139
Subba Reddy Basappa
140
Dept of Electronic Systems Engineering
E2 232 (AUG) 2:1
TCP/IP Networking
IP addressing, IP header; subnetting and supernetting, CIDR, routing table, Ethernet, ARP; Serial
links, PPP, ICMP, UDP, TCP: header, connection establishment, ISN, half close, delayed acks,
header flags, TCP state transitions, sliding window, Slow Start, Congestion Avoidance, Fast
Retransmit, Fast Recovery; DNS; multicasting, IGMP; IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs; Bridges, L2
switches, Spanning Tree algorithm, VLANs; Mobile IP; Private IP; NAT; DHCP; http; routing
protocols:
RIP, OSPF, BGP; IPv6
Hardik J Pandya
Gray, Hurst, Lewis, and Meyer, Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, John Wiley & Sons, 5th edition,
2009,Horowitz and Hill, The Art of Electronics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1999,Behzad Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS
Integrated Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 2001
Electronic systems and needs, physical integration of circuits, packages, boards and complete
electronic systems; system applications like computer, automobile, medical and consumer
electronics with case studies and packaging levels. Electrical design considerations - power
distribution, signal integrity, RF package design and Power-delivery in systems. CAD for Printed
Wiring Boards (PWBs) and Design for Manufacturability (DFM). PWB Technologies, Single-chip
(SCM) and Multi-chip modules (MCM), flex circuits. Recent trends in manufacturing like microvias,
sequential build-up circuits and high-density interconnect structures. Materials and processes in
electronics packaging, joining methods in electronics; lead-free solders. Surface Mount Technology
– design, fabrication and assembly, embedded passive components; thermal management of
PWBs, thermo-mechanical reliability, design for reliability, electrical test and green packaging
issues, Assignments in PCB CAD; Hands-on lab sessions for board manufacturing and assembly.
141
Mahesh G V
Rao R. Tummala, Fundamentals of Microsystems Packaging, McGraw Hill, NY, 2001,Rao R Tummala & Madhavan
Swaminathan, Introduction to System-on-Package, McGraw Hill, 2008,R S Khandpur, Printed Circuit Boards, McGraw Hill,
2006
Mayank Shrivastava
Analysis: The Real Number System, Euclidean Spaces, Metric Spaces, Closed and open sets,
Numerical sequences and series, Limits, Continuity. Probability Theory: The axioms of probability
theory, Independence and conditional probability, Random variables and their distribution,
Expectation, Conditional distribution, Convergence of sequences of random variables, Laws of large
numbers and Central limit theorem. Linear Algebra: Vector Spaces, Subspaces, Linear
independence, Basis and dimension, Orthogonality; Matrices, Determinants, Eigenvalues and
Eigenvectors, Positive definite matrices, Singular Value Decomposition.
Rudin, W., Principles of Mathematical Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1985,Strang G, Linear Algebra and Applications,
ThomsonBrooks/Cole, 4th Edition, 2006,D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Probability, Athena Scientific Press,
2nd Edition, 2008
Introduction: Basic Processor Architecture, Instruction Set Design, Datapath and Controller, Timing,
Pipelining. CISC Processor Design: Architecture, Design. RISC Processor Design: single cycle
implementation, multi cycle implementation, pipelined implementation, exception and hazards
handling, RISC-V. Memory Hierarchy: Cache, Paging, TLB. Bus: Bus Topologies, AXI, PCIe, Bus
Bridges, BFM, Network-on-Chip. Superscalar Processors Design: Superscalar organization,
superscalar pipeline overview, VLSI implementation of dynamic pipelines, register renaming,
reservation station, reordering buffers, branch predictor, and dynamic instruction scheduler etc.
142
Kuruvilla Varghese
Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware/Software Interface, The Morgan Kaufmann, By David A. Patterson and
John L. Hennessy,Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, The Morgan Kaufmann By John L. Hennessy and David
A. Patterson,Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of Superscalar Processors, McGraw-Hill By John P. Shen,Current
Literature,Prerequisite: E0 284, E3 231
Introduction to MOS transistor theory, Circuit characterization & simulation, theory of logical effort,
interconnect design and analysis combinational circuit design, sequential circuit design. Design
methodology & tools, testing & verification, datapath subsystems, array subsystems, power and
clock
distribution, introduction to packaging.
N. Weste and D. Harris, CMOS VLSI Design. A Circuits and Systems Perspective, Addison Wesley, 2005~J. M. Rabaey, A.
Chandrakasan, and B. Nikolic, Digital Integrated Circuits~Current literature
Embedded Systems: Rise of embedded systems and their transition to intelligent systems and to
Internet of Things - RFIDs, NFC, Web of Things - Network of interconnected and collaborating
objects, Embedded systems architecture: Key hardware and software elements, typical embedded
processors like ATOM. Low power and very low power embedded systems, peripherals and sensors
in embedded systems, peripheral interfacing - SPI and I2C, Hardware and software protocol stacks -
MAC, Routing and application layers, performance considerations. Embedded Systems Design:
Partitioning to hardware and software; principles of co-design; performance of these systems -
estimation of speed, throughput, power and energy consumption; hardware design elements -
design, validation, and testing tools; software platforms – OS and applications, code optimization,
validation and robust code generation; system integration, debugging and test methodology; tools
for coding, debugging, optimization, and documentation; measurement of system performance,
Linux distributions for embedded systems using tools from Yocto project; Creating virtual prototypes
- hardware software emulation. Applications: Healthcare and home automation examples.
Prabhakar T V
143
Barry,P.,and Crowley,P.,Modern Embedded Computing
1. The Ideal MOS Capacitor: The Silicon/Silicon Dioxide System, Band Bending in the MOS
Capacitor, Solution of Poisson's Equation for the MOS Capacitor, Depletion Approximation,
Threshold Voltage, Capacitance-Voltage (CV) Plot of the Ideal MOS Capacitor, Small-signal
Capacitance and Equivalent Circuit, Low-frequency Capacitance-Voltage (LFCV) Characteristics,
High-frequency Capacitance-Voltage (HFCV) Characteristics and Deep Depletion.
2. The Non-Ideal MOS Capacitor: Work Function Difference, Oxide and Interface Charges, Nature
of Defects in the Oxide and at the Si/SiO2 Interface, Effect of Oxide Charges, Effect of Interface
States, Stretchout in the HFCV Characteristic, Interface State Capacitance and Equivalent Circuit,
LFCV Characteristic with Interface States, Effect of Border States, Series Resistance, Non-Uniform
Doping, Lateral Non-Uniformities, Polysilicon Depletion Effects, Failure of Maxwell-Boltzmann
Statistics, Quantum Effects and Tunnelling through the Insulator
3. The MOS Capacitor as a Diagnostic Device: Determination of Basic MOS Parameters - Oxide
Thickness, Substrate Doping, The Ideal HFCV Curve, Flat-band and Mid-gap Capacitances and
Voltages, Threshold Voltage and Work Function Difference. Oxide Charge and Interface States,
Determination of Interface State Density, The HF-LF CV Technique, Conductance Method,
Continuum of States, Deep Level Transient Spectroscopy (DLTS), Determination of Oxide Charge
and Effects of Quantization on the Extraction of Parameters
4. The Long Channel MOSFET: Simplified I-V models of the MOSFET. Various MOSFET models
and aspects like body effect, threshold voltage model, sub-threshold swing model, sub-threshold
conduction, OFF and ON state behaviour using band diagrams, LF and HF CV characteristics.
5. The Short Channel MOSFET: Threshold voltage change with channel length scaling, Drain
Induced Barrier Lowering, Channel Length Modulation, Velocity Saturation, Mobility Degradation,
Punch-through, HC effects, parasitic bipolar effect, Gate Induced Drain Leakage, Effect of thin Gox,
Transistor Scaling and scaling Implications.
6. Double Gate MOSFET and FinFETs: FDSOI and PDSOI. Limitation of FDSOI technology. Why
FinFETs? FinFET advantages over FDSOI, FinFET Design, SOI vs. Bulk FinFETs, band diagram,
scaling and variability issues/advantages, effect of Fin Width, effect of S/D resistance, mobility,
quantum confinement effects and bulk conduction. P and N conduction, impact of crystal plane.
High-k & Metal Gate for FinFETs, Process flow and complexities, doping thin films, raised S/D,
epitaxial S/D, stress and other mobility boosters. FinFET based circuit design advantages (Logic,
SRAM, Analog/RF), limitations and other challenges. FinFET layout design rules. HV/ESD device
and SoC design challenges in FinFETs. Basics of Nanowire FETs.
Mayank Shrivastava
Introduction to Digital design; Hierarchical design, controller (FSM), case study, FSM issues, timing
issues, pipelining, resource sharing, metastability, synchronization, MTBF Analysis, setup/hold time
of various types of flip-flops, synchronization between multiple clock domains, reset recovery, proper
resets. VHDL: different models, simulation cycles, process, concurrent and sequential statements,
loops, delay models, library, packages, functions, procedures, coding for synthesis, test bench.
144
FPGA: logic block and routing architecture, design methodology, special resources, Spartan-6
architecture, programming FPGA, constraints, STA, timing closure, case study.
Kuruvilla Varghese
Digital Design: Principles and Practices By J. F. Wakerly, Pearson,VHDL for Programmable Logic, By Kevin Skahill,
Pearson,FPGA Data sheets, Application Notes,Current literature
Development toolchain (Compiler, Linker and Debugger), ARM Cortex processor architecture,
Memory subsystem, caching, interfacing and programming peripherals, GPIO, UART, I2C, SPI,
interrupts and NVIC architecture, interrupt driven standalone system
Definitive Guide to Cortex M3 Architecture,Joseph Yiu,Practical Microcontroller Engineering with ARM Technology,Ying
Bai,Linkers & Loaders
Carrier transport and carrier energy fundamentals, avalanche multiplication and breakdown, hot
carrier induced (HCI) degradation mechanism, NBTI/PBTI, TDDB, GOI and Electromigration, ESD
and latch-up phenomena, Test models and methods, ESD protection devices and device physics,
Advance ESD protection devices, high current effects and filaments, Negative differential resistance,
Physics of ESD failure, ESD protection methodology, ESD protection circuits, ESD protection for
Analog/RF and mixed signal modules, General rules for ESD design, layout considerations for ESD
and latch-up protection, understanding parasitics, ESD circuit simulation basics and requirements,
ESD TCAD simulation methodology, System on Chip overview and system ESD aspects, case
studies related to product failures and solutions use
Mayank Shrivastava
Review Papers on NBTI/PBTI, HCI Degradation, TDDB, Electromigration,ESD in Silicon Integrated Circuits by Ajith
Amerasekera and Charvaka Duvvury, Wiley publication,Basic ESD and I/O Design by Sanjay Dabral and Timothy J.
Maloney, Wiley publication
Embedded Systems: Rise of embedded systems and their transition to intelligent systems and to
Internet of Things - RFIDs, NFC, Web of Things - Network of interconnected and collaborating
objects, Embedded systems architecture: Key hardware and software elements, typical embedded
processors like ATOM. Low power and very low power embedded systems, peripherals and sensors
in embedded systems, peripheral interfacing - SPI and I2C, Hardware and software protocol stacks -
MAC, Routing and application layers, performance considerations. Embedded Systems Design:
Partitioning to hardware and software; principles of co-design; performance of these systems -
estimation of speed, throughput, power and energy consumption; hardware design elements -
145
design, validation, and testing tools; software platforms – OS and applications, code optimization,
validation and robust code generation; system integration, debugging and test methodology; tools
for coding, debugging, optimization, and documentation; measurement of system performance,
Linux distributions for embedded systems using tools from Yocto project; Creating virtual prototypes
- hardware software emulation. Applications: Healthcare and home automation examples.
History of key inventions in the field of ESD and latch-up protection, Review on various ESD testers
and ESD test models, problems associated with ESD testers and progress on ESD tester
development. High current injection, High field effects, Negative differential resistance and Current
filaments, Drain extended MOS devices and associated week ESD robustness. ESD behavior of
FinFET devices, SiGe-FETs and other quantum well devices, Impact of stress & strain on ESD
behavior, ESD devices in advanced CMOS and BiCMOS technology, Impact of technology scaling
on ESD behavior, Special analog and RF ESD protection devices and circuits. Impact of ESD stress
on CNTs, Graphene and other 2D material based Nanoelectronic devices. ESD Device modeling for
circuit simulations, State-of-the-art on CDM ESD protection, CDM tester models, modeling CDM
behavior and CDM simulations, ESD verification flow and methodology, Towards full chip ESD
simulation, Transient latch-up, System level ESD, System efficient ESD design (SEED), Case
studies.
Mayank Shrivastava
ESD Protection Device and Design for Advanced CMOS Technologies by Oleg Semenov, Hossein Sarbishaei and Manoj
Sachdev, Elsevier,ESD RF Technology and Circuits by Steven H. Voldman, Wiley,Nanoelectronics – Nanowires, Molecular
Electronics and Nanodevices by Krzysztof Iniewski, McGraw Hill, 201
Introduction to microfabricated devices for biology and medicine (devices for flow cytometry/sorting,
microchips using dielectrophoresis, force measurement with cantilevers, microengineered devices
for medical therapeutics, blood pressure sensors, devices for drug delivery, devices for minimally
invasive surgery), Microfabrication technology: Introduction to the clean room, Contaminants, Wafer
cleaning processes (DI water, RCA, metallic impurities, etc.), Substrate materials, Techniques of
metallization: PVD [(Sputtering – DC, RF, and Magnetron), thermal evaporation, e-beam
evaporation, PLD], Types of masks, Hard and soft Lithography, Types of etching, Design of process
flow for device fabrication for application in biology and medicine, Basics of tissue culture methods:
Types of cell growth, Work area and equipment (Laminar flow hoods, CO2 incubators, Microscopes,
Preservation, Vessels, Storage), Maintaining cells (harvesting, media and growth requirements),
Safety considerations, Cell counting, Device fabrication and inspection in the clean room.
Hardik J Pandya
J.D. Plummer, M.D. Deal, P.G. Griffin, Silicon VLSI Technology, Pearson Education, 2001,S.A. Campbell, The Science and
Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press, 2001,S.M. Sze (Ed), VLSI Technology, 2nd Edition,
McGraw Hill, 198
146
E9 207 (JAN) 3:0
Basics of Signal Processing
Introduction to probability and random processes: basic definitions, discrete, continuous and mixed
random variables, probability density function, cumulative density function, various notions of
stationarity, ergodicity, filtering noise through linear systems, Signal spaces and signal geometry,
Topics in sampling: Shannon sampling theorem for bandlimited and random signals, basic ideas on
compressive sampling, Sampling rate conversion: decimation, expansion and rational fractional rate
conversion, filter banks and applications. Introduction to transform methods: Fourier transforms and
convergence issues, wavelets and algorithms for fast decomposition.
Moon and Stirling,Mathematical Methods and Algorithms for Signal Processing,Prentice Hall 2000,P. P.
Vaidyanathan,Multirate systems and filterbanks
Modeling of Systems: input/output relations, linearization, transfer function and state space
representations, circuit averaging, bond graph and space vector modeling; Control system
essentialsrepresentation in digital domain, z-transform, digital filters, s-z mapping, sampling issues,
continuous to discrete domain conversions; Controller design-Bode method, root locus method, PID
controller, State space methods, full state feedback, pole placement, estimator design, prediction,
current and reduced order estimators, introduction to optimal and robust controller design.
Umanand L
Franklin, G.F., Powell, J.D., Workman, M.L., Digital Control of Dynamic Systems, 2nd Ed., AddisonWesley, MA, USA,
1990,Friedland, B., Control System Design-An Introduction to State Space Methods, McGraw Hill, 1987,Lewis, F.L., Applied
Optimal Control and Estimation, Prentice Hall, USA, 1992
Basics of phase controlled converters, Choppers, Front end Ac to DC converter, DC motor speed
control, inverters, six step operation, sinusoidal PWM control, current hysteresis PWM and space
vector PWM control of three phase inverters. Generation of the three phase PWM signals from
sampled reference phase amplitudes and PWM control in overmodulation region, Speed control of
induction motor; V/f operation, dynamic equivalent circuit model of induction motor and vector
control
of induction motor. Current source inverter, Multilevel inverters and its control.
Gopakumar K
Leonhard W., Control of Electrical Drives, Springer-Verlag, 1985,Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics:
Converters, Application and Design, John Wiley and Sons, 1989,Krishnan, R., Electric Motor drives: Modelling, Analysis and
Control, Prentice Hall, March 2001 Gopakumar K., Lecture notes
147
Introduction: Review of basic principles behind the physics of magnetic recording, super
paramagnetic limits, technological trends in magnetic storage/optical systems, recording schemes in
magnetic and optical devices. Signal Modeling: Communication theoretic framework of read/write
channels. Models for analog read back signal with inter-symbol interference, noise and distortion
sources, notion of channel and user bit densities towards SNR definition. Signal Processing
Methods: Equalization and timing recovery, PLLs, ML based timing recovery methods, Detection
techniques based on the BCJR algorithm and its low complexity variations, turbo-equalization
methods. Coding Techniques: Introduction to constrained modulation codes, review of algebraic and
graphical coding techniques, interleaving mechanisms and analysis of the code performance.
Implementation: Hardware related aspects for realizing signal processing algorithms on a system-
on-chip (SoC).
Introduction to photovoltaic energy conversion, Solar radiation and measurement, Solar cell and
their characterization, Influence of insolation and temperature, Maximum power point tracking,
Electrical storage with Batteries, controllers, DC power conditioning, AC power conditioners for grid
connection,Solar power drives, Applications for pumping/refrigeration, Economic analysis of PV
system, Energy analysis of PV system
Umanand L
Chenming, H. and White, R.M., Solar Cells from B to Advanced Systems, McGraw Hill Book Co.,Ruschenbach, HS, Solar
Cell Array Design Hand Varmostrand, Reinhold, NY, 1980,Proceedings of IEEE Photovoltaics Specialists Conference, Solar
Energy Journa
Introduction to CMOS Scaling, The nanoscale MOSFET and design, Finfets, NanoWire FETs and
Tunnel FETs, fundamental limit to device scaling and device engineering for CMOS scaling. Carbon
nanotube, graphene and other 2D semiconductors and related nanoelectronics, band structure &
transport, devices, applications.
Mayank Shrivastava
Power device applications: Power electronic applications, High voltage and high-power circuits, RF
power circuits and applications, On-chip circuits and power management system, high switching
148
speed requirements for power system scaling. Semiconductor Physics under extreme conditions:
Basics of semiconductor device physics, p-n junction, carrier transport under extreme conditions,
avalanche breakdown, and thermal transport. Power Diodes: Various types of power diodes: Si
diodes, Schottky diodes and P-i-N diodes; Physics of power diodes, power diode design essentials,
breakdown voltage and ON-resistance trade-off, high current and ultra fast transient behavior. Si
High Power MOS devices, design and Technology: VMOS, VDMOS, UMOS, DMOS, LDMOS,
DeMOS and Dual trench MOS; Process flow, discrete and On-chip device manufacturing
technology; High power MOS design essentials, breakdown voltage and on-resistance trade-off,
parasitic capacitance and resistances, DC, RF and switching characteristics; quasi saturation
behavior, high current effects, Negative differential resistance (NDR), self heating, filament
formation and safe operating area (SOA). GaN and SiC Power MOS devices: Advantage of high
bandgap materials, High bandgap material physics, various GaN/SiC devices, device physics and
design essentials, GaN/SiC device manufacturing technology; breakdown voltage and on-resistance
trade-off, parasitic capacitance and resistances, DC, RF and switching characteristics; quasi
saturation behavior, self heating effects and safe operating area (SOA); state-of-the-art GaN/SiC
devices and ongoing research. IGBTs and SCR: IGBTs and SCR device physics and device design
essentials, breakdown voltage and on-resistance trade-off, self heating effects and filament
formation.
Mayank Shrivastava
Semiconductor power devices: Physics of operation and fabrication technology, Sorab Khushro Ghandhi, Wiley,
1977,Advanced Power MOSFET Concepts, B. Jayant Baliga, 2010,High Voltage Devices and Circuits in Standard CMOS
Technologies, Hussein Ballan, Michel Declercq
Band theory of solids, carrier transport mechanism, P-N junction diode, MOS Capacitor Theory, C-V
characteristics, MOSFET operation, Types of compact models, Input Voltage Equation, Charge
Linearization, Charge Modeling, Concept of Core Model, Quasi-static and Non-quasi-static Model,
Introduction to Verilog-A, Basic theory of circuit simulation, Brief overview of EKV and PSP
Santanu Mahapatra
Random Walks on Graphs – main parameters, the eigenvalue connection, the electrical connection,
mixing rate, sampling by random walks, Markov random fields, Gibbs sampling, Markov chain Monte
Carlo, Metropolis Hastings, Simulated annealing, Belief propagation, Bethe free energy, Kikuchi
approximation, generalized belief propagation, convergence of belief propagation, Cavity method,
Correlation decay, Learning Graphical models.
149
Project
Satish L
150
Division of Mechanical Sciences
Preface
The Division of Mechanical Sciences consists of the departments of Aerospace Engineering, Atmospheric and
Oceanic Sciences, Civil Engineering Chemical Engineering, Divecha Centre for Climate Change, Earth
Sciences, Mechanical Engineering, Materials Engineering, Product Design and Manufacturing and Sustainable
Technology. It also administers an Institute facility, ‘Advanced Facility for Microscopy and Microanalysis’. The
courses offered in the different departments of the Division have been reorganized after review and revision,
and have been grouped department wise. These are identified by the following code.
AE Aerospace Engineering
AS Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences
CE Civil Engineering
CH Chemical Engineering
DC Divecha Centre of Climate Change
ER Earth Sciences
ME Mechanical Engineering
MT Materials Engineering
PD Product Design and Manufacturing
ST Sustainable Technologies
The first two digits of the course number have the departmental code as the prefix. All the Departments/Centres
(except the Space Technology Cell) of the Division provide facilities for research work leading to the degrees of
M Tech (Research) and Ph D. There are specific requirements for completing a Research Training Programme
for students registered for research at the Institute. For individual requirements, students are advised to consult
the Departmental Curriculum Committee. M Tech Degree Programmes are offered in all the above departments
except in the Centre for Product Design and Manufacturing which offers M.Des. Department of Civil Engg and
CiSTUP jointly offer an M Tech Programme in Transportation Engineering. Most of the courses are offered by
the faculty members of the Division, but in certain areas, instruction by specialists in the field and experts from
industries are also arranged.
151
Dept of Aerospace Engineering
SOI Details of the Aerospace Engineering For the Batch of 2017- 2018
M Tech Programme Duration: 2 years 64 Credits
Hard Core: 24 Credits
AE 203 3:0 Fluid Dynamics
AE 220 3:0 Flight and Space Mechanics
AE 221 3:0 Flight Vehicle Structures
AE 245 3:0 Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion
AE 259 3:0 Navigation, Guidance and Control
AE 271 1:2 Flight Vehicle Design
Review of schemes for Euler equations, structured and unstructured mesh calculations,
reconstruction procedure, convergence acceleration devices, schemes for viscous flow
discretization, positivity, turbulence model implementation for unstructured mesh calculations,
computation of incompressible flows. Introduction to LES and DNS.
Balakrishnan N(CFD)
152
Prerequisite AE 227
Quantitative non destructive evaluation involved probabilistic methods of quality control and life
assessment. Signal analysis and image processing in NDE, ultrasonic, thermographic and
tomographic methods for evaluation of composites.
Ramachandra Bhat M
Prerequisite AE 258 or equivalent and consent of instructor~References American Society of Metal (ASM) Hand Book,
Volume 17.Thompson, D.O., and Chimenti, D.E. Eds, Review of progress in quantitative Non Destructive Evaluation. Annual
Conference proceedings.
Introduction to vibration control, passive and active vibration control. Concept of vibration isolation,
dynamic vibration absorber, visco-elastic polymers as constrained and unconstrained configuration
in passive vibration control. Constitutive modeling of structures with PZTs/PVDF materials, electro
restrictive, magneto restrictive and shape memory alloys. Application of PZT patches, PVDF films,
electro restrictive, magneto restrictive materials and shape memory alloys (SMA) in structural
vibration control.
Siddanagouda Kandagal
References Nashif, D.N., Jones, D.I.G., and Henderson, J.P., Vibration damping, John Wiley, New York, 1985. Srinivasan,
A.V., and McFarland, D.M., Smart Structures: Analysis and Design, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2001. Inman,
D.J., Vibration with Control, John Wiley, New York, 2006.
Prerequisites AE 203 or AE 241 or AE 242 or AE 243, or equivalent; Instructor consent.,References Combustion Physics by
C. K. Law, Cambridge 2006. Combustion Theory by F. A. Williams, Westview Press 1994. Turbulent Combustion by N.
153
Peters, Cambridge 2000. Unsteady Combustor Physics by T. Lieuwen, Cambridge 2012. Turbulent Flows by S. B. Pope,
Cambridge, 2000. Recent literature.
Classical thermodynamics, conservation equations for systems and control volumes, one
dimensional flow of a compressible perfect gas – isentropic and non-isentropic flows. Propulsion
system performance, the gas generator Brayton cycle, zero dimensional analysis of ideal ramjet,
turbojet and turbofan cycles, non-ideality and isentropic efficiencies. Performance analysis of inlets
and nozzles, gas turbine combustors, compressors and turbines and discussion of factors limiting
performance. Chemical rockets - thrust equation, specific impulse, distinction between solid and
liquid rockets, maximum height gained analysis, multi-staging, characteristics of propellants.
Santosh Hemchandra
References Philip G. Hill and Carl R. Peterson. "Mechanics and thermodynamics of propulsion." Reading, MA, Addison-
Wesley Publishing Co., 1992. Nicholas Cumpsty and Andrew Heyes, Jet propulsion. Cambridge University Press, 2015. Jack
D. Mattingly, Elements of gas turbine propulsion. McGraw-Hill, 1996.
Basics of flight. Airflow in standard atmosphere. Airplane aerodynamics: Airfoils and finite lifting
surfaces, thrust, power, level flight gliding, take-off, landing and basic manoeuvres. Airplane
performance, stability and control. Mechanics of launch vehicles and satellites.
Ramesh O N
Reference Anderson, J.D. Jr., Introduction to Flight, Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill Higher Education 2007.
Properties of fluids, kinematics of fluid motion, conservation laws of mass, momentum and energy,
potential flows, inviscid flows, vortex dynamics, dimensional analysis, principles of aerodynamics,
introduction to laminar viscous flows.
Joseph Mathew
References Kundu, P.K., Cohen, I.M. and Dowling, D.R., Fluid Mechanics, Academic Press, 2016. Fay, J.A., Introduction to
Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India, 1996. Gupta, V. and Gupta, S.K., Fluid Mechanics and its Applications, Wiley
Eastern, 1984. Kuethe, A.M. and Chou, S.H., Foundations of Aerodynamics, Wiley, 1972.
Introduction to aircraft structures and materials; introduction to elasticity, torsion, bending and
154
flexural shear, flexural shear flow in thin-walled sections; elastic buckling; failure theories; variational
principles and energy methods; loads on aircraft.
Suhasini Gururaja
References Sun, C.T., Mechanics of Aircraft Structures, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2006. Megson, T.H.G., Aircraft
Structures for Engineering Students, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 2013. Lecture notes.
Prerequisite AE 202 or equivalent,References William H Roe Jr., and Alan Pope, Low Speed Wind Tunnel Testing Wiley and
Sons, 1984Pankhrust, R.C., and Holder, D.W., Wind-Tunnel technique, Sir Isaac Sons Ltd., London, 1968. Lukasiewicz, J.,
Experimental methods of Hypersonic, Marcel Dekker in New York, 1973. Alan Pope and Kenneth L Going, High-Speed Wind
Tunnel Testing, Wiley and Sons, 1965.
Conservation equations, wave equation, acoustic energy, intensity and source power, spherical
waves, frequency content of rounds, levels and the decibel Fourier series and long duration rounds.
Reflection, transmission and excitation of plane waves, specific acoustic impedance, multilayer
transmission and reflection, radiation from vibrating bodies. Monopoles and Green’s functions.
Reciprocity in acoustics.
Sheshadri T S
Experimental techniques in aerospace engineering is a 0:1 credit course that will include
demonstrations of experiments in the major sub-disciplines of aerospace engineering. The intent of
this course is to give an overview of the experimental facilities and techniques that are commonly
used in research in aerospace. This course will have a pass/fail (P/F) grade based on evaluation at
the end of the course.
155
AE 254 (AUG) 3:0
Fatigue and Failure of Materials
Fatigue and damage tolerance in aerospace structures. Fatigue mechanism (macro and micro
aspects), fatigue properties and strength, concept of stress concentration factor, effect of residual
stresses, total-life approaches (stress-life, strain-life, fracture mechanics), effect of notches, constant
and variable amplitude loading (cycle counting, damage summation, etc), multi-axial fatigue
theories. Special topics on fatigue in composites will also be covered.
Suhasini Gururaja
References S Suresh, Fatigue of Materials, Cambridge University Press, 1991. J Schijve, Fatigue of Structures and
Materials, Kluwer Academic Publ 2001. TL Anderson, Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications, 3rd Edition, CRC
Press 2005.
References Kane, T., and Levinson, D., Dynamics Online: Theory and implementation with AUTOLEVTM. Online Dynamics
Inc., Sunnyvale, CA, USA, 2000. Mitiguy, P. Advanced Dynamics and Motion Simulation, MotionGenesis, San Mateo, CA,
USA, 2008. Wolfram, S., The Mathematica® book, Cambridge University Press, 5th Edition, 2003.
Prerequisite Working knowledge of MATLAB or any other programming language~References Bonabeau, E., Dorigo, M., and
Theraulaz, G., Swarm Intelligence: From Natural to Artificial Systems, Oxford University Press, 1999. Simon Haykin, Neural
Networks – A Comprehensive Foundation, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1999. Michalewicz, Z., Genetic Algorithms+Data
Structures=Evolution Programs, 3rd Edn, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1996.
Characteristic features of hypersonic flow, basic equations boundary conditions for inviscid flow,
shock shapes over bodies, flow over flat plate, flow over a wedge, hypersonic approximations,
Prandtl-Meyer flow, axisymmetric flow over a cone. Hypersonic small disturbance theory,
applications to flow over a wedge and a cone, blast wave analogy, Newtonian impact theory,
Busemann centrifugal correction and shock expansion method, tangent cone and tangent wedge
methods. Introduction to viscous flows, hypersonic boundary layers, non-equilibrium high enthalpy
flows. High enthalpy impulse test facilities and instrumentation. Computational fluid mechanics
techniques for hypersonic flows, methods of generating experimental data for numerical code
validation at hypersonic Mach numbers in hyper velocity facilities.
Gopalan Jagadeesh
Prerequisites AE 202, AE 222, Cherynl, C.G., Introduction to Hypersonic Flow, Academic Press, 1961. Hayes, W.D. and
Problein, R.F., Hypersonic Flow Theory, Academic Press, 1959. Cox, R.N. and Crabtree, L.P., Elements of Hypersonic
Aerodynamics, London, 1965.
Navigation: Continuous waves and frequency modulated radars, MTI and Doppler radars;
Hyperbolic navigation systems: INS, GPS, SLAM; Guidance: Guided missiles, guidance laws:
pursuit, LOS and PN laws, Guidance of UAVs; Control: Linear time invariant systems, transfer
functions and state space modeling, analysis and synthesis of linear control systems, applications to
aerospace engineering.
References AE NGC Faculty, Lecture Notes . Skolnik, M. I., Introduction to Radar Systems, 2 nd edition , McGraw Hill Book
Company. Bose A., Bhat, K. N., Kurian T ., Fundamentals of Navigation and Inertial Sensors , 1 st edition, Prentice-Hall
India. Noureldin, A., Karamat, T. B., and Georgy, J ., Fundamentals of Inertial Navigation, Satellite-based Positioning and
their Integration , 1 st edition , Springer. Nise, N.S., Control Systems Engineering, 6 th edition , John Wiley and Sons Inc.
Shneydor, N. A., Missile Guidance and Pursuit: Kinematics, Dynamics and Control, 1 st edition , Horwood Publishing.
Hover, axial flight and autorotation, rigid blade flapping in forward flight, multi-blade coordinates,
different reference planes. Helicopter quasi-steady and unsteady aerodynamics, rotor wake
modeling and dynamic stall. Floquet theory, introduction to rotor control performance and vibration.
157
Helicopter design process.
Ranjan Ganguli
References Gessow, A., and Myers, G.C. Jr., Aerodynamics of the Helicopter. Frederick, Unger Publishing Co., New York,
1967. Leishman, G.J., Principles of Helicopter Aerodynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2000.
Fundamentals and basic concepts of NDT & E, Principles and applications of different NDE tools
used for testing and evaluation of aerospace structures viz., ultrasonics, radiography,
electromagnetic methods, acoustic emission, thermography. Detection and characterization of
defects and damage in metallic and composite structural components.
Ramachandra Bhat M
Prerequisite AE 204 or equivalent,Reference Sharpe, R.A., Research Techniques in NDT, Metals Handbook -Vol.17.
Discussions on Navier-Stokes equation and its exact solutions, boundary layer approximations, two-
dimensional boundary layer equations, asymptotic theory, Blasius and Falkner Skan solutions,
momentum integral methods, introduction to axisymmetric and three-dimensional boundary layers,
compressible boundary layer equations, thermal boundary layers in presence of heat transfer,
higher-order corrections to the boundary layer equations, flow separation -breakdown of the
boundary layer approximation and the triple deck analysis, transitional and turbulent boundary
layers - introduction and basic concepts.
Prerequisites AE 202 or equivalent, Schlichting, H., Boundary Layer Theory, McGraw-Hill, 1968. Rosenhead (ed.), Laminar
Boundary Layers, Clarendon Press, 1962. van Dyke, M., Perturbation Methods in Fluid Mechanics, Academic Press, 1964.
Recent Literature.
Prerequisite AE 202 or equivalent.~References Tritton, D.J., Physical Fluid Dynamics, Oxford University Press. Tennekes, H.
and Lumley, J., A First Course in Turbulence, M.I.T. Press. Townsend, A.A., The Structure of Turbulent Shear Flow,
Cambridge Univ. Press.
158
AE 227 (JAN) 3:0
Numerical Fluid Flow
Introduction to CFD, equations governing fluid flow, hyperbolic partial differential equations and
shocks, finite difference technique and difference equations, implicit difference formula, time
discretization and stability, schemes for linear convective equation, analysis of time integration
schemes, monotonicity, schemes for Euler equations, finite volume methodology. Introduction to
unstructured mesh computations.
Balakrishnan N(CFD)
Prerequisite AE 202 or equivalent,Charles Hirsch, Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, Vols.1-2, Wiley-
Interscience publication, 1990.
Lakshmisha K N
Description of air breathing engines, propeller theory, engine propeller matching, piston engines,
turbofan, turbo-prop, turbojet, component analysis, ramjets, velocity and altitude performance, thrust
augmentation starting, principles of component design/selection and matching.
Sheshadri T S, Sivakumar D
References Zucrow, M.J., Aircraft and Missile Propulsion, Vols. I and II John Wiley, 1958. Hill, P.G., and Peterson, C.R.,
Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Addison Wesley, 1965. Shepherd, D.G., Aerospace Propulsion, American
Elsevier Pub., 1972.
Introduction to rocket engines, features of chemical rocket propulsion, rocket equation, thrust
equation, quasi-one-dimensional nozzle flow, types of nozzles, thrust control and vectoring,
aerothermochemistry, propellant chemistry, performance parameters, solid propellant rocket internal
ballistics, components and motor design of solid propellant rockets, ignition transients, elements of
159
liquid propellant rocket engines, and spacecraft propulsion.
References Sutton, G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley and Sons, 2001. Barrare, M., et al., Rocket Propulsion,
Elsevier Co., 1960. Huzel, D.K., and Huang, D.K., Modern engineering for design of liquid-propellant rocket engines, AIAA,
1992.
Prerequiste AE 252 or equivalent and consent of instructor~Hodges, D.H., Nonlinear Composites Beam Theory, Progress in
Astronautics & Aeronautics Series, 2013. Berdichevsky, V.L., Variational Principles of Continuum Mechanics, I.
Fundamentals & II. Applications. Interaction of Mechanics & Mathematics Series, Springer, 2009. Current literature in
International Journal of Nonlinear Mechanics, International Journal of Solids and Structures etc.~~~
Suhasini Gururaja
Prerequisites Solid mechanics or equivalent and consent of instructor~References Micromechanics of defects in solids, T.
Mura 1982 Micromechanics of composite materials, Brett Bendnarcyk et al, 2012 Open literature~~~
160
Prerequisite AE 205 or equivalent~References Zarchan, P., Tactical and Strategic Missile Guidance, AIAA Publications, 4th
Edition, 2002. G.M. Siouris, Missile Guidance and Control Systems, Springer Verlag, 2004. N.A.Sneyhdor, Missile Guidance
and Pursuit, Ellis Horwood Publishers, 1998.~~~
History of Unmanned Air Vehicle (UAV) development. Unmanned aircraft systems: coordinate
frames, kinematics and dynamics, forces and moments, lateral and longitudinal autopilots. UAV
navigation: accelerometers, gyros, GPS. Path planning algorithms: Dubin’s curves, way-points,
Voronoi partitions.Path following and guidance: Straight line and curve following, vision based
guidance; Future directions and the road ahead.
Ashwini Ratnoo
Prerequisites AE 201 and AE 205~References Randal W.Beard and Timothy W.McLain: Small Unmanned Aircraft: Theory
and Practice, Princeton University Press, 2012Kimon P.Valavanis: Advances in Unmanned Aerial Vehicles: State of the Art
and the Road to Autonomy, Springer, 2007.~~~
Introduction and motivation; Review of linear algebra and matrix theory; Basic numerical
methods in system theory; Solution of ordinary differential equations; State space
representation of dynamical systems; Linearization of nonlinear systems; Time response of
linear systems in state space form; Stability, Controllability and Observability of linear systems;
Pole placement control design; Pole placement observer design; Linear Quadratic Regulator
(LQR) for Linear time-invariant systems. Lyapunov stability theory for Autonomous nonlinear
systems; Back-stepping design; Dynamic inversion (Feedback linearization); Optimal dynamic
inversion for distributed parameter systems; Applications of neural networks in control system
design; Neuro-adaptive control; Nonlinear observers; Lyapunov stability theory for
Non-autonomous Systems; Adaptive control for uncertain dynamical systems.
Radhakant Padhi
Prerequisite Instructor consent and familiarity with MATLAB References Lecture Notes E. Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering
Mathematics, 10th Ed., Wiley, 2015. J. M. Ortega: Matrix Theory: A Second Course, Springer, 2013 S. K. Gupta: Numerical
Methods for Engineers, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., 2015. N. Nise: Control Systems Engineering, Wiley, 7 th Ed., 2015.
K. Ogata: Modern Control Engineering, 5th Ed., Pearson, 2009. H. J. Marquez: Nonlinear Control Systems - Analysis and
Design, Wiley, 2003. J-J E. Slotine and W. Li: Applied Nonlinear Control, Pearson, 1991. Current Literature~~~~
Introduction and Motivation; Review of static optimization; Calculus of variations and Optimal
control formulation; Numerical solution of Two-point boundary value problems: Shooting
method, Gradient method and Quasi-linearization; Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) design:
Riccati solution, Stability proof, Extensions of LQR, State Transition Matrix (STM) solution; State
Dependent Riccati Equation (SDRE) design; Dynamic programming: HJB theory; Approximate
dynamic programming and Adaptive Critic design; MPSP Design and Extensions; Optimal State
Estimation: Kalman Filter, Extended Kalman Filter; Robust control design through optimal
control and state estimation; Constrained optimal control systems: Pontryagin minimum
principle, Control constrained problems, State constrained problems; Neighbouring extremals
and Sufficiency conditions; Discrete Time Optimal Control: Generic formulation, Discrete LQR.
161
Radhakant Padhi
Prerequisites Instructor consent; AE 371 or equivalent recommended~References Lecture Notes D. S. Naidu: Optimal
Control Systems, CRC Press, 2002. A. Sinha: Linear Systems: Optimal and Robust Control, CRC Press, 2007. A. E. Bryson
and Y-C Ho: Applied Optimal Control, Taylor and Francis, 1975. R. F. Stengel: Optimal Control and Estimation, Dover
Publications, 1994. A. P. Sage and C. C. White III: Optimum Systems Control (2nd Ed.), Prentice Hall, 1977. D. E. Kirk:
Optimal Control Theory: An Introduction, Prentice Hall, 1970. F. L. Lewis: Optimal Control, Wiley, 1986. Current Literature~~~
Debasish Ghose
References Shamma, J. (ed), Cooperative Control of Distributed Multi-Agent Systems, John Wiley, 2008. Qu, Z., Cooperative
Control of Dynamical Systems, Springer Verlag, 2009. Ren, W., and Beard, R., Distributed Consensus in Multi-vehicle
Cooperative Control: Theory and Applications, Springer, 2007. Rasmussen, S., and Shima, T. (Eds.), UAV Cooperative
Decision and Control: Challenges and Practical Approaches, SIAM Publications, 2008.~~~~
Applied linear algebra and probability theory; Boundary value problems, Finite differences, and finite
elements ; Fouries series, integrals, DFTs and FFTs; Initial value problems and their numerical
solution; Solution of sparse systems; Calculus of variations and adjoint methods.
Kartik Venkatraman
References G. Strang. Computational Science and Engineering. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, Wellesley, MA, USA, 2007. G.
Strang. Introduction to Applied Mathematics. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, Wellesley, MA, USA, 1986.
Introduction to aerodynamics, potential flows, conformal mapping and Joukowski airfoils, Kutta
condition, thin airfoil theory, viscous effects and high-lift flows, lifting line theory, vortex lattice
method, delta wings, compressibility effect, supersonic flows, unsteady aerodynamics.
Prerequisite AE 202~References Houghton, E.L. and Carpenter, P.W., Aerodynamics for Engineering Students, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2003. Katz, J. and Plotkin, A., Low-speed Aerodynamics, Cambridge, 2001. Bertin, J.J. and Smith, M.L.,
Aerodynamics for Engineers, Prentice-Hall, 1989.
162
AE 222 (JAN) 3:0
Gas Dynamics
Prerequisite AE 202~References Liepmann, H.W. and Roshko, A., Elements of Gas Dynamics, John Wiley, 1957. Becker, E.,
Gas Dynamics Academic Press, New York, 1968.
Viscosity, stress tensor, Navier-Stokes equations, boundary conditions. Parallel flows in ducts,
Stokes/Rayleigh problems, laminar boundary layers, viscous compressible flow. Nature of
turbulent flows, Reynolds decomposition and equations, turbulence modelling and computation,
free shear and wall-bounded flows, DNS/LES.
Joseph Mathew
Prequisites AE 202 or equivalent~References White, F.M., Viscous Fluid Flow, McGraw-Hill, 2005. Kundu, P.K., Cohen, I.M.
and Dowling, D.R., Fluid Mechanics, Academic Press, 2016. Pope, S.B., Turbulent Flows, Cambridge, 2000.
Raghurama Rao S V
Prerequisites AE 202, AE 222, courses in Numerical Analysis/Numerical Methods, and any programming
language.~References Laney, B., Computational Gas Dynamics. Toro, E.F., Riemann Solvers and Numerical Methods for
Fluid Dynamics. Godlewski, E., and Raviart, P., Numerical Approximation of Hyperbolic System of Conservation Laws.
Basics of fluid dynamics, gas dynamics, governing equations of fluid dynamics, various levels of
approximation, partial differential equations, basics of discretization, finite difference, finite
volume methods, mesh-less methods, space marching and time marching approaches,
163
geometrical complexities for mesh generation, methods of mesh generation, examples of simple
flow computations
References J.C., Anderson, D.A. and Fletcher, R.H., Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer. Anderson,
Computational Fluid Dynamics - Basics and applications. Joe Thompson, Numerical Grid Generation.
The M.E. project is aimed at training the students to analyse independently any problem posed to
them. The project may be a purely analytical piece of work, a completely experimental one or a
combination of both. In a few cases, the project may also involve a sophisticated design work. The
project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression, critical appreciation of the
existing literature and analytical and/or experimental or design skill.
Gopalakrishnan S
Hydrodynamic stability theory for laminar-turbulent transition. Linearized flow equations, normal
mode analysis, the eigenvalue problem (EVP) and instability criteria: Rayleigh equation,
discussion of Kelvin- Helmholtz and other instabilities. Boundary layer stability: Orr-Sommerfeld
equations, Tollmien-Schlichting waves, dual role of viscosity. Introduction to spatio-temporal,
absolute and convective instabilities, secondary instability theories. Weakly non-parallel shear
flow instability: parabolized stability equation (PSE) methods, extensions to include nonlinearity.
Global stability theory, non-parallel two and three-dimensional flow with multiple
inhomogeneous directions. Nonmodal treatment of hydrodynamic stability as an initial value
problem (IVP), optimal perturbations.
Arnab Samanta
Prerequisite AE 202 or equivalent and consent of Instructor,Schmid, P. and Henningson, D., Stability and transition in shear
flows, Springer, 2001. Drazin, P.G. and Reid, W.H., Hydrodynamic stability, Cambridge University Press, 2004. Recent
Literature.
Review of classical acoustics: linearized equations of motion; classical wave equation: plane
and spherical waves, wave propagation in homogeneous and inhomogeneous media; models
for acoustic sound sources: point sources, monopoles, dipoles and quadrupoles, Green's
function solutions for wave equations, Kirchhoff-Helmholtz theorem for rigid boundaries.
Aeroacoustic sources: Lighthill's acoustic analogy, integral solutions and far-field
approximations; effect of solid surface: Curle's theory and Ffowcs Williams-Hawkings' equation.
Computational approaches: numerical aspects; direct methods: Reynolds-averaged
Navier-Stokes equations (RANS), direct numerical simulations (DNS), application of large eddy
164
simulations (LES); hybrid methods: flow-sound separation, numerical evaluation of Lighthill's
integral.
Arnab Samanta
Pre requisite AE 202 or equivalent and consent of instructor.,References Pierce, A.D., Acoustics, Acoustical Society of
America, 1989. Howe, M.S., Theory of Vortex sound, Cambridge, 2003. Crighton, D.G., Basic principles of aerodynamic
noise generation, Prog. Aerospace Sci., 16(1), 1975, pp. 31-96. Crighton, D.G., Dowling, A.P.,Ffowcs Williams, J.E., Heckl,
M. and Leppington, F.G., Modern methods in analytical acoustics, Springer, 1992.
Gopalakrishnan S
Prerequisite AE 204 or ME 242 or CE 214 and knowledge of MATLAB,References Cook, R.D., Malkus, D.S., and Plesha,
M.E., Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1995. Bathe, K.J., Finite Element Procedures, Prentice Hall,
New York, 1996. Varadan, V.K., Vinoy, K.J., and Gopalakrishnan, S., Smart Material Systems and MEMS, John Wiley &
Sons, UK, 2006. Gopalakrishnan, S., Chakraborty, A., and Roy Mahapatra, D., Spectral Finite Elements, Springer Verlag,
UK, 2008.~~~~
References Gibson, R.F., Principles of Composite Material Mechanics, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2007. Jones, R.M.,
Mechanics of Composite Materials, 2nd Edition, Taylor & Francis, 2010 (Indian Print). Daniel, I.M., and Ishai O., Engineering
Mechanics of Composite Materials, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2005. Reddy, J.N., Mechanics of Laminated
Composite Plates and Shells – Theory and Analysis, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2004.
165
Effect of wing flexibility on lift distribution; Torsional wing divergence; Vibration of single, two,
and multi-degree of freedom models of wing with control surfaces; Unsteady aerodynamics of
oscillating airfoil; Bending-torsion flutter of wing; Gust response of an aeroelastic airplane;
Aeroservoelasticity of wing with control surfaces.
Kartik Venkatraman
References,Wright, J.R., and Cooper, J.E., Introduction to Aircraft Aeroelasticity and Loads, John Wiley, 2008. Hodges, D.H.,
and Alvin Pierce, G., Introduction to Structural Dynamics and Aeroelasticity, Cambridge University Press, 2002. Fung, Y.C.,
An Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticity, Dover edition, 2002. Bisplinghoff, R.L., Ashley, H., and Halfman, R.L.,
Aeroelasticity, Dover edition, 1996.
Structural dynamics and wave propagation, continuous and discrete Fourier transform, FFT,
sampled wave forms, spectral analysis of wave motion, propagating and reconstructing waves,
dispersion relations, signal processing and spectral estimation, longitudinal wave propagation in
rods, higher order rod theory, flexural wave propagation in beams, higher order beam theories,
wave propagation in complex structures, spectral element formulation, wave propagation in two
dimensions, wave propagation in plates.
Gopalakrishnan S
References Doyle, J.F., Wave propagation in Structures, Springer Verlag, New York, 1989. Grof, K.F., Wave motion in
Elastic Solids, Dover, New York, 1975.
Constrained and unconstrained minimization of linear and nonlinear functions of one or more
variables, necessary and sufficient conditions in optimization, KKT conditions, numerical
methods in unconstrained optimization, one dimensional search, steepest descent and
conjugate gradient methods, Newton and quasi-Newton methods. Finite difference, analytical
and automatic differentiation, linear programming, numerical methods for constrained
optimization, response surface methods in optimization, orthogonal arrays, stochastic
optimization methods.
Ranjan Ganguli
Reference Ranjan Ganguli, Engineering Optimization: A Modern Approach, Universities Press, 2010.
Review of structural dynamics. Dynamics of rotating beams: hinged rigid blades, elastic blades,
rotor speed characteristics and fan plots, blades in flap, lag and torsion. Aerodynamic loads,
forced response and vibration, harmonic balance method, finite element in time. Vehicle trim.
Stability analysis methods: constant coefficients, Floquet theory. Blade aeroelastic instabilities.
166
Ground resonance and air resonance.
Ranjan Ganguli
References Bielawa, R.L., Rotary Wing Structural Dynamics and Aeroelasticity, AIAA Education Series, 1992. Johnson, W.,
Helicopter Theory, Dover, 1994. Bramwell, Done, Balmford, Bramwell’s Helicopter Dynamics, Butterworth-Heineman, 2001.
Siddanagouda Kandagal
References Ewins, D.J., Modal analysis: Theory and Practice, Research Studies Press Ltd., England, 2000. Clarence W. de
Silva, Vibration: Fundamentals and Practice, CRC press New York, 1999 G. McConnel, Vibration testing: Theory and
Practice, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1995.
Review of equations of motion, stability derivative estimation, static stability and control,
longitudinal and lateral modes, transfer function and response characteristics, feedback and
automatic control, response to atmospheric gust and turbulence. Handing qualities, human pilot
modelling case studies of typical airplanes, roll and spin characteristics, flight simulators,
stability and control derivative estimation from wind tunnel and flight tests.
Prerequisite AE 201 or equivalent~References Babistor, A.H., Aircraft Stability and Control, Pergamon Press. Elkin, B.,
Dynamics of Atmospheric Flight, John Wiley and Sons. Mcroer D Ashikenbars I and Graham D., Aircraft Dynamics and
Automatic Control, Princeton University Press. ESDU Data Sheets~~~
167
Centre for Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences
Project: 28 Credits
Elective: A balance of 15 credits required to make up a minimum of 64 credits for completing the M Tech Programme.
Vertical structure and composition of the atmosphere, kinetic theory of gases, first and second
principles of thermodynamics, thermodynamics of dry air, concept of saturation vapour pressure,
water vapour in the atmosphere, properties of moist air, isobaric and isothermal processes,
atmospheric stability, parcel and area methods, nucleation, effect of aerosols, clouds and
precipitation, forms of atmospheric convection.
Arindam Chakraborty
Iribarne, I.V., and Godson, W.I., Atmospheric Thermodynamics, 2nd Edn, D Reidel Publishing Company, 1971,Rogers, R.R.,
A Short Course in Cloud Physics, 2nd Edition, Pergamon Press, 1979,Bohren, C.F., and Albhecht, B.A., Atmospheric
Thermodynamics, Oxford University Press, 1998,Tsonis, A.A., An Introduction to Atmospheric Thermodynamics, Cambridge
University Press, 2002,Wallace, J.M., and Hobbs, P.V., Atmospheric Science – An Introductory Survey, 2nd Edn, Academic
Press, 2006.
Introduction to weather and climate. Momentum, continuity and thermodynamic energy equations.
Basic equations in isobaric coordinates. Balanced flow: inertial flow, cyclostrophic flow. Thermal
wind, calculation of vertical velocities, circulation and vorticity. Planetary boundary layer:
atmospheric turbulence, Boussinesq approximation. Introduction to quasi-geostrophic systems.
Atmospheric waves.
168
AS 204 (AUG) 3:0
Atmospheric Radiation and Climate
Black body radiation, properties of surfaces, Kirchoff’s law, radiative transfer in gases, solar
radiation, terrestrial radiation, Rayleigh and Mie scattering, aerosols, vertical thermal structure,
radiation budget, cloud forcing, and simple climate models.
Srinivasan J , Satheesh S K
Scheme of Instruction 2016 Page 183,Petty, G.W., A first course in Atmospheric Radiation, Sundog Publishing, Madison,
Wisconsin, 2nd edition, 2006,Liou, K.N., Introduction to Atmospheric Radiation, Academic Press, San Diego, 2nd edition,
2002.
Introduction to physical oceanography, properties of sea water and their distribution, mixed layer,
barrier layer, thermocline, stratification and stability, heat budget and air-sea interaction, ocean
general circulation, thermohaline circulation, basic concepts and equations of motion, scale
analysis, geostrophic currents, wind-driven ocean circulation, Ekman layer in the ocean, Sverdrup
flow, vorticity in the ocean, waves in the ocean, surface gravity waves, Rossby and Kelvin waves.
Vinayachandran P N
Talley et al., Descriptive Physical Oceanography,6th Edition, 2011,B. Cushman-Roising, Introduction to GFD,Introduction to
Physical Oceanography,http:/eanworld.tamu.edu (online book)
Bhat G S, Satheesh S K
Guide to Meteorological Measurements and Methods of Observation,,World Meteorological Organization Publication No.
8,,7th Edition, WMO, Geneva.radiative transfer, the role of radiation in climate.
Large-scale, slowly evolving flows on a rotating earth. Vorticity, potential vorticity (pv),
169
consequences of pv conservation. Poincare, Kelvin and Rossby waves. Rotating shallow water
equations, effects of stratification and the rotating-stratified Boussinesq equations. Quasi-
geostrophic flow and pv, Rossby waves on the mid-latitude beta plane. Basic concepts of tropical
dynamics.Waves, jets and undercurrents on the equatorial beta plane. Waves and large- scale flow
in the atmosphere and ocean from observations.
Pedlosky, J., Geophysical Fluid Dynamics, Springer Verlag, 1977,Gill, A., Atmosphere and Ocean Dynamics, Academic
Press Inc., 1982.,Holton,J.R., An Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology, Academic Press, 1992. Relevant Journal Articles
Srinivasan J , Satheesh S K
Kidder, S.Q., and Vonder Haar, T.R., Satellite Meteorology, Academic Press, 1995,Houghton, J.T., Taylor, F.W., and
Rodgers, C.D.,,Remote Sensing of Atmosphere, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1984
Venugopal Vuruputur
Papoulis, A., & U. Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes, 4th edition, McGraw Hill, 2002.,Wilks, D.,
Statistical Methods in the Atmospheric Sciences, 2nd edition, Academic Press, 2006.,O. Brigham, Fast Fourier Transforms,
Prentice Hall, First Edition, 1974.,Press, W. H., S. A. Teukolsky, W. T. Vetterling, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical Recipes in
C/Fortran: The Art of Scientific Computing, 3rd Ed., Cambridge Univ. Press, 2007
Equations used in atmospheric modelling; numerical discretization techniques: finite difference, finite
volume, spectral techniques, temporal discretization; modelling of sub-grid scale processes
(cumulus parameterization and boundary layer parameterization); algorithms for parallel
computation.
Ashwin K Seshadri
170
AS 299 (JAN) 0:28
Project
171
Dept of Civil Engineering
M Tech Programmes
Geotechnical Engineering
One 3:0 credit core course from either the Structural Engineering or the Water Resources and Environmental Engineering
streams
A suitable 3:0 credit mathematics course will be identified by the department at the beginning of the term.
Project: 22 Credits
CE299 0:22 Dissertation Project
Electives: 18 Credits, of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group electives listed below.
One 3:0 credit core course from either the Geotechnical Engineering or the Structural Engineering streams
A suitable 3:0 mathematics course will be identified by the department at the beginning of the term.
Project: 22 Credits
CE299 0:22 Dissertation Project
Electives: 18 Credits, of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group electives listed below.
CE 255 3:0 Urban Hydrology
CE 256 3:0 Stochastic Hydrology
CE 258 3:0 Remote Sensing and GIS for Water Resources and Environmental Engineering
CE 259 3:0 Regionalization in Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering.
ME 201 3:0 Fluid Mechanics
AS216 3:0 Introduction to Climate Systems
Structural Engineering
Hard Core: 24 Credits (All courses are mandatory)
CE 214 3:0 Solid Mechanics
CE 215 3:0 Mechanics of Structural Concrete
CE 216 3:0 An Introduction to Finite Elements in Solid Mechanics
CE 217 3:0 Linear Structural Dynamics
CE 218 3:0 Optimization Methods
CE 219 3:0 Stability of Structures
One 3:0 core course from either the Geotechnical Engineering or the Water Resources and Environmental Engineering
streams
A suitable 3:0 credit mathematics course will be identified by the department at the beginning of the term.
Project: 22 Credits
CE 299 0:22 Dissertation Project
Electives: 18 Credits of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group electives listed below.
172
M Tech Programme in Transportation and Infrastructure Engineering
Hard Core: 25 Credits (All courses are mandatory)
Project: 22 credits
Electives: 18 Credits of which at least 9 credits should be from among the electives listed below.
Chandra Kishen J M
Revision of ordinary linear ODEs, Formal operators, Adjoint operator, Sturm-Liouville theory,
eigenvalue problems, Classification of PDEs, Characteristics / first order PDEs, Laplace equation /
potential theory, Separation of variables (cartesian, polar), Eigenfunction expansions, Green’s
functions, Introduction to boundary value problems
Probability space and axioms of probability. Conditional probability. Total probability and Bayes
theorems. Scalar and vector random variables. Probability distribution and density functions.
Expectation operator. Functions of random variables.
Vector spaces and subspaces, solution of linear systems, Linear independence, basis, and
dimension, The four fundamental subspaces, Linear transformations, Orthogonal vectors and
subspaces, Cosines and projections onto lines, Projections and least squares, The fast Fourier
transform, Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Diagonalization of a matrix, Difference equations and
powers of matrices, Similarity transformations.
173
Michael Stone,Paul Goldbart,2009,Mathematics for Physics: A Guided Tour for Graduate Students,Cambridge University
Press~A Papoulis and S U Pillai
Concept of sustainability and its relevance to urban transport; Introduction to Sustainable Transport;
Indicators of Sustainable Transport; modelling and analytical techniques to measure and analyze
sustainability of transportation projects and policies; Urban and Land use planning for Sustainable
Transport; Modelling and Planning for Public transport, and Non-Motorized Transport; impact of
factors related to perception/aspirations, travel behaviour, on development and promotion of
sustainable transport.
Ashish Verma
Gudmundsson H; Hall RP; Marsden G; Zietsman J (2015) Sustainable Transportation Indicators, Frameworks, and
Performance Management, Springer. A. Gautam et al. (eds.), Sustainable Energy and Transportation, Springer, pp.9-
20.~Verma A., (2012), "Quantifying Sustainability to Assess Urban Transportation Policies and Projects". Indian Journal of
Transport Management, Vol.36, No.4, pp.254-272.~Verma A., Sreenivasulu S., and Dash N. (2011), "Achieving Sustainable
Transportation System for Indian Cities - Problems and Issues". Current Science, Vol. 100, No. 9, pp.1328-1339
Design considerations, field tests for bearing capacity and settlement estimates, selection of design
parameters. Structural design considerations. Codes of practice. Design of spread footings,
combined footings, strap footings, ring footings, rafts, piles and pile caps and piers.
Raghuveer Rao P
Bowles~J.E. Foundation analysis and design. 5th Edn.~McGraw Hill~1996Indian Standard Codes
174
Basic concepts of remote sensing. Airborne and space borne sensors. Digital image processing.
Geographic Information System. Applications to rainfall - runoff modeling. Watershed management.
Irrigation management. Vegetation monitoring. Drought and flood monitoring, Environment and
ecology. Introduction to digital elevation modeling and Global Positioning System (GPS). Use of
relevant software for remote sensing and GIS applications.
Nagesh Kumar D
Lillesand T.M.~and Kiefer R.W.~Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation~John Wiley & Sons~2000.
Basics of hydraulics and hydrology. Introductory chemistry and biology. Water distribution systems,
water processing, and operation of networks. Design of water supply units, wastewater flows and
collection systems, wastewater processing. Advanced wastewater treatment and water reuse.
Mohan Kumar M S
Mark J Hammer & Mark J Hammer Jr.,Water and Wastewater Technology,Fifth Edition,Pearson Prentice Hall,Columbus
Design considerations, field tests for bearing capacity and settlement estimates, selection of design
parameters. Structural design considerations. Codes of practice. Design of spread footings,
combined footings, strap footings, ring footings, rafts, piles and pile caps and piers.
Raghuveer Rao P
Bowles,J.E. Foundation analysis and design. 5th Edn.,McGraw Hill,1996Indian Standard Codes
Basic characteristics of water quality, stoichiometry and reaction kinetics. Mathematical models of
physical systems, completely and incompletely mixed systems. Movement of contaminants in the
environment. Water quality modeling in rivers and estuaries - dissolved oxygen and pathogens.
Water quality modeling in lakes and ground water systems.
Sekhar M
175
CE 202 (AUG) 3:0
Foundation Engineering
Bearing capacity of shallow foundations, penetration tests, plate load tests. Settlement of shallow
foundations, elastic and consolidation settlements; settlement, estimates from penetration tests,
settlement tolerance. Allowable bearing pressure. Foundations on problematic soils. Principles of
foundation design. Introduction of deep foundations. Bearing capacity and settlement of piles and
pile groups in soils. Machine foundations. Reinforced soil beds
Sitharam G Thallak
Srinivas V V
Introduction to genesis of soils, basic clay mineralogy; Principle of effective stress, permeability and
flow; Fundamentals of Tensors, Introduction to stresses and deformation measures; Mohr-Coulomb
failure criteria, soil laboratory tests; Critical state and stress paths. Shear Strength and Stiffness of
Sands; Consolidation, shear strength and stiffness of clays
Sivakumar Babu G L
Bolton M (1991) A Guide to Soil Mechanics,Universities Press,Robert W. Day (2011) Forensic Geotechnical and Foundation
Engineering,Second Edition,McGraw-Hill Companies
Individual travel behavior and aggregate-level travel demand analysis; Alternative approaches to
modeling travel demand (aggregate, trip-based approaches and disaggregate, activity-based
approaches); Econometric methods for modeling travel demand (development, estimation, and
application of statistical models for travel behavior analysis); Linear regression for activity and trip
generation (specification, interpretation, estimation, hypothesis testing, market segmentation, non-
linear specification, tests on assumptions); Mode choice and destination choice using discrete
choice methods (introduction to binary logit and multinomial logit models, contrast with gravity
methods); Traffic assignment/route choice (network equilibrium, system optimum); Model
transferability; Microsimulation for activity-based models; Recent advances.
J. de D. Ortuzar and L.G. Willumsen. Modelling Transport (4th edition). John Wiley and Sons. 2011.,F. Koppelman and C.R.
Bhat. A Self-Instructing Course in Mode Choice Modeling: Multinomial and Nested Logit Models
Tarun Rambha
Puterman, M. L. (2014). Markov decision processes: discrete stochastic dynamic programming. John Wiley &
Sons.~Bertsekas, D. P. (1995). Dynamic programming and optimal control (Vol. 1, No. 2). Belmont, MA: Athena
scientific.~Kulkarni, V. G. (2016). Modeling and analysis of stochastic systems. CRC Press.
Tarun Rambha
Roess, R.P., Prassas E.S. & McShane, W.R. (2010), Traffic Engineering, Prentice Hall, USA.~May, A. D. (1990), Traffic Flow
Fundamentals, Prentice Hall, USA.~Highway Capacity Manual (2010), Transportation Research Board, USA.~Kadiyali, L. R.
(2000), Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Khanna Publishers, India.~Salter, R J. & Hounsell, N. B. (1996), Highway
Traffic Analysis and Design, Macmillan Education, UK.
177
CE 234 (AUG) 3:0
Nonlinear Analysis in Earthquake Engineering
Earthquake load specification via time histories and response spectra. Seismic hazard. Spectrum
compatible accelerograms. Numerical integration of equations of motion. Geometric and material
nonlinear behaviour. Characterization of hysteresis, strength and stiffness degradations, pinching,
and residual deformations. Oscillator models for inelastic behaviour. Internal variables. Energy
dissipation characteristics. Models for seismic demands and capacities. Inelastic response
spectrum. Ductility demand and yield capacity. P- ? effects. Global damage indices. Oscillator and
FE based models for buildings and bridges under earthquake loads. Vibration isolation. Soil-
structure interactions. Seismic collapse capacity using nonlinear static and incremental dynamic
analyses. Capacity spectrum. Seismic fragility and vulnerability analyses. Performance based
earthquake
engineering formats.
Manohar C S
Chopra, A K, 1996, Dynamics of structures, Prentice Hall, New Dehli.~Villaverde, R, 2009, Fundamental concepts of
earthquake engineering, CRC Press, Boca Raton.~Elnashai A S, and L D Sarno, 2008, Fundamentals of earthquake
engineering, Wiley, Chichester.~Current Literature
Pseudo-random number generators; Tests for randomness; Generation of scalar and vector random
variables; Transformation techniques; Accept-reject method; Markov Chain Monte Carlo; Simulation
of scalar and vector random processes; Fourier series representations; Karhunen-Loeve
expansions; filtered white noise models and SDE-s; treatment of nonstationarity and non-
Gaussianity; Applications to structural reliability estimation; Variance reduction techniques; Subset
simulations; Simulation of randomly vibrating systems; Discretization of SDE-s; Girsanov
transformation; Sequential Monte Carlo and applications in state estimation and system
identification; Conditional simulations.
Manohar C S
Liu, J S, 2001, Monte Carlo strategies in scientific computing, Springer, New York~Kloeden P E and E Platen, 1992,
Numerical solution of stochastic differential equations, Springer-Verlag, Berlin.~Springer-Verlag, Berlin. Kroese, D P, T
Taimre, and Z I Botev, 201,, Handbook of Monte Carlo methods, Wiley, New Jersey.~Current Literature
Chandra Kishen J M
178
CE 204 (AUG) 3:0
Solid Mechanics
Introduction to tensor algebra and calculus, indicial notation, matrices of tensor components, change
of basis formulae, eigenvalues, Divergence theorem. Elementary measures of strain. Lagrangian
and Eulerian description of deformation. Deformation gradient, Polar decomposition theorem,
Cauchy-Green and Lagrangian strain tensors. Deformation of lines, areas and volumes. Infinitesimal
strains. Infinitesimal strain-displacement relations in cylindrical and spherical coordinates.
Compatibility. Tractions, body forces, stress at a point, Cauchy's theorem. Piola-Kirchhoff stress
tensors. Momentum balance. Symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor. St. Venant's Principle. Virtual
Work. Green's solids, elastic strain energy, generalized Hooke's Law, material symmetry, isotropic
linear elasticity in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinates, elastic moduli, plane stress, plane
strain,. Navier's formulation. Airy stress functions. Selected problems in elasticity. Kirchhoff's
uniqueness theorem, Betti-Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Principle of stationary potential energy,
Torsion in circular and non-circular shafts and thin-walled tubes, warping. Pure bending of thin
rectangular and circular plates, small deflection problems in laterally loaded thin rectangular and
circular plates. Outline of Mindlin plate theory.
Narayan K Sundaram
Fung Y. C. and Pin Tong, Classical and Computational Solid Mechanics, World Scientific, 2001~Boresi, A.P., Chong K., and
Lee J., Elasticity in Engineering Mechanics, Wiley, 2010~Theoretical Elasticity, A.E. Green and W. Zerna, 1968, Dover
Publications~Malvern L., Introduction to the Mechanics of a Continuous Medium, Prentice Hall, 1969
Introduction to pavement engineering: Design of flexible and rigid pavements; selection of pavement
design input parameters, traffic loading and volume, material characterization, drainage, failure
criteria: pavement design of overlays and drainage system: pavement performance evaluation: non-
destructive tests for pavement: IRC, AASHTO design codes: maintenance and rehabilitation of
pavement
Sivakumar Babu G L
Modes of public transportation and application of each to urban travel needs; comparison of transit
modes and selection of technology for transit service; transit planning, estimating demand in transit
planning studies, demand modeling, development of generalized cost, RP & SP data and analysis
techniques; functional design and costing of transit routes, models for planning of transit routes,
scheduling; management and operations of transit systems; integrated public transport planning;
operational, institutional, and physical integration; models for integrated planning; case studies.
Ashish Verma
A. Verma and T. V. Ramanayya, Public Transport Planning and Management in Developing Countries, CRC Press,
2014,VuchicVukan R., Urban Transit: Operations, Planning and Economics, Prentice Hall, 2005.,Gray G. E., and Hoel L. A.,
179
Public Transportation, Prentice Hall, 1992.
Introduction to pavement engineering: Design of flexible and rigid pavements; selection of pavement
design input parameters, traffic loading and volume, material characterization, drainage, failure
criteria: pavement design of overlays and drainage system: pavement performance evaluation: non-
destructive tests for pavement: IRC, AASHTO design codes: maintenance and rehabilitation of
pavements
Rajib B Mallick and Tahar El-Korchi, Pavement Engineering, Principles and Practice, CRC Press, 2009,Huang, Y.H,
Pavement Analysis and Design, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1993.,E. J. Yoder, M. W. Witczak, Principles of Pavement
Design, Wiley New York, 1975
Prediction in ungauged basins. Regional frequency analysis- probability weighted moments and its
variations, stationary and non-stationary distributions, regional goodness-of-fit test. Approaches to
regionalization of hydro-meteorological variables and extreme events. Regional homogeneity tests.
Prediction of hydro-meteorological variables in gauged and ungauged basins, Estimation of
probable maximum precipitation and probable maximum flood, and their use in hydrologic design.
Srinivas V V
Rock as an engineering material, Geological factors affecting rocks, Stress, Strain and Strength of
rocks, Insitu stresses in rock, Intact Rock - Elastic Deformation, Discontinuities and deformability
and strength of rock masses, permeability, anisotropy and in homogeneity in rocks, Stereonet
Analysis, testing techniques, rock mass classification, Failure criteria for rock and rock masses,
Rock mechanics interactions and rock engineering systems, Excavation and stabilization principles,
rock slope stability, foundations on rock, rock blasting support and reinforcement, Underground
excavation and stability, Urban tunnels, Problematic Rocks - Rock Engineering, Modern modelling
techniques & analyses in rocks.
Sitharam G Thallak
Hudson J.A. and J.P. Harrison. Engineering Rock Mechanics: an Introduction to the Principles,1997.
Elsevier,Oxford,Goodman,R.E. Introduction to Rock Mechanics
180
CE 235 (JAN) 3:0
Optimization Methods
Basic concepts, Kuhn-Tucker conditions, linear and nonlinear programming, treatment of discrete
variables, stochastic programming, Genetic algorithm, simulated annealing, Ant Colony and Particle
Swarm Optimization, Evolutionary algorithms, Applications to various engineering problems.
Ananth Ramaswamy
Nagesh Kumar D
Loucks, D.P., Stedinger, J.R. and Haith, D.A., Water Resources Systems Planning and Analysis, Prentice Hall, Englewood
Cliffs, N.J, 1981.,Vedula, S. and Mujumdar, P. P., Water Resources Systems: Modelling Techniques Tata-McGraw Hill,
2005.,Srinivasa Raju, K and Nagesh Kumar, D., Multicriterion Analysis in Engineering and Management, PHI Ltd., New Delhi,
2010.~D.P.~Stedinger~J.R. and Haith~D.A.
Identification and classification of clay minerals, expansive and collapsing soils; Concepts and
measurements of matric and osmotic suction, Role of inter-particle forces and suction in effective
stress, Role of clay mineralogy, inter-particle forces and suction in volume change, hydraulic
conductivity and shear strength of soils
Lateral earth pressure coefficients, Rankine and Coulomb theories. Graphical constructions, passive
earth pressure with curved rupture surfaces, arching, stability of retaining walls, stability of vertical
cuts. Braced excavations, anchored sheet piles, stability of infinite slopes, stability of finite slopes.
Methods of slices - Swedish, Morgenstern and Price methods. Stability analysis of earth and rock-fill
dams.
181
Jyant Kumar
Terzaghi, K., Theoretical Soil Mechanics, John Wiley, 1965.,Taylor, D.W., Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics, John Wiley,
1948.,Bowles, J.W., Analysis and Design of Foundations, 4th and 5th Ed., McGraw-Hill, 1988 & 1996.,Lambe, T.W. and
Whitman, R.V., Soil Mechanics, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1976.~K.~Theoretical Soil Mechanics~John Wiley~1965.
Introduction, Limit state design philosophy of reinforced concrete, Stress-strain behavior in multi-
axial loading, failure theories, plasticity and fracture, ductility, deflections, creep and shrinkage,
Strength of RC elements in axial, flexure, shear and torsion, RC columns under axial and eccentric
loading, Beam-column joints, Strut and Tie modelling, Yield line theory of slabs, Seismic resistant
design, Methods for predicting the behavior of pre-stressed concrete members and structures.
Chandra Kishen J M
Mujumdar P P
Bras, R.L. and Rodriguez-Iturbe, Random Functions and Hydrology, Dover Publications, New York, USA, 1993.,Hann, C.T.,
Statistical Methods in Hydrology, First East-West Press Edition, New Delhi, 1995.,Ang, A.H.S. and Tang, W.H.,Probabilistic
concepts in Engineering Planning Design, Vol. 1, Wiley, New York, 1975.,Clarke, R.T., Statistical Models in Hydrology, John
Wiley, Chinchester, 1994
Role of statistics in transportation engineering; graphical methods for displaying transportation data;
numerical summary measures; random variables in transportation; common probability distributions
in transportation; use of sampling and hypothesis testing in transportation; use of ANOVA;
regression models for transportation; Bayesian approaches to transportation data analysis; traffic
micro-simulation models, analysing micro-simulation outputs, performance measures.
Ashish Verma
Spiegelman,C.H., Park, E.S. and Rilett, L.R. Transportation Statistics and Microsimulation, CRC Press, 2011.,Benjamin J.R.
and Cornell, C. A. Probability, Statistics, and Decisions for Civil Engineers, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1970,-
182
CE 214 (JAN) 3:0
Ground Water Hydrology
Ground water and hydrological cycle. Ground water movement and balance. Ground water
monitoring. Equations of flow. Well hydraulics - analysis of aquifer tests and models. Regional
groundwater resource evaluation and numerical modeling. Groundwater recharge estimation. Base
flow analysis and models. Ground water quality. Mass transport in ground water. Tracer tests and
scale effects of dispersion. Solute transport modeling.
Sekhar M
Sivakumar Babu G L
Hausmann, M.R., Engineering Principles of Ground Modification, McGraw-Hill, 1990.,Jones, C.J.E.P., Reinforcement and
Soil Structures, Butterworth Publications, 1996.,Koerner, R. M., Designing with Geosynthetics, Prentice Hall Inc. 1998.
Sources, production and classification of wastes, Environmental laws and regulations, physico-
chemical properties of soil, ground water flow and contaminant transport, contaminated site
characterization, estimation of landfill quantities, landfill site location, design of various landfill
components such as liners, covers, leachate collection and removal, gas generation and
management, ground water monitoring, end uses of landfill sites, slurry walls and barrier systems,
design and construction, stability, compatibility and performance, remediation technologies,
stabilization of contaminated soils and risk assessment approaches.
Sivakumar Babu G L
183
Governing equations of fluid dynamics, numerical solution of ODEs, Classification of Quasi-Linear
PDEs, classification of PDEs, Solution methods for Parabolic, Elliptic and Hyperbolic PDEs and their
analysis. Curvilinear co-ordinates and grid generation. Introduction to finite difference, finite volume
and finite elements method, Application of CFD to open channel flow, pipe flow, porous media and
contaminant transport problems.
Mohan Kumar M S
Venkatarama Reddy B V
Manohar C S
Meirovich, L., 1984, Elements of vibration analysis, McGraw-Hill, NY,Clough R W and J Penzien, 1993, Dynamics of
structures, McGraw-Hill, NY,Rao,S S 2004, Mechanical Vibrations, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
1D plasticity and visco-plasticity; physical basis of plasticity; uniaxial tensile test & Bauschinger
effect; structure of phenomenological plasticity theories; internal variables; yield criteria (Tresca, von
Mises, Mohr-Coulomb, Drucker-Prager); geometry of yield surfaces; Levy-Mises equations; flow
rules; plastic/ viscoplastic potentials; consistency condition; isotropic and kinematic hardening;
Drucker's postulate; Principle of maximum plastic dissipation; associativity; convexity; normality;
uniqueness; selected elastic-plastic boundary value problems (tension and torsion of tubes and
184
rods, pressurized thin and thick spherical shells); collapse; advanced hardening models; introduction
to computational plasticity; integration of plasticity models; return mapping; principle of virtual work;
Finite elements for plasticity
Ananth Ramaswamy
Chakrabarty, J. Theory of Plasticity, Butterworth, 2006,Calladine, C.R., Plasticity for Engineers, Woodhead, 2000,Lubliner J.,
Plasticity Theory, Dover, 2008
Anbazhagan P
Earthquake Engineering – From Engineering Seismology to Performance Based Engineering,Edited by Bozorgnia,Y. and
Bertero,V.V.,CRC Press Washington 2004.
Debasish Roy
Individual choice theories; Binary choice models; Unordered multinomial choice models (multinomial
logit and multinomial probit); Ordered response models (ordered logit, ordered probit, generalized
185
ordered response; rank-ordered data models); Maximum likelihood estimation; Sampling based
estimation (choice-based samples and sampling of alternatives); Multivariate extreme value models
(nested logit, cross-nested logit); Mixture models (mixed logit and latent class models); Mixed
multinomial probit; Integrated choice and latent variable models; Discrete-continuous choice models
with corner solutions; Alternative estimation methods (EM, analytic approximations, simulation);
Applications to travel demand analysis.
Prerequisites: Travel Demand Modeling F. Koppelman & C.R. Bhat. A Self-Instructing Course in Mode Choice Modeling:
Multinomial and Nested Logit Models,2006.,K. Train. Discrete Choice Methods with Simulation (2nd edition),Cambridge
University Press,2009.
Geotechnical and geological aspects of the investigations for dams. Phases of geotechnical
investigations. Review and assessment of existing dams in India and History of dams. Design and
construction of embankment dams including their zoning and selection of type of dams. Shear
strength, compressibility and permeability of embankment materials and soil foundations. Design
methods with the theoretical basis. Design, specifications and construction of filters. Foundation
preparation and grouting. Seepage analyses and control. Stability analyses and deformation with
and without earthquakes. Internal erosion and piping. Embankment dam details like freeboard slope
protection, crest details, dimensioning and tolerances. Construction methods. Flood control
structures and conduits/pipes through dams. Rockfill dams. Mine and Industrial Tailing dams.
Ground motions and soil liquefaction during earthquakes. Geosynthetics in earth dams. Monitoring
and surveillance of earth dams. Assessment, safety and management of dams. Dam rehabilitation
plans. Foundations for gravity dams and Geotechnical engineering aspects for concrete gravity and
arch dams.
Sitharam G Thallak
Robin Fell, Patrick MacGregor, David Stapledon and Graeme Bell, (2005) Geotechnical Engineering of dams, 2nd Edition,
Taylor and Francis Group, London, UK,Sherard J L., Woodward, R J., Gizienski, S F., and Clevenger W.A. (1963) Earth and
rockfill dams, John Wiley & Sons.,International Committee on Large dams (ICOLD) reports and manuscripts
Traffic assignment; Fixed points and Variational inequalities; Fundamentals of convex optimization;
Shortest path algorithms; Wardrop user equilibrium; System optimum and Price of Anarchy; Link-
based algorithms (Method of successive averages, Frank-Wolfe); Potential games; Variants of the
traffic assignment problem (Multiple-classes, Elastic demand); Path-based algorithms; Origin-based
methods; Sensitivity analysis.
Tarun Rambha
Sheffi, Y. Urban Transportation Networks: Equilibrium Analysis with Mathematical Programming Methods. Prentice Hall,
1985.,Patriksson, M. The traffic assignment problem: models and methods. Courier Dover Publications, 2015.
186
Deterministic vs nondeterministic perspectives. Sources of uncertainty. Epistemic vs. aleatoric
uncertainty. Data driven vs. physics driven uncertainty modelling. Different approaches such as
probabilistic, interval, fuzzy. Introductory probability and statistics, point estimation, hypothesis
testing, time series. Modelling: connecting data to the probabilistic models. Discretization of random
fields. Tools for uncertainty propagation. Computational aspects of uncertainty propagation.
Debraj Ghosh
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of probability~Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers by Douglas C. Montgomery &
George C. Runger, John Wiley and Sons, 2010~Current literature
Lateral earth pressure coefficients, Rankine and Coulomb theories. Graphical constructions, passive
earth pressure with curved rupture surfaces, arching, stability of retaining walls, stability of vertical
cuts. Braced excavations, anchored sheet piles, stability of infinite slopes, stability of finite slopes.
Methods of slices - Swedish, Morgenstern and Price methods. Stability analysis of earth and rock-fill
dams.
Jyant Kumar
Mujumdar P P
187
CE 208 (JAN) 3:0
Ground Improvement and Geosynthetics
Hausmann, M.R., Engineering Principles of Ground Modification, McGraw-Hill, 1990.~Jones, C.J.E.P., Reinforcement and
Soil Structures, Butterworth Publications, 1996.~Koerner, R. M., Designing with Geosynthetics, Prentice Hall Inc. 1998.
188
Dept of Chemical Engineering
The detailed contentof the active courses in a given academic year is appended below. Please note that all the
courses listed above are not active every year.
The table below shows the department requirements for its various programmes.
Basics of scientific computing, basics of Matlab programming, solutions of linear algebraic equations,
eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices, solutions of nonlinear algebraic equations, Newton-
Raphson methods, function approximation, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration,
solutions of ordinary differential equations – initial and boundary value problems, solutions of partial
differential equations, finite difference methods, orthogonal collocation.
Bhushan J Toley
Gupta S.K., Numerical Methods for Engineers, New Age International Publishers, 3rd edition, 2015,Chapra, S.C. and Canale,
R.P., Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill, NY, 6th edition, 2010,Beers, K.J., Numerical Methods for Chemical
Engineering, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, UK 2010
189
CH 244 (AUG) 3:0
Treatment of Drinking Water
Availability of water, contaminants and their effects on human health, quality standards. Removal of
contaminants by various processes: chlorination, filtration, coagulation and flocculation, reverse
osmosis, adsorption and ion exchange. Rainwater harvesting
Kesava Rao K
Droste, R.L., Theory and Practice of Water and Wastewater Treatment, Wiley (Asia), 2004,Sawyer, C.N., McCarty, P.L., and
Parkin, G.F., Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science, Fifth Edn, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.,Lecture notes.
Dimensional analysis and empirical correlations. Molecular origins of diffusion. Steady/unsteady shell
balances in one/two dimensions. Solution of unsteady diffusion equation by similarity transform and
separation of variables. Conservation laws and constitutive relations in three dimensions. Diffusion
dominated transport. Fluid flow due to pressure gradients. Boundary layer theory for transport in
forced convection. Natural convection. References:
Kumaran V
Bird, R.B, Stewart, W.E. and Lightfoot, E.N., Transport Phenomena, Wiley, 1994.,L. G. Leal, Luminar Flow and Convective
Transport Processes, Butterworth Heineman, 1992.
Linear algebraic equations, linear operators, vector and function spaces, metric and normed spaces,
existence and uniqueness of solutions. Eigen values and eigen vectors/functions. Similarity
transformations, Jordan forms, application to linear ODEs, Sturm-Liouville problems. PDE’s and their
classification, initial and boundary value problems, separation of variables, similarity solutions. Series
solutions of linear ODEs. Elemetary perturbation theory. References:
Prabhu R Nott
Linear Algebra and its Applications,Gilbert Strang,Thompson (Indian edition).,Mathematical Methods for Physicists,J. B. Arfken
and H. J. Weber
Motivation for theoretical studies of biological phenomena; Population dynamics and epidemiology;
Viral dynamics; Drug pharmacokinetics and therapy; Molecular evolution and phylogenetics; Complex
reaction networks; Immune responses; Cancer
Narendra M Dixit
190
1. J. D. Murray, Mathematical biology I & II, Springer, 2003 (3rd edition)~2. E. A. Allman and J. A. Rhodes, Mathematical models
in biology: an introduction, Cambridge, 2004~3. M. A. Nowak and R. M. May, Virus dynamics: mathematical foundations of
immunology and virology, Oxford, 2000~4. R. D. M. Page and E. C. Holmes, Molecular evolution: a phylogenetic approach,
Wiley Blackwell, 1998~5. Recent journal articles, which will be handed out from time to time
Availability of water; contaminants and their effects on human health; quality standards; removal of
contaminants by various processes: chlorination, filtration, coagulation and flocculation, reverse
osmosis, adsorption and ion exchange; rainwater harvesting; Sodis
Kesava Rao K
Droste, R. L., Theory and Practice of Water and Wastewater Treament, Wiley (Asia) 2004,World Health Organization,
Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality, 4th ed., 2011,Current Literature
Sudeep Punnathanam
Introduction to probability and statistics; conditional probability; independence; discrete and continuous
random variables and distributions; sampling distributions; confidence interval; application of
parameter estimation and hypothesis testing: statistical inference for one sample and two samples;
application of parameter estimation and hypothesis testing; statistical inference for two samples;
analysis of variance; linear and non-linear regression; design of experiments; factorial experiments
Kesava Rao K
Overview of Chemical Reaction Engineering, The Attainable Region theory, Analysis of Multiple
Reactions and Design of Ideal Reactors, Non-Ideal Reactor Analysis, Thermodynamics and Kinetics of
Reactions, Concepts in Catalysis, Multiphase Reactor Design, CFD for Reactive
191
Venugopal S
Ming,D.,Glasser,D.,Hildebrandt
Introduction to complex fluids: Polymeric fluids, Suspensions, Pastes, soft glassy materials; Dry
granular materials; Flow phenomena in complex fluids: Shear thinning and thickening, Shear bands,
Creep; Introduction to principles of rheology; Kinematics: Viscometric flows; Material functions:
Rheometry in simple flows; Rheological models: Generalized Newtonian fluid, Models for
viscoelasticity, Models for plasticity and viscoplasticity; Applications to simple flow problems.
Prabhu R Nott
Larson, R., The Structure and Rheology of Complex Fluids, Oxford, 1999,Bird, R. B., Armstrong, R. C. and Hassager, O.,
Dynamics of Polymeric Liquids - Vol.1 Fluid Mechanics, Wiley, 1987,Rao, K. K. and Nott, P. R., An Introduction to Granular
Flow, Cambridge, 2008.
Interfaces, Young-Laplace and Kelvin equations for curved interfaces; interfacial tension and contact
angle, measurement techniques; wetting and spreading; colloids: Intermolecular forces, London-van
der Waals attraction, double layer repulsion, zeta potential, DLVO theory of colloidal stability; non-
DLVO forces; surfactants; thermodynamics of self-assembly, phase diagrams; electro-kinetic
phenomena; electrochemical systems
Berg,J. C. An Introduction to Interfaces and colloids, The bridge to nanoscience, World Scientific, 2010.,. Israelachvili, J.,
Intermolecular and Surface Forces, Academic, Press, 3rd edition, 2011.,Hunter, R. J., Foundations of Colloid Science, Vol. I, II
Oxford, University Press, 1986,Lecture notes given by instructor.
The ME project is aimed at training the students to analyze independently any problem posed to them.
The project may theoretical, experimental, or a combination. In few cases, the project may also involve
sophisticated design work. The project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression,
critical appreciation of the existing literature, and analytical, experimental or design skills.
192
Various topics highlighting experimental techniques and modeling approaches in systems biology for
problems ranging from molecular level to the multi-cellular level will be covered.
Topics: Properties of biomolecules, Biomolecular Forces, Single molecule experimental techniques,
Molecular motors, Molecular heterogeneity, Self-organization, Enzyme kinetics, Modeling cellular
reactions and processes, Fluctuations and noise in biology, Cellular variability, Biological networks,
Modeling dynamics of bioprocesses and cellular signaling
Rahul Roy
Philip Nelson, Biological Physics: Energy, Information, Life, W. H. Freeman, 2007,Edda Klipp, Wolfram Liebermeister, Christoph
Wierling, Axel Kowald, Hans Lehrach, Ralf Herwig, 3. Systems Biology, Wiley-Vch, 2009,Uri Alon, An Introduction to Systems
Biology: Design Principles of Biological Circuits, Chapman & Hall/CRC Mathematical & Computational Biology, 2006
Kesava Rao K
Montgomery, D.C. and Runger, R.C., Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Wiley (2014).,Montgomery, D.C., Design
and Analysis of Experiments, Wiley 2013.,Hines, W.W., Montgomery, D.C., Goldsman, D.M., and Borror, C.M., Probability and
Statistics in Engineering, Wiley, 2006
Sudeep Punnathanam
McQuarrie, D.A., Statistical Mechanics, Viva Books, 2003.,Hill, T. L., An Introduction to Statistical Thermodynamics, Dover
Publications, 1986,Chandler, D, Introduction to Modern Statistical Mechanics, Oxford University Press, New York, 1986
193
Dept of Mechanical Engineering
M Tech Programme
Duration: 2 years
64 credits
Project: 27 Credits
ME 299 0:27 Dissertation Project
Electives: The balance of 18 credits required to make up a minimum of 64 credits to
complete the M.E. Program.
Aloke Kumar
Bird, R.B., Armstrong, R.C., Hassager, O., Dynamics of Polymeric Fluids, John Wiley and Sons~Joseph, D.D, Fluid
Dynamics of Viscoelastic Liquids, Spinger-Verlag, 1990~Gurtin,M.E., Fried, E., Anand, L.The Mechanics and
Thermodynamics of Continua, Cambridge University Press 2011~R.C.~Hassager
Analysis of stress, analysis of strain, stress-strain relations, two-dimensional elasticity problems, airy
stress functions in rectangular and polar coordinates, axisymmetric problems, energy methods, St.
Venant torsion, elastic wave propagation, elastic instability and thermal stresses.
194
Ramsharan Rangarajan
Foundations of Solid Mechanics, Fung Y C~Srinath. L. S., Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill.~Sokolnikoff, I.
S., Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, Prentice Hall.
Concepts of thermodynamics, zeroth law, first law, properties of pure substances and mixtures, first
order phase transitions, thermophysical properties, energy storage; second law; energy analysis of
process and cycle; calculation of entropy and entropy diagrams; availability analysis, chemical
equilibrium, non-equillibrium thermodynamics, multi-phase-multi component systems, transport
properties; third law
Susmita Dash
Van Wylen, G. J., and Sonntag, R.E., Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics, Willey~Moran, M. J., Shapiro, H. N.
Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Willey~Reynolds, W. C., Perkins, H. C., Engineering Thermodynamics
Appreciation of structural integrity, Notions of stability in engineering, Static and dynamic stability
analysis, Basics of engineering fracture mechanics, Concepts of stable and unstable fracture,
Basics of engineering plasticity, Elements of structural control engineering.
Yogendra Simha K R
Graff K.F. (1975): Wave Motion in Elastic Solids (DOVER)~Simha K. R. Y. (2001): Fracture Mechanics for Modern
Engineering Design, Universities Press~Timoshenko S.P. and Gere J.M. (1963): Theory of Elastic Stability, McGraw-
Hill~C.Lakshmana Rao, V.Narayanamurthy and K R Y Simha (2016): Applied Impact Mechanics, John Wiley~D.W.A. Rees
(2006) : Basic Engineering Plasticity, Elsevier
Ratnesh K Shukla
195
ME 201 (AUG) 3:0
Fluid Mechanics
Fluid as a continuum, mechanics of viscosity, momentum and energy theorems and their
applications, compressible flows, kinematics, vorticity, Kelvin's and Helmholtz's theorems, Euler's
equation and integration, potential flows, Kutta-Joukowsky theorem, Navier-Stokes equations,
boundary layer concept, introduction to turbulence, pipe flows.
Analysis of stress, analysis of strain, stress-strain relations, two-dimensional elasticity problems, airy
stress functions in rectangular and polar coordinates, axisymmetric problems, energy methods, St.
Venant torsion, elastic wave propagation, elastic instability and thermal stresses.
Fung, Y.C., Foundations of Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall. Srinath,,L.S., Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw
Hill.,Sokolnikoff, I.S., Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, Prentice Hall.~Fung Y C~Srinath. L. S.~Advanced Mechanics of
Solids~Tata McGraw Hill.~Sokolnikoff~I. S.
Vibration and acoustic response of an infinite plate in contact with an acoustic half space to a line
force (Crighton’s solution). Complex variables, integration with branch cuts. Fluid-structure coupling
in 2-D flexible-walled waveguides using asymptotic expansions (rectangular and cylindrical
geometries). Coupling of sound with flexible enclosures. Sound radiation from finite rectangular
plates and cylindrical shells. Transform and Rayleigh integral methods. Coincidence and wave
number spectra, wave impedance, radiation efficiency.
Venkata R Sonti
Pre-requisite: Consent of Instructor Junger, M.C., and Feit, D., Sound, Structures and their Interaction, MIT Press,,1986.
Fahy, F.J., Sound and Structural Vibration, Academic Press, 1985. Cremer, L., Heckl, M., and Ungar, E. E.,,Structure-Borne
Sound, Springer-Verlag, 1987.~Fundamentals of acoustics ME249~Sound and Structure Interaction by Frank Fahy.
Hierarchy in structural optimization: topology, shape, and size. Michelle continua and truss/frame
topology optimization. Design parameterization and material interpolation: ground structure method,
homogenization-based method, density distribution, level-set methods, peak function methods,
phase-field methods. Numerical methods for topology optimization: optimality criteria methods,
convex linearization and method of moving asymptotes, dual algorithms, numerical issues in the
196
implementation of topology optimization algorithms, applications to multi-physics problems,
compliant mechanisms and material microstructure design. Manufacturing constraints, other
advanced topics.
Ananthasuresh G K
Introduction to vectors and tensors, finite strain and deformation-Eulerian and Lagrangian
formulations, relative deformation gradient, rate of deformation and spin tensors, compatibility
conditions, Cauchy's stress principle, stress tensor, conservation laws for mass, linear and angular
momentum, and energy. Entropy and the second law, constitutive laws for solids and fluids,
principle of material frame indifference, discussion of isotropy, linearized elasticity, fluid mechanics.
Chandrashekhar S Jog
Vector and tensor algebra: Sets, groups, rings and fields, vector spaces, basis, inner products,
linear transformations, spectral decomposition, tensor algebra, similarity transformations, singular
value decomposition, QR and LU decomposition of matrices, vector and tensor calculus, system of
linear equations (Krylov solvers, Gauss-Seidel), curvilinear coordinate transformations. Ordinary
and partial differential equations: Characterization of ODEs and PDEs, methods of solution, general
solutions of linear ODEs, special ODEs, Euler-Cauchy, Bessel’s and Legendre’s equations, Sturm-
Liouville theory, critical points and their stability. Complex analysis: Analytic functions, Cauchy-
Riemann conditions and conformal mapping. Special series and transforms: Laplace and Fourier
transforms, Fourier series, FFT algorithms, wavelet transforms.
Introduction, solar radiation – fundamentals, fluid mechanics and heat transfer, methods of
collection and thermal conversion, solar thermal energy storage, solar heating systems, solar
refrigeration, solar thermal elective conversion. Other applications.
Narasimham G S V L
197
Kreith,F.,and Kreider,J.F.,Principles of Solar Thermal Engineering
Atomic structure of materials, atomic bonding, crystal structure. point, line and area defects in
crystal structure. Solidification of metals, phase diagrams, Dislocation concepts of plastic
deformation, critical resolved shear stress yeling interactions between dislocations and work
hardening, Recovery, recrystallization and grain growth. Fracture-microscopic descriptions.
Mechanisms of metal deformation, processing maps Concepts of bio-materials. Natural and
synthetics, fracture and fatigue of bio-materials.
Surfaces, theories of friction and wear, friction and wear considerations in design, viscosity,
hydrodynamic lubrication, Reynolds equation, coupling of elastic and thermal equations with
Reynolds equation. Elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication. Mechanics of rolling motion, hydrostatic
lubrication, lubricants, tribometry, selection of tribological solutions.
Bobji M S
The student is expected to attend and actively take part in ME departmental seminars for one
semester during his/her stay.
Aloke Kumar
Structures of heat in electronic systems, review of heat transfer mechanisms with reference to
electronic systems: foot prints, spreading resistance, design of fins, convection and radiation from
electronic modules, jet impingement cooling, active cooling systems – adsorption, thermoelectric,
phase change: current state of the art and future projections of thermal needs in electronics.
198
Pradip Dutta
Thermal Management of Electronic Systems, Vol. 1-4, ASME Press. Krauss, A.D., and Cohen, A.B.,,A.B., Thermal
Management of Electronics, Hemisphere. ASME Trans. Journal of Electronic,Packaging IEEE Trans. on Components and
Packaging Technologies.
Representation of curves and surfaces-parametric form, Bezier, B. Spline and NURBS, intersection
of curves and surfaces, interpolation, topology of surfaces, classification, characterization, elements
of graph theory, representation of solids: graph based models and point set models, Euler
operators, boundary evaluation, computation of global properties of solids.
Piegl, L., and Tiller, W., The NURBS Book, Springer-Verlag, 1995. Mantyla, M., An Introduction to Solid Modeling, Computer
Science Press, 1988.,Carter, J.S., How Surfaces Intersect in Space – An Introduction to Topology, World Scientific,
1993.,Fom enko, A.T., and Kunii, T.L., Topological Modeling for Visualization, Springer - Verlag, 1997.
Introduction to modeling of system response and sensor dynamics, Introduction to electronics, data
acquisition and analysis, fluid velocity, stress, temperature measurement techniques. Experiments
using photo-elasticity, universal testing machine, hot-wire anemometry, accelerometers.
Doeblin, E.O., Measurement Systems: Application and design, McGraw Hill, 1990. Horowitz, P., and Hill, W.,,The art of
electronics, Cambridge University Press, 1990.,Goldstein, R.J., Fluid mechanics measurements, Hemisphere Publishing
Company, 1983.
Linear finite elements procedures in solid mechanics, convergence, isoparametric mapping and
numerical integration. Application of finite element method to Poisson equation, calculus of
variations, weighted residual methods, introduction of constraint equations by Lagrange multipliers
and penalty method, solution of linear algebraic equations, finite element programming.
Chandrashekhar S Jog
Cook, R.D., Malkus, D.S., and Plesha, M.E., Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis,,Third Edn, John Wiley,
1989.,Bathe, K.J., Finite Element Procedures, Prentice Hall of India, 1982.
199
Intermolecular forces, surfaces, defects. Size- dependent strength, micro - mechanics of interfaces
and thin films. Solvation forces, double layer forces, effect of physico-chemical forces on fluid flow at
micron-scales. Slip boundary condition, friction and nano tribology. Nanoindentation, atomic force
microscopy, micro-PIV and other characterizing techniques. MEMS, micro fluidics, microscopic heat
pipes and other applications.
Ravikrishna, R. V.
An Introduction to Combustion, Stephen R. Turns, McGraw Hill, 2011. Combustion Engineering,,Kenneth W. Ragland and
Kenneth M. Bryden, Taylor & Francis, 2011. Heywood, J.B., Internal,Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill Intl
Edn, 1988.
Rudra Pratap
Hirsh, M., and Smale, S., Differential Equations, Dynamical Systems and Linear Algebra, Academic Press, 1974. Farlow,S.J.,
Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers, Dover Publications Inc., 1993.,Pratap, R., Getting Started with
MATLAB 7, Oxford University Press, 2006
Fundamentals of vibration, vibrations of continuous systems (strings and rods), I-D acoustic wave
equation, sound waves in ducts, standing waves and travelling waves, resonances, complex
notation, harmonic solutions, concept of impedance. Kirchoff-Helmholtz Integral Equation, spherical
200
coordinates, spherical harmonics, Green function (Dirichlet and Neumann), Sommerfeld radiation
condition, sound radiation from simple sources, piston in a baffle, pulsating sphere, piston in a
sphere, vibrating free disc, scattering from a rigid sphere. Near field and far field, directivity of
sources, wave guides (phase speed and group speed), lumped parameter modeling of acoustic
systems, sound in enclosures (rectangular box and cylinders), Laplace Transforms and PDEs, 1-D
Green Function, octave bands, sound power, decibels. Brief introduction to diffraction, scattering,
reflection, refraction.
Venkata R Sonti
Kinsler, L.E., Frey, A.R., Coppens, A.B., and Sanders,,J.V., Fundamentals of Acoustics,,John W iley, 1982. Williams, E.,
Fourier Acoustics
Bone and cartilage, joint contact analysis, structure and composition of biological tissues.
Continuum mechanics, constitutive equations, nonlinear elasticity, rubber elasticity, arterial
mechanics. Introduction to cell mechanics.
Namrata Gundiah
Humphrey, J.D., Cardiovascular Solid Mechanics,Springer-Verlag, 2002. Fung, Y.C., Biomechanics,,Springer-Verlag, 1990.
Holzapfel, G. A., Nonlinear Solid Mechanics, W iley, 2000.
Calculus of variations: functionals, normed vector spaces, Gateaux variation, Frechet differential,
necessary conditions for an extremum, Euler-Lagrange multiplier theorem, second variations and
sufficient conditions. Weak form of differential equations, application of Euler- Lagrange equations
for the analytical solution of size optimization problems of bars and beams, topology optimization of
trusses and beams applied to stiff structures and compliant mechanisms. Material interpolation
methods in design parameterization for topology optimization, optimization formulations for
structures and compliant mechanisms involving multiple energy domains and performance criteria.
Essential background for Karush-Kuhn- Tucker conditions for multi-variable optimization, numerical
optimization algorithms and computer programs for practical implementation of size, shape and
topology optimization problems.
Ananthasuresh G K
Smith, D.R., Variational Methods in Optimization, Dover Publication, 1998. Haftka, R.T., and Gurdal, Z.,,Elements of
Structural Optimization, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1992.,Bendsoe, M.P., and Sigmund, O., Topology Optimization:
Theory, Methods and Applications, Springer, 2003.
Properties of air-water mixtures, psychometric chart, air conditioning processes, enthalpy potential,
cooling and dehumidifying coils, cooling towers, heat transfer in buildings, comfort air conditioning,
cooling load calculations, air conditioning system, design of air delivery systems, clean rooms and
laminar flow equipment, air conditioning controls, noise and vibration control in air-conditioned
201
rooms.
Narasimham G S V L
Jones, W.P., Air Conditioning Engineering, Fifth Edn, Butterworth Heinemann, Oxford, 2001. Croom e, D.J. and Roberts,
B.M., Airconditioning and Ventilation of Buildings, Second Edn, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1981.,Haines, R.W., and Hittle,
D.C., Control Syst ems for Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning, Sixth Edn, Springer Science plus Business Media, Inc.,
NY, 2003,ASHRAE Handbooks (SI Editions): HVAC Applications (2007), Systems and Equipment (2008), Fundamentals
(2009).
Shell coordinates, infinitesimal distances in curved shells, equations of motion for general shell
structures using Hamilton’s principle, specialization to commonly occurring geometries, detailed
study of flat plates, rings, cylindrical shells and spherical shells, natural frequencies and modes,
Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin methods, response to various types of loads (point forces, moments,
moving loads), transient and harmonic loads, combination of structures using receptance.
Venkata R Sonti
Pre-requisite: a full course in lumped system vibrations,Werner Soedel ,Vibrations of plates and shells,S.S. Rao Vibrations of
continuous systems
The M. E. Project is aimed at training students to analyse independently any problem posed to
them. The project may be a purely analytical piece of work, a completely experimental one, or a
combination of both. In a few cases, the project may also involve sophisticated design work. The
project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression critical appreciation of the
existing literature and analytical and/or experimental or design skill.
Energy equation, laminar external convection, similarity solution, integral method, laminar internal
convection, concept of full development heat transfer in developing flow, turbulent forced
convection, free convection from vertical surface, Rayleigh-Benard convection.
202
Pradip Dutta, Saptarshi Basu, Pramod Kumar
Pre-requisite: ME 201 and ME 271 Kays, W.M., and Crawford,,M.E., Convective Heat and Mass Transfer, Tata-McGraw Hill.
Bejan, A.,,Convective Heat Transfer, John W iley.
Mathematical description of fluid flow and heat transfer, conservation equations for mass,
momentum, energy and chemical species, classification of partial differential equations, coordinate
systems. Discretization techniques using finite difference methods: Taylor series and control volume
formulations. Irregular geometries and body-fitted coordinate system. Applications to practical
problems.
Pre-requisite: ME 201, ME 271 Patankar, S.V., Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation,
1980,Anderson, D.A., Tannehill J.C., and Pletcher, R.H., Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, Hemisphere
Publishing Corporation, 1984.,Versteeg, H.K., and Malalasekara, W., An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics,
Longman, 1995.
Narasimham G S V L
Stoecker, W.F., and Jones, J.W., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Second Edn, Tata McGraw Hill, 1982.,Therlkeld, J.L.,
Therm al Environm ent al Engineering, Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1970.,ASHRAE Handbooks (SI
Editions): Fundam entals (2009), Refrigeration (2010).
Jaywant H Arakeri
Pre-requisite: Consent of Instructor Tennekes H and Lumley J L,,A First Course in Turbulence, MIT 1972,Pope S.B.,
Turbulent Flows, Cambridge, 2000
203
ME 246 (JAN) 3:0
Introduction to Robotics
Robot manipulators: representation of translation, rotation, links and joints, direct and inverse
kinematics and workspace of serial and parallel manipulators, dynamic equations of motion,
position and force control and simulation.
Ashitava Ghosal
Ghosal, A., Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis,,Oxford University Press, 2006,Notes and recent research
papers.
Aloke Kumar
Background in fluid mechanics and transport phenomena is encouraged. Knowledge of statistical techniques will be
beneficial, but not required.,Raffel, M., Willert, C., Wereley, S.T., Kompenhans, J, Particle Image Velocimetry, Springer,
2007,Nguyen, Nam-Trung, Wereley, S.T., Fundamentals and Applications of Microfluidics, Artech House, 2006,Li, Dongqing
(Ed), Encyclopedia of Microfluidics and Nanofluidics, Springer, 2008
Ramsharan Rangarajan
204
Dept of Materials Engineering
Soft core (9 credits): Any three out of the following eight courses
Review of defect classification and concept of defect equilibrium. Review of point defects in metallic, ionic
and covalent crystals. Dislocation theory - continuum and atomistic. Dislocations in different lattices. Role
of anisotropy. Dislocation kinetics. Interface thermodynamics and structure. Overview of grain boundaries,
interphase boundaries, stacking faults and special boundaries. Interface kinetics: migration and sliding.
Defect interactions: point defect-dislocation interaction, dislocation-interface interactions, segregation, etc..
Overview of methods for studying defects including computational techniques
Karthikeyan Subramanian
W.D. Kingery, H.K. Bowen and D.R. Uhlmann: Introduction to Ceramics, 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, 1976~D. Hull and D. J.
Bacon: Introduction to dislocations, 4th ed., Butterworth-Heinemann, 2001.~D.A. Porter and K.E. Easterling: Phase Transformation in
Metals and Alloys, 2nd ed. Chapman and Hall, 1992.~R.W. Balluffi, S.M. Allen, W.C. Carter: Kinetics of Materials, 1st ed. Wiley-
Interscience, 2005.~J.P. Hirth and J.L. Lothe: Theory of Dislocations, 2nd ed., Krieger, 1982.
Classical and statistical thermodynamics, Interstitial and substitutional solid solutions, solution models,
205
phase diagrams, stability criteria, critical phenomena, disorder-to-order transformations and ordered alloys,
ternary alloys and phase diagrams, Thermodynamics of point defects, surfaces and interfaces. Diffusion,
fluid flow and heat transfer.
Abinandanan T A
C.H.P. Lupis: Chemical Thermodynamics of Materials, Elsevier Science, 1982~P. Shewmon: Diffusion in Solids, 2nd Edition, Wiley,
1989.~A.W. Adamson and A.P. Gast: Physical Chemistry of Surfaces (Sixth Edition), John Wiley, 1997.
Abhik N Choudhury
A.B. Shiflet and G.W. Shiflet: Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for the Sciences, Princeton University
Press, 2006.~D.C. Rapaport: The Art of Molecular Dynamics Simulation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1995.~K. Binder, D. W. Heermann:
Monte Carlo Simulation in Statistical Physics, Springer, 1997.~K.G.F Janssens, D. Raabe, E. Kozeschnik, M.A. Miodownik, B.
Nestler: Computational Materials Engineering: An Introduction to Microstructure Evolution, Elsevier Academic press, 2007.~David V.
Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis
Basic electrochemical principles governing corrosion. Types and mechanisms of corrosion. Advances in
corrosion engineering and control. Anodic and Cathodic control-Biocorrosion, mechanisms and
microbiological aspects. Corrosion under sub-soil and sea water conditions- Marine biofouling and
biocorrosion with respect to industrial conditions. Methods of abatement.
Abinandanan T A
M.G. Fontana: Corrosion Engineering, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, N.Y., 1978.~Borenstein: Microbiologically Influenced Corrosion
Handbook.
Fundamentals of polymer science. Polymer nomenclature and classification. Current theories for
describing molecular weight, molecular weight distributions. Synthesis of monomers and polymers.
Mechanisms of polymerization reactions. Introduction to polymer processing (thermoplastic and
thermoset). Structure, property relationships of polymers: crystalline and amorphous states, the degree of
crystallinity, cross-linking, and branching. Stereochemistry of polymers. Instrumental methods for the
elucidation of polymer structure and properties; basic principles and unique problems encountered when
techniques such as thermal (DSC, TGA, DMA, TMA, TOA), electrical, and spectroscopic (IR, Raman,
NMR, ESCA, SIMS) analysis GPC, GC-MS, applied to polymeric materials. Polymer Processing - Injection
Molding, Extrusion, Compression Molding, Blow Molding, Casting and Spin Coat, Calendaring.
206
Praveen C Ramamurthy
G. Odian: Principles of Polymerization. McGraw Hill. 2nd Edition.. 1981. N.A. Dotson. R. Galvan. R.L. Laurence and M. Tirrell:
Polymerization Process Modeling. Wiley. 1995. F.W. Billmeyer: Textbook of Polymer Science, Wiley. 1984.
Theory of Elasticity. Theory of Plasticity Review of elementary dislocation theory. Deformation of single
and polycrystals. Temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow - strain hardening, grain size
strengthening, solid solution strengthening, order hardening, precipitation hardening, dispersion
strengthening. Strengthening by martensitic transformation, creep, fatigue and fracture.
Subodh Kumar
Basic and advanced idea of fluid flow, heat and mass transfer. Integral mass, momentum and energy
balances. The equations of continuity and motion and its solutions. Concepts of laminar and turbulent
flows. Concept of packed and fluidized bed. Non-wetting flow, Natural and forced convection. Unit
processes in process metallurgy. Application of the above principles in process metallurgy.
Govind S Gupta
J. Szekely and N.J. Themelis, Rate Phenomena in Process Metallurgy, Wiley, New York, 1971~G.H. Geiger and D R Poirier:
Transport Phenomena in Metallurgy, Addison-Wesley, 1980.~D.R. Gaskell: Introduction to Transport Phenomena in Materials
Processing, 1991.~R.B. Bird, W.E. Stewart and E.N. Lightfoot: Transport Phenomena, John Wiley International Edition, 1960~F.M.
White: Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill, 1994 Various research papers
Bonding and crystal structures, Stereographic projection, Point and space groups, Defects in crystals,
Schottky and Frenkel defects, Charged defects, Vacancies and interstitials in non stoichiometric crystals,
Basics of diffraction theory, X-ray powder diffraction and its applications, Electron diffraction and Electron
microscopy.
Rajeev Ranjan
A. R. West: Solid State Chemistry and its Applications, John Wiley~B. D. Cullity: Elements of x-ray Diffraction~A. Kelly and G. W.
Groves: Crystallography and Crystal Defects, Longman~M. D. Graef and M. E. Henry: Structures of Materials, Cambridge~R. J. D.
Tilley: Defects in Solids, Wiley 2008
Praveen Kumar
Materials Science of Thin Films by M. Ohring,Academic Press,Thin film materials: stress,defect formation and surface evolution. L. B.
Freund,S. Suresh
Compulsory for M.E. students who do not have BE Metallurgy; Compulsory for research students without
materials background
Subodh Kumar
W.D. Callister: Materials Science & Engineering,W.D. Callister: Materials Science & Engineering,Wiley (India) 2007,W.D. Callister:
Materials Science & Engineering,Wiley (India) 2007
Aloke Paul
Paul G. Shewmon, Diffusion in Solids,A. Paul, T. Laurila, V. Vuorinen, S. Divinski, Thermodynamics, Diffusion and The Kirkendall
effect in Solids,A. Paul, S. Divinski, Handbook of Solid State Diffusion
Introduction to electronic properties; Drude model, its success and failure; energy bands in crystals;
density of states; electrical conduction in metals; semiconductors; semiconductor devices; p-n junctions,
LEDs, transistors; electrical properties of polymers, ceramics, metal oxides, amorphous semiconductors;
dielectric and ferroelectrics; polarization theories; optical, magnetic and thermal properties of materials;
application of electronic materials: microelectronics, optoelectronics and magnetoelectrics.
208
Subho Dasgupta
R. E. Hummel, Electronic Properties of Materials,S. O. Kasap, Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices,S. M. Sze,
Semiconductor devices: Physics and Technology,D. Jiles, Introduction to the electronic properties of materials
The course will also include some laboratory demonstrations of the phenomena discussed in the class
together with an appropriate analysis of the data.
Atul H Chokshi
Atul H Chokshi,J. P. Polreer, Creep of Crystals, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1984,H. Riedel, .Fracture at High
Temperatures, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987
Review of elastic and plastic deformation. Historical development of fracture mechanics. Thermodynamics
of fracture including Griffith theory. Linear elastic fracture mechanics. Irwin and Dugdale extensions.
Stability of cracks. Crack resistance curves and toughening of brittle materials. Ductile failure. J-integral.
Indentation failure. Environmental aspects of failure. Cyclic Fatigue. Methods to measure toughness.
Fracture in thin films and interfaces. Toughening in hierarchical structures
Vikram Jayaram
B.R. Lawn: Fracture of Brittle Solids. Cambridge University Press (1993).,T.H. Courtney: Mechanical Behaviour of Materials. McGraw
Hill (1990).,David Broek: Engineering Fracture Mechanics. . Sijthoff and Nordhoff , The Netherlands (1978).,Richard Hertzberg:
Deformation & Fracture of Engineering Materials. John Wiley (1996).
The M.E. Project is aimed at training the students to analyse independently any problem posed to them.
The project may be a purely analytical piece of work. a completely experimental one or a combination of
both. In a few cases. the project can also involve a sophisticated design work. The project report is
expected to show clarity of thought and expression. critical appreciation of the existing literature and
analytical and/or experimental or design skill.
Materials and surfaces, Adsorption from solution, Thermodynamics of adsorption - surface excess and
surface free energy, Gibbs equation, adsorption isotherms, wetting, contact angle, Young's equation,
Monolayer and interfacial reactions, Electrical phenomena at interfaces, electrochemistry of the double
layer, electrokinetics, flocculation, coagulation and dispersion, Polymers at interfaces, Emulsions.
Applications in Materials Processing.
Subramanian S
E. Matrijivic (Ed.): Surface and Colloid Science, Plenum, New York, 1982.,A.W. Adamson: Physical Chemistry of Surfaces, Wiley
Interscience, New York, 1996.,J.S. Laskowski and J. Ralston (Ed.): Colloid Chemistry in Mineral Processing, Elsevier, New York,
1992.
Basic principles of physical and mathematical modelling. Similarity criteria and dimensional analysis.
Detailed study of modelling of various metallurgical processes such as blast furnace, induction furnace,
ladle steelmaking, rolling, carburizing and drying. Finite difference method. Solution of differential
equations using various numerical techniques. Convergence and stability criteria.
Assignments will be based on developing computer code to solve the given problem.
Prerequisite: Knowledge of transport phenomena, program language
Govind S Gupta
Govind S Gupta,J.Szekely and N. J. Themelis: Rate Phenomena in Process Metallurgy, Wiley, New York, 1971,B. Carnahan, H. A.
Luther, and J. O. Wikes: Applied Numerical Methods, John Wiley, NY 1969.
Experiments in Metallographic techniques, heat treatment, diffraction mineral beneficiation, chemical and
process metallurgy, and mechanical metallurgy.
Rajeev Ranjan
Overview of phase transformations, nucleation and growth theories, coarsening, precipitation, spinodal
decomposition, eutectoid, massive, disorder-to-order, martensitic transformations. crystal interfaces and
microstructure. topics in the theory of phase transformations: linear stability analysis, elastic stress effects,
sharp interface and diffuse interface models of microstructural evolution.
210
Chandan Srivastava
Prerequisites: Basic courses on crystallography, thermodynamics, phase diagrams and diffusion.,D.A. Porter. and K.E. Easterling:
Phase Transformations in Metal and Alloys, Van Nostrand, 1981.,A.K. Jena, and M. Chaturvedi: Phase Transformations in Materials,
Prentice-Hall, 1993.,A.G. Khachaturyan: Theory of Structural Transformation in Solids, John Wiley, 1983.,R.E. Reed-Hill and R.
Abbaschian: Physical Metallurgy Principles, P.W.S-Kent, 1992.
Advantage of solidification route to manufacturing, the basics of solidification including fluid dynamics,
solidification dynamics and the influence of mould in the process of casting. Origin of shrinkage, linear
contraction and casting defects in the design and manufacturing of casting, continuous casting, Semi-solid
processing including pressure casting, stir casting and thixo casting. Welding as a special form of
manufacturing process involving solidification. Modern techniques of welding, the classification of different
weld zones, their origin and the influence on properties and weld design. Physical and computer modeling
of solidification processes and development of expert systems. New developments and their possible
impact on the manufacturing technology in the future with particular reference to the processes adaptable
to the flexible manufacturing system.
Abhik N Choudhury
Abhik N Choudhury,J. Campbell: Casting, Butterworth - Haneman, London, 1993,M.C. Flemings: Solidification Processing , McGraw
Hill, 1974.
This course has been specially designed for those students, who did not get a chance to study FEM during
undergrad, but want to use FEM as a tool to gain some insight into their project/research problems. The
syllabus includes the following: Quick recap of relevant mathematical concepts. Introduction to
fundamentals of elasticity and plasticity. Crystal plasticity. Philosophy of FEM. Fundamentals of FEM, such
as concepts of meshing, stiffness matrix, interpolation functions. Residual methods, Rayleigh - Ritz
method, Galerkin method. 1-D, 2-D and 3-D example problems in elasticity and heat transfer. Solving
linear and non-linear structural, thermal and electrical problems using a commercial FEM software (mostly,
ANSYS). Finite element crystal plasticity.
211
Praveen C Ramamurthy
T. A. Skotheim and J. R. Reynolds (Editors): Handbook of Conducting Polymers (Third Edition) Conjugated Polymers: Theory,
Synthesis, Properties and Characterization, CRC Press.,T.A. Skotheim and J. R. Reynolds (Editors): Handbook of Conducting
Polymers (Third Edition) Conjugated Polymers: Processing and Applications Edited by Terje A. Skotheim and John R. Reynolds,
CRC Press.,S-S. Sun and N. S. Sariciftci (Editors): Organic Photovoltaics - Mechanisms, Materials, and Devices, CRC Press.,D.A.
Neamen: Semiconductor Physics and Devices Basic Principles, McGraw Hill.
This course will introduce basic concepts of biomaterials research and development including discussion
on different types of materials used for biomedical applications and their relevant properties. Content:
Surface engineering for biocompatibility; Protein adsorption to materials surfaces; Blood compatibility of
materials; Immune response to materials; Corrosion and wear of implanted medical devices; Scaffolds for
tissue engineering and regenerative medicine; Concepts in drug delivery;
Kaushik Chatterjee
Introduction to polymer blends and composites, nanostructured materials and nanocomposites, Polymer-
polymer miscibility, factors governing miscibility, immiscible systems and phase separation, Importance of
interface on the property development, compatibilizers and compatibilization, Blends of amorphous & semi-
crystalline polymers, rubber toughened polymers, particulate, fiber reinforced composites. Nanostructured
materials like nano clay, carbon nanotubes, graphene etc. and polymer nanocomposites. Surface
treatment of the reinforcing materials and interface/interphase structures of composites / nanocomposites.
Various processing techniques like solution mixing, melt processing. Unique properties of blends,
composites/nanocomposites in rheological, mechanical, and physical properties and applications
Suryasarathi Bose
D.R. Paul and S. Newman: Polymer Blends, Vol 1&2 , Academic Press, 2000,L.A. Utracki: Polymer Alloys and Blends, Hanser,
2000,C. Chung: Introduction to Composites, Technomic, Lancaster, PA. 1998.,J. Summerscales and D. Short: Fiber Reinforced
Polymers, Technomic. 1988,T.J. Pinnavia and G.W. Beall (Editors): Polymer-Clay Nanocomposites, Wiley, New York 2000. P.M.
Ajayan, L.S. Schadler and P.V. Braun: Nanocomposite Science &Technology, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2003.
Review of crystal defects: dislocation theory, grain boundaries and heterophase boundaries, defect kinetics
and defect interactions; Role of microstructure on mechanical properties: strengthening mechanisms,
ductilizing mechanisms, toughening mechanisms, effect of microstructure on creep, fatigue and impact
resistance; Methods of controlling microstructures: phase transformations (L?S, V?S, S? S), heat
treatments, solidification, mechanical processing, texture control, recovery and recrystallization, sintering,
etc; Case studies of microstructural control of engineering metals, alloys and ceramics (Ni-base
superalloys, YSZ, ceramic-matric composites, Ti-alloys, steels, etc)
212
Centre for Product Design and Manufacturing
M Des Programme
Product Design and Engineering
Duration: 2 years
Project: 16 Credits
Gurumoorthy B
(1) Ulrich, K.T., and Eppinger, S.D., Product Design and Development, 2nd edition, (2) Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller,
Marketing Management, 15th edition, (3) Douglas Smith and Jon Katzenbach, The Wisdom of Teams: Creating the High-
Performance Organization, 2015 edition.
213
PD 231 (AUG) 2:1
Applied Ergonomics
(1) Sanders and McCormick,Human Factors in Engineering and Design,,Seventh Edn,McGraw Hill
Material usage and sustainability issues, concept or closed and open loop. Engineering materials,
metals and their properties, uses, processing methods, design data and applications, material
selection criteria, manufacturing and processing of materials. Plastics and composites, types,
classification, properties, processing techniques and limitations, basics of reliability, failure and
failure analysis.
Satish V Kailas
Dieter, G.E., Engineering Design – A Materials and processing approach, McGraw Hill, 1991.,Ashby, M.F., Materials
selection in Mechanical Design, Pergamon press, 1992.,Patton, W.J., Plastics Technology, Theory, Design and Manufacture,
Lenton Publishing Co.
Shivakumar N D
Geometry of design: Studies in proportion and composition, ISBN : 1568982496,Foundation of Art & Design
1856693759,Earle, J.E., Engineering Design Graphics, Addison Wesley, ISBN 020111318x
Visual language, visual elements, visual perception, visual deception. Universal principles of
design. Theory of colour, studies in form, graphic compositions, grid structure, spatial analysis and
organization. Visual expressions in nature.
214
Shivakumar N D
Young, F.M., Visual Studies, Prentice-Hall, USA.,Lidwell, W., Holden, K., and Butler, J., Universal Principles of Design,
Rockport, USA.,Evans, P., and Thomas, M., Exploring the Elements of Design, Thomson, USA.
Analysis of stress and strain, failure criteria, dynamics and vibrations. Control of engineering
systems, elements of fluid mechanics drag and losses, thermal analysis, problems in structural
and thermal design.
Shigley, J.E., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw Hill.,White, F.M., Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill.,Gupta, V.,
Elements and Heat and Mass Transfer, Sage Publishers.
Design: definitions, history and modern practice. Design and society, design and the product life
cycle. Methodology for problem solving in engineering design: recognition, definition, analysis,
synthesis, communication and presentation. Hands-on projects.
Amaresh Chakrabarti
Jones, J.C., Design Methods, John Wiley, 1981.,Cross, N., Engineering Design Methods, John Wiley, 1994.,Pahl, G., and
Beitz, W., Engineering Design, Design Council, 1984.,Brezet and van Hammel, ECODESIGN – A promising approach to
sustainable production and consumption, UNEP Manual
Anindya Deb
Bathe, K.J., Finite Element Procedures, Prentice Hall, 1995.,Robert Cook, Finite Element Modeling for Stress Analysis,
1995.,Banerjee, P.K., Boundary Element Methods in Engineering Science, McGraw Hill.
215
Basic theories of visual and auditory perception, cognition, rapid aiming movement and their
implications in electronic user interface design, Concept of user modelling, Multimodal interaction,
Eye gaze and finger movement controlled user interface, Target prediction technologies in
graphical user interface, usability evaluation, User study design, Basic principles of experiment
design, Conducting t-test and one-way and repeated measure ANOVA, Parametric and
nonparametric
statistics, Interaction design for automotive and aviation environments, HCI in India,
Writing International standards through ITU and ISO.
Pradipta Biswas
Shneiderman B "Designing the User Interface - Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction. " Pearson
Education,Buxton B."Sketching User Experiences: Getting the Design Right and the Right Design",Field A. "Discovering
Statistics Using SPSS." SAGE Publications Ltd.
Manish Arora
Paul H king, Richard C. Fries, Arthur T. johnson, Design of Biomedical Devices and Systems. Third edition, ISBN
9781466569133,Peter J. Ogrodnik, Medical Device Design:Innovation from Concept to Market, Academic Press Inc; !
edition(2012), ISBN- 10:0123919428,Stefanos Zenios, Josh Makower, Paul Yock, Todd J. Brinton, uday N. Kumar, Lyn
Denend, Thomas M. Krummel,,Biodesign: the PRocess of Innovating Medical Technologies, Cambridbge University press; 1
edition(2009), ISBN- 10:0521517427
Project in re-engineering a product using computer tools for reverse engineering geometry and
intent, design evaluation, modification and prototyping.
216
PD 234 (JAN) 2:1
Intelligent User Interface
Pradipta Biswas
Shneiderman B. "Designing The User Interface - Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction.",Buxton B., Sketching
User Experiences: Getting the Design Right and the Right Design, Morgan Kaufmann,Norman K (Ed), Wiley Handbook of
Human Computer Interaction, Wiley 2017
Project in re-engineering a product using computer tools for reverse engineering geometry and
intent, design evaluation, modification and prototyping.
Embodiment methodology, basic components and interfaces, design for performance including
strength, usability, maintenance and reliability, Design for manufacturing, assembly, packaging,
distribution, services, cost and environmental impact. Dimensioning, tolerance and standards
Pahl, G and Beitz, W, Engineering design - A systematic Approach, Springer, 2007,karl T. Ulrich and Steven D.
Eppinger,Product Design and Development. McGraw -Hill 2000,Ehrelspiel. K, and Lindemann U Cost efficient Design,
Springer,,2007,Whitney, DE. Mechanical Assemblies and their Role in Product Development, ISBN 13: 978-0195157826
Introduction to design research, a methodology for design research and its components, types of
design research, selecting criteria and its research methods, understanding factors influencing
design and its research methods, developing design support and its research methods, evaluating
design support and its research methods, associated exercises and tests.
217
Amaresh Chakrabarti, Pradipta Biswas
Blessing, L.T.M., Chakrabarti, A., and Wallace, K.M., An Overview of Design Studies in Relation to a Design Research
Methodology.,Frankengerger and Badke-Schaub (Eds), Designers: The Key to Successful Product Development, Springer
Verlag, 1998.,Current Literature including papers from Proceedings of the International Conference in Engineering Design,
Prague, 1995
Anindya Deb
Ulrich, K.T., and Eppinger, S.D., Product Design and Development, Second Edn, Irwin McGraw Hill,Gillespie, T.D.,
Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, SAE Inc..,Schwaller, A.E., Motor Automotive Technology, Third Edn, Delman Publishers
Designers’ perspective of the market, designers and psychological issues, perception, errors in
perception, designers’ sources of product features: projective techniques to acquire product feature
databases. Designer in a team: human resources issues a designer must know, designer and
competition, collaboration and conflict management, designer in an organization, designer as an
entrepreneur, designers’ knowledge on intellectual property.
Gurumoorthy B
Shivakumar N D
Papanek, V., Design for the Real World, Thames & Hudson, London.,Ulrich, K.T., and Eppinger, S.D., Product Design and
Development,Tata McGraw Hill, India
218
PD 212 (JAN) 2:1
Computer Aided Design
CAD – modeling of curves, surfaces and solids manipulation of CAD models, features based
modeling, parametric/ variational modeling, product data exchange standards. Introduction to
CAID, surfaces. Interfacing for production and tool design, photo rendering and scanning, 3D
animation and morphing, studio exercise in virtual products and systems.
Gurumoorthy B
Manish Arora
Bolton, W Mechatronics, Longman, 2015,Kuo, B.C., D.C.Motors and Control systems, SRL Publishing Co., 1979.,Kuo, B.C.,
Step Motors and Control Systems, SRL Publishing Co., 1979.
Machines and mechanisms, links, pairs, degrees of freedom, kinematic chain, inversions.
Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms by graphical and analytic methods, static force analysis.
Dimensional synthesis of four bar mechanism, application of coupler curves for dwell mechanisms,
two and three position rigid body guidance. Cams, displacement curves and profile generation.
Gears, profiles, cycloidal and involute, contact ratio. Spur, bevel, helical, worm gearing. Analysis of
gear trains, mechanisms for specific functions.
Dibakar Sen
Sandor, G.N., and Erdman, A.G., Advanced Mechanism Design, Volumes I & II, Prentice Hall of India Limited, New
Delhi.,Hirschhorn, J., Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms, McGraw-Hill, 1962,Mabie, H.E., and Ocvirk, F.W.,
Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery, John Wiley and sons, New York.,Current Literature
Spread over 15 months, commencing immediately after the second semester. It involves complete
design and prototype fabrication with full documentation.
219
PD 239 (JAN) 0:3
Design and Society
220
Centre for Sustainable Technologies
ST 210 (AUG) 3:1
Principles and Applications of GIS and Remote Sensing
Key concepts and principles of remote sensing, GIS and digital image processing. Tools to address
environmental problems. Roles of professionals in managing environment in their respective areas
Ramachandra TV
Mani Koshy and Ganesh - Sustainability and Human Settlements Sage Publications,Current Literature,Current
Literature,Current Literature
The course is open to students with a basic degree in engineering, science or architecture. This is a
typical ‘learning-by-doing’ course in which students (from diverse disciplinary backgrounds) take up
a topic of their interest and perform a rigorous exercise to thoroughly understand, evaluate, define
and forecast sustainability attributed to their chosen topic. The interactive sessions start with a
debate on development, covering its definitions, traditional and modern interpretations, dimensions,
underlying premise and indicators.A comprehensive morphology-based understanding of
technology/design and the detailed morphological analysis of each design/technology chosen for
study provides the basis for subsequent development of the technology/design-integrated systems
model. To begin with, the process of developing the systems model facilitates identification of first
and second (dependent) order stakeholders linked across the morphology of the technology/design
and life-cycle phases. This subsequently unfolds into a comprehensive multi-stakeholder
sustainability perspective and permits traceability of sustainability indicators/impacts across various
stakeholders and geographies. An emphasis is placed on defining sustainability (relevant and
unique to individual projects) and identification of appropriate indicators. Amidst the diversity of
individual projects dealt with in the course, a significant share of the 17 Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs) are discerned from a multidimensional viewpoint to consequently arrive at
sustainability indicators and identification of possible technology/design-based interventions to
aid/infuse/improve sustainability within the system.Besides covering the fundamental mandate of
SDG-4: ‘Ensure inclusive and quality education for all and promote lifelong learning’, the course
encompasses a much wider systems-thinking perspective on sustainability in all its multifaceted
dimensions including social, environmental and economical. The feasibility, opportunities,
challenges and limitations in achieving sustainability are also addressed.
Monto Mani
221
Mani Koshy and Ganesh 2005 - Sustainability and Human Settlements - Sage Publications New Delhi and London,Elliott JA
2002 - An Introduction to Sustainable Development - Routledge New York.,Bell and Morse 2008 - Sustainability Indicators:
Measuring the Immeasurable - Earthscan Publications London,Meadows DH 2008 - Thinking in Systems - A Primer -
Chelsea Green Publishing Company Vermont
Biomass and its properties relevant for conversion processes. Thermochemical energy conversion
processes and devices – stoves, combustors and gasifiers for heat, power and co-generation
applications. Biological conversion techniques, processes and reactors. Efficiency, emissions.
performance of end use devices and resource recovery options.
Dasappa S
Borman, G.L. and Ragland, K.W., Combustion Engineering, McGraw-Hill International Editions, Mechanical engineering
series,. HS Mukunda, Understanding clean energy and fuels from biomass, Wiley India,Relevant papers from current
literature.
Internal combustion engine classification, operating cycles, performance of spark ignition and
compression ignition engines. Properties of various liquid and gaseous fuels. Combustion
characteristics and performance of these fuels in engines – power output, efficiency and emissions
Dasappa S
Heywood, J., Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill Publication,Journal papers – SAE,IMechE – journal of
power and energy, Automobile Engineering,Current literature
222
ST 206 (JAN) 2:1
Environmental and Natural Resources Management
Ramachandra TV
Kulkarni, V., and Ramachandra, T.V., Environmental Management, Capital Publishers, New Delhi, 2006,Lo, C.P., and Yeung,
A.K.W., Concepts and Techniques of GIS, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2002,. Kanholm, J., EMS
Manual, 21 Procedures and Forms, AQA Press, USA, 2000,Holling, C.S., Adaptive Environmental Assessment and
Management, John Willey & Sons, New York, 1987,Meadows, D.H., Meadows, D.L., and Randers, J., Beyond the Limits –
Global Collapse or Sustainable Future, Earth Scan Publications Limited, London, 1992.
Understanding of technology for engineers, societal perspectives of technology, bridging the gap in
understanding, overcoming conflicts in embedding technology in society, communicating
technology, engaging in conversations and dialogue that help embed technology, planning
sustainability into communicating technology, understanding existing perspectives of sustainability,
merging it with the technical perspectives of sustainability, evolving communication that works for
sustainable technologies, writing short texts and messages, peer group testing.
Anjula Gurtoo
Alley, M., The Craft of Scientific Presentations, Springer-Verlag, New York, Inc., 2003,Changing the Conversation: Messages
for Improving Public Understanding of Engineering. Committee on Public Understanding of Engineering Messages. National
Academy of Engineering. The National Academies Press, Washington,D.C, www.nap.edu , 2008,Diamond, J., Guns, Germs
and Steel, W.W. Norton, 1997,Felt, U., The social and cultural tailoring of scientific knowledge in the public space, in M.E.
GONCALVES (ed), Cultura cientifica e participaçao pública (Lisboa: Bertrand), 1999.,Ramakrishnan, P.S., Ecology and
Sustainable Development – Working with knowledge systems, National Book trust, India, 2001
The objectives of the course is to refine turbo machinery designs in challenging operating conditions
imposed by renewable energy sources characterized by variability(input/outputsides)and low
intensity/enthalpy levels.concepts include Euler theory,velocity traingles,dimensional
analysis,meanline/streamline theory,loss models,performance estimation,Cordier/nsds diagrams
and others.Practical design approach from theory and experimental modules for incompressible
fluids(hydro turbines, wind turbines,and liquid pumps)and compressible fluids (air,steam,and new
working fluids for solar thermal and waste heat sources)Radial,diagonal and axial flow turbo
machines with impulse and reaction physics.Discussion on innovative and unconventional turbo
machines.
Punit Singh
1.DixonS.L and HallC.A,'Fluid Mechanics and Thermo Dynamics of Turbomachinery', 6th Edition,Elsevier,publication
2010,2.Neschleba M,'Hydraulic turbines-Their design and equipment', Atria Prage,1957,3.StepanoffA.J,'Centrifugal and Axial
Flow Pumps,JohnWiley & Sons,Inc.,1957,4.Horlock J.H,'Axial Flow Compressors and Axial Flow Turbines,Fluid Mechanics
and Thermodynamics',Butterworths,1958,5.Watson N and JanotaM.S, 'Turbocharging the Internal Combustion Engine',The
Macmillan Press,1982 6.Balje O.E,'Turbo Machines-A guide to Design,Selection and Theory',John Willey & Sons 1981
223
Centre for Earth Sciences
M Tech Programme in Earth Science
Duration: 2 years: 64 Credits
Hard Core: 24 Credits (All courses are mandatory)
ES 201 2:1 Introduction to Earth System Science
ES 202 3:0 Geodynamics
ES 203 2:1 Introduction to Petrology
ES 204 3:0 Origin and Evolution of Earth
ES 205 3:0 Mathematics for Geophysicists
ES 206 3:0 Topics in Geophysics
ES 207 0:3 Earth Science Laboratories
ES 215 3:0 Introduction to Chemical Oceanography
Project: 25 Credits
Electives: 15 Credits of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group
electives listed below.
ES 208 3:0 Mantle Convection
ES 209 3:0 Biogeochemistry
ES 210 3:0 Tectonics and Crustal Evolution
ES 211 3:0 Applied Petrology
ES 212 3:0 Fluid dynamics of planetary interiors
ES 213 3:0 Isotope Geochemistry
ES 214 3:0 Topics on stratigraphy and geochronology
CE 247N 3:0 Remote Sensing and GIS for Water Resources & Environmental
Engineering
Kusala Rajendran
ES (AUG) 3:0
Advanced Chemical Oceanography
Sambuddha Misra
224
ES 204 (AUG) 3:0
Origin and Evolution of the Earth
Big Bang; origin of elements; early Solar System objects; bulk Earth composition; comparison of
Earth and other Solar System objects; core-mantle differentiation; composition of the terrestrial
mantle; mantle melting and geochemical variability of magmas; major, trace element and radiogenic
isotope geochemistry; redox evolution of the mantle; evolution of the atmosphere and biosphere.
Ramananda Chakrabarti
Theory: Rock forming minerals, textures of Igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks, Micro-
textures and reactions, using petrological datasets, rock types and tectonic settings,
geothermometry and geobarometry, isochemical phase diagrams and its interpretations, linking
petrology to geochronology, Geology of southern India and applications of petrology.
Sajeev Krishnan
Practical:
Project on the model of real-world ecosystems in order to understand how biotic and abiotic factors
interact and to see how one type of ecosystem impacts other ecosystems
Prosenjit Ghosh
Merrits,D.,Dewet,A.,and Menking
225
Plate tectonics and mantle convection, Constraining mantle flow from seismic tomography, Maxwell
viscoelastic material, Spherical harmonics, Mantle viscosity, Creep mechanisms, Governing
equations, Constraints of mantle flow modeling: geoid and dynamic topography, Thermal evolution
of the Earth, Convection in other planets.
Attreyee Ghosh
Schubert,G.,Turcotte,D.,and Olson
Kusala Rajendran
Fowler, C.M.R., The solid earth: An Introduction to Global Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, 2005.,Turcotte, D., and
Schubert, G., Geodynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2nd edition, 2001.,Turcotte, D., and Schubert, G., Geodynamics,
Cambridge University Press, 2nd edition, 2001.
Vector fields: basic vector algebra, line, surface and volume integrals, potential, conservative fields,
gradient, divergence, curl, circulation, Stokes's theorem, Gauss's theorem, applications in fluid
mechanics and electromagnetism, Kelvin's theorem, Helmholtz's theorem. Linear algebra: Matrices,
operations, eigen components, systems of linear differential equations, examples. Partial differential
equations: The diffusion equation, wave equation, Laplace's equation, Poisson's equation, similarity
solutions, numerical solutions (simple examples with MATLAB), series solutions, spherical harmonic
expansions. Dimensional analysis: Pi theorem, similarity, nondimensional formulation of
geophysical problems, examples.
Binod Sreenivasan
Riley,K.F.,Hobson,M.P.,and Bence
226
C-S-Sr isotope stratigraphy, time-series chemostratigraphic correlation, time-series Litho
stratigraphic correlation, Biostraigraphic correlation, Magnetostratigraphy, Non-traditional isotope
stratigraphy, Stratigraphy on Mars,Zircon texture, morphology, zoning, Zircon as an equilibrium
mineral, U-Pb dating of Zircon, REE in zircon, Th/U ratio in Zircon,
Hf in zircon, U-Pb dating methods, plotting and interpretation of ages, connecting age to tectonics
Grastein,Ogg and Schmitz,The Geologic Time Scale 2012 2-Volume Set,1st Edition,ISBN: 9780444594488
Earth's internal structure: composition vs mechanical properties, Geoid, GIA and viscosity, Stress
and Strain from seismology perspective, Theory of Elasticity, Wave mechanics, Seismic
tomography, Earth's free oscillations, Phase transformations within the Earth, Introduction to mineral
physics, Spherical harmonics, Heat: conductive, convective and radioactive heat flow, Heat flow in
oceans and continents, Half space vs plate cooling models, Convection within mantle and core,
Structure of mid-oceanic ridge system, Strength of continental lithosphere
Attreyee Ghosh
Prosenjit Ghosh
Reed,S.J.B.,Electron Microprobe Analysis and Scanning Electron Microscopy in Geology,2nd Edition,Cambridge University
Press
Geochemistry of the Earth, Big bang, Nucleosynthesis, origin of solar system, electronic structure of
atoms, periodic tables, chemical bonds. Crystals, Ionic substitution, Isotope geo-chronometer,
chemical reactions and stability of minerals, acids and bases, salts and their ions. Thermodynamics,
mineral stability, clay minerals, carbonate minerals, oxidation-reduction reaction, isotope
fractionation, mixing and dilution, rate of chemical processes, chemical weathering, chemical
composition of surface water, stable isotope geochemistry Carbon cycling, other geochemical cycle
(-P-N-S), ,Metabolism and geochemistry, Mineral-Microbe-Interaction, Bioweathering,
Biomineralization, Environmental metagenomics, Economic Biogeochemistry.
Prosenjit Ghosh
227
Schlesinger,W.H.,Biogeochemistry: An analysis of Global Change,Academic Press,1997
Introduction to the theory of plate tectonics, application to understanding the structure, evolution and
dynamic processes of the earth. Plate motions on flat and spherical earth, evolution and stability of
triple junctions, plate driving forces, seismicity and volcanism as a consequence of plate motions,
evolution of landforms, mountain building, paleomagnetism and reconstruction of continental
masses, plate tectonics through time. Evolution of Indian plate through time, dynamics of its plate
boundaries; earthquakes as a tool to understand processes along plate boundaries.
Kusala Rajendran
Philip Keary, Keith A. Kelpeis and Frederick J. Vine, Global tectonics, Wiley-Blackwell, Third edition.,Fowler, C.M.R., The
Solid Earth: An Introduction to Global Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, Second edition,Fowler, C.M.R., The Solid
Earth: An Introduction to Global Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, Second edition
Basic fluid dynamics - Navier-Stokes equation, vorticity equation, Kelvin's circulation theorem,
energy and dissipation, helicity.
Rotation - Coriolis force, linear inertial waves, formation of Taylor columns, geostrophy,
quasistrophic approximation.
Stratification - Gravity waves, effect of rotation, Braginsky's theory of stratified outer core of the
Earth.
Magnetic fields - Magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) equations, Lorentz force, low and high magnetic
Reynolds number, Alfven waves, Magnetic-Coriolis (MC) waves, Rayleigh Benard convection with
magnetic field and rotation, MHD of planetary cores.
Binod Sreenivasan
Nuclear systematics; decay mode of radionuclides; radioactive decay; Rb-Sr, Sm-Nd, Lu-Hf, Re-Os
and U-Th-Pb systematics, U series disequilibrium, stable isotope fractionation, early Solar System
processes, crust-mantle processes, aquatic processes, selected mass spectrometry techniques.
Ramananda Chakrabarti
228
Alan P. Dickin,Radiogenic Isotope Geology,Cambridge University Press,1995,Gunter Faure and Teresa M. Mensing
Sambuddha Misra
229
Division of Interdisciplinary Research
Preface
The Division of Interdisciplinary Research consists of the Biosystems Science & Engineering, Department of
Computational and Data Sciences, Centre for Contemporary Studies, Interdisciplinary Centre for Energy
Research, Interdisciplinary Centre for Water Research, Centre for Nano Science and Engineering, Centre for
Infrastructure, Sustainable Transportation and Urban Planning, Department of Management Studies, Robert
Bosch Centre for Cyber Physical Systems and Supercomputer Education and Research Centre. The courses
offered in the different departments of the Division have been reorganized after review and revision, and have
been grouped department wise. These are identified by the following code.
The first two digits of the course number have the departmental code as the prefix. All the Departments/ Centres
of the Division provide facilities for research work leading to the degrees of M Tech, M Tech (Research) and
PhD. There are specific requirements for completing a Research Training Programme for students registered for
research at the Institute. For individual requirements, students are advised to consult the Departmental
Curriculum Committee. The M Tech Degree Programmes are offered in Centre for Nano Science and
Engineering, Department of Computational and Data Sciences. Department of Civil Engg and CiSTUP jointly
offer an M Tech Programme in Transportation Engineering. Department of Management Studies offers a Master
of Management. Most of the courses are offered by the faculty members of the Division, but in certain areas,
instruction by specialists in the field and experts from industries are also arranged.
Prof. G Rangarajan
Chairman
Division of Interdisciplinary Research
230
INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM - BioSystems Science and Engg
This course introduces concepts of drug delivery to meet medical challenges. The course is
designed to be modular, with each module focusing on the following topics: Diffusion and
permeation of drugs in biological systems; Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics; Challenges
and strategies for various drug delivery routes; Drug-delivery systems: polymer-drug conjugates,
matrix-based systems, reservoir and erodible systems; Responsive and targeted delivery systems;
Nanotoxicology and Translational regulatory pathways. Students will also be asked to work on a
group-project to propose a drug-delivery application for an existing medical need.
Rachit Agarwal
1. Drug Delivery: Engineering Principles for Drug Therapy,W. Mark Saltzman,Oxford University Press,2001~2. Drug Delivery:
Fundamentals and Applications,Anya M. Hillery and Kinam Park
Bioengineering Practicum 1 is a compulsory course for all BSSE PhD Students in their first
Semester of their PhD programme. It is not open for students from other departments.
The course provides bioengineering laboratory experience to enable the student do practical work
on a particular field of specialization by working in the laboratories of the thesis advisers. The
student is expected to learn the experimental techniques and practical methods pertaining to the
research topic undertaken. The evaluation will be based on oral presentation to the BSSE faculty.
In this course, the students are expected to work in the laboratory of the adviser(s) and learn the
computational and/or experimental techniques required in their research. Generally, the adviser(s)
and the student have a general research topic in mind and use that to decide the techniques to be
learnt. The purpose of this course is to enable the student to get familiar with the research topic and
take the first steps in beginning thesis research.The students are advised to take the initiative to
thoroughly understand all the related material of each and every technique they are supposed to
learn.
Bioengineering Practicum 2 is a compulsory course for all BSSE PhD Students in their first
Semester of their PhD programme. It is not open for students from other departments.
The course provides bioengineering laboratory experience to enable the student do practical work
on a particular field of specialization by working in the laboratories of the thesis advisers. The
student is expected to learn the experimental techniques and practical methods pertaining to the
research topic undertaken. The evaluation will be based on oral presentation to the BSSE faculty.
231
In this course, the students are expected to work in the laboratory of the adviser(s) and learn the
computational and/or experimental techniques required in their research. Generally, the adviser(s)
and the student have a general research topic in mind and use that to decide the techniques to be
learnt. The purpose of this course is to enable the student to get familiar with the research topic and
take the first steps in beginning thesis research.The students are advised to take the initiative to
thoroughly understand all the related material of each and every technique they are supposed to
learn.
The course provides an introduction to fundamental concepts in Biology for PhD students with little
to no knowledge of Biology past 10th or 12th standard school curriculum. The course will aim to
provide a basic introduction to modern biology, while covering the following topics: evolution,
biomolecules, fundamentals of biochemistry, protein structure and function, basic molecular biology,
genetics, and an introduction to the cellular architecture. A combination of theoretical concepts and
basic experimental methodologies in biology will be discussed. In addition, an introduction to plant
and human physiology will also be provided, which includes lectures on classification of tissues,
basic human anatomy, and an in-depth discussion on neurophysiology. The concepts covered here
will aid in the skill development required to study diverse problems in bioengineering.
This course will aim to introduce concepts in the interdisciplinary areas of bioengineering,
biomedical engineering and biotechnology. The course is designed to be modular, with each module
focusing on one of the following topics: introduction to mathematics and biology; polymer
engineering; transport phenomena through polymeric matrices and its applications in drug delivery;
biological and immune responses to polymeric implants; principles of tissue engineering;
computational approaches to study biological phenomena; and bioprocess engineering that includes
an introduction enzyme kinetics, metabolic pathways and bioreactors. Each module will include
three didactic lectures (1.5 hours each) followed by one class discussing a recent journal article
related to that module (1.5 hours).
Siddharth Jhunjhunwala
232
Narendra M Dixit
Ananthasuresh G K
Ananthasuresh G K
233
Centre for Nanoscience and Engineering
M Tech Degree Programme
Centre for Nano science and Engineering
Duration: 2 years
Project
NE 299 0:27 Project Work
0:03 May-July
0:09 August–December
0:15 January June
Basic Circuit Analysis and Passive Components; Introduction to semiconductor devices and circuits
involving Diodes, BJT, MOSFET and JFET; Opamp circuits: Transimpedance amplifier, Instrumentation
amplifier, Comparator, Precision DMM application; Tradeoffs between power, noise, settling time and cost;
Survey of sensors and their datasheets; Filters and Oscillators; Introduction to digital logic, State
Machines, Digital IO, 555 timer, Latch, Flip-flops, Divide by N; Microcontroller programming;
Communication protocols for sensor interfacing
Paul Horowitz, Winfield Hill, “Art of Electronics”, Cambridge University Press, 3rd Edition, 2015,,,J. Edward Carryer, Matthew Ohline
and Thomas Kenny, “Introduction to Mechatronic Design”, Pearson Education India, 1st International edition, 2012,Jeremy Blum,
"Exploring Arduino: Tools and Techniques for Engineering Wizardry", Wiley, 2013),1st year undergraduate level Basic Circuits
course,,1st year undergraduate level Basic Programming course
234
NE 250 (AUG) 1:0
Entrepreneurship, Ethics and Societal Impact
This course is intended to give an exposure to issues involved in translating the technologies from lab to
the field. Various steps and issues involved in productization and business development will be clarified,
drawing from experiences of successful entrepreneurs in high technology areas. The intricate relationship
between technology, society and ethics will also be addressed with illustrations from people involved in
working with the grass root levels of the society.
Navakanta Bhat
Lecture notes,-,-
All device fabrication is preceded by material synthesis which in turn determines material microstructure,
properties and device performance. The aim of this course is to introduce the student to the principles that
help control growth. Crystallography ; Surfaces and Interfaces; Thermodynamics, Kinetics, and
Mechanisms of Nucleation and Growth of Crystals ; Applications to growth from solutions, melts and
vapors (Chemical vapor deposition an Physical vapor deposition methods); Stress effects in film growth
Srinivasan Raghavan
Ivan V. Markov, Crystal growth for Beginners, Fundamentals of Nucleation, Crystal Growth and Epitaxy, World Scientific,
1998.(548.5,N96),L.B.Freund, S.Suresh, Thin Film Materials – Stress, Defect Formation and Surface Evolution, Cambridge University
Press, 2003. (621.38152 PO36),Milton Ohring, Material Science of Thin Films, Academic Press,-,-
This course provides training in the use of various device and material characterization techniques. Optical
characterization: optical microscopy, thin film measurement, ellipsometry, and Raman spectroscopy;
Electrical characterization: Noise in electrical measurements, Resistivity with 2- probe, 4-probe and van
der Pauw technique, Hall mobility, DC I-V and High frequency C-V characterization; Mechanical
characterization: Laser Doppler vibrometry, Scanning acoustic microscopy, Optical profilometry, and Micro
UTM; Material characterization: Scanning electron microscopy, Atomic force microscopy, XRD, and
Focused ion beam machining.
Lecture notes hands-on training manuals,Hands-on training manuals,Handouts on detailed process flows and device characterization
schedule
Stephen Elliott, Physics and Chemistry of Solids John Wiley, 1998,S. M Lindsay, Introduction to Nanoscience, Oxford (2010),-,-,-
This course is designed to give training in device processing at the cleanroom facility. Four specific
modules will be covered to realize four different devices i) p-n junction diode, ii) MOS capacitor iii) MEMS
Cantilever iv) Microfluidic channel.
Handouts on detailed process flows and device characterization schedule,Marc J. Madou,Fundamentals of Microfabrication and
Nanotechnology,CRC press,ISBN 9780849331800
This is a foundation level course in the area of electronic device technology. Band structure and carrier
statistics, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor, Carrier transport, p-n junction, Metal-semiconductor
junction, Bipolar Junction Transistor, Heterojunction, MOS capacitor, Capacitance-Voltage characteristics,
MOSFET, JEFET, Current-Voltage characteristics, Light Emitting Diode, Photodiode, Photovoltaics,
Charge Coupled Device Integrated circuit processing, Oxidation, Ion implantation, Annealing, Diffusion,
Wet etching and dry plasma etching, Physical vapour deposition, Chemical vapour deposition, Atomic layer
deposition, Photolithography, Electron beam lithography, Chemical mechanical polishing, Electroplating,
CMOS process integration, Moore’s law, CMOS technology scaling, Short channel effects, Introduction to
Technology CAD, Device and Process simulation and modeling
Digbijoy N Nath
236
This is a foundation course discussing various phenomena related to fluids and fluid-interfaces at micro-
nano scale. This is a pre-requisite for advanced courses and research work related to micro-nano
fluidics.Transport in fluids, equations of change, flow at micro-scale, hydraulic circuit analysis, passive
scalar transport, potential fluid flow, stokes flow Electrostatics and electrodynamics,
electroosmosis,electrical double layer (EDL), zeta potential, species and charge transport, particle
electrophoresis,AC electrokinetics Surface tension, hysteresis and elasticity of triple line, wetting and long
range forces, hydrodynamics of interfaces, surfactants, special interfaces Suspensions,
rheology,nanofluidics, thick-EDL systems, DNA transport and analysis
Prosenjit Sen
Brian J. Kirby, Micro- and Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics, Cambridge University Press,P.-G. de Gennes, F. Brochard-Wyart, and D.
Quere, Capillarity and Wetting Phenomena, Springer,R. F. Probstein, Physicochemical Hydrodynamics, Wiley Inter-Science,-,-
This is a foundation level optics course which intends to prepare students to pursue advanced topics in
more specialized areas of optics such as biophotonics, nanophotonics, non-linear optics etc. Classical and
quantum descriptions of light, diffraction, interference, polarization. Fourier optics, holography, imaging,
anisotropic materials, optical modulation, waveguides and fiber optics, coherence and lasers, plasmonics.
Bahaa Saleh and Malvin Teich, Fundamentals of Photonics, Wiley and Son (1991) Hecht E, Optics. Addison Wesley, 2001,-,-,-,-
Introduction and overview of micro and nano fabrication technology. Safety and contamination issues in a
cleanroom. Overview of cleanroom hazards. Basic process flow structuring. Wafer type selection and
cleaning methods. Additive fabrication processes. Material deposition methods. Overview of physical
vapour deposition methods (thermal, e-beam, molecular beam evaporation) and chemical vapour
deposition methods (PE-CVD, MOCVD, CBE, ALD). Pulsed laser deposition (PLD), pulsed electron
deposition (PED). Doping: diffusion and ion implant techniques. Optical lithography fundamentals, contact
lithography, stepper/canner lithography, holographic lithography, direct-laser writing. Lithography
enhancement methods and lithography modelling. Non-optical lithography; E-beam lithography, ion beam
patterning, bottom-up patterning techniques. Etching process: dry and wet. Wet etch fundamentals,
isotropic, directional and anisotropic processes. Dry etching process fundamentals, plasma assisted etch
process, Deep Reactive Ion Etching (DRIE), Through Silicon Vias (TSV). Isotropic release etch. Chemical-
mechanical polishing (CMP), lapping and polishing. Packaging and assembly, protective encapsulating
materials and their deposition. Wafer dicing, scribing and cleaving. Mechanical scribing and laser scribing,
Wafer bonding, die-bonding. Wire bonding, die-bonding. Chip-mounting techniques.
237
Nonlinear and Ultrafast Photonics
This is an intermediate level optics course which builds on the background provided in “Introduction to
photonics” offered in our department. Owing to the extensive use of nonlinear optical phenomena and
Ultrafast lasers in various fields, we believe a good understanding of these principles is essential for
students in all science and engineering disciplines, in particular students involved in the area of Photonics,
RF and Microwave systems, Optical Instrumentation and Lightwave (Fiber-optic) Communications. In
addition, this course intends to prepare students to pursue advanced topics in more specialized areas of
optics such as Biomedical Imaging, Quantum optics, Intense field phenomena etc.
Supradeepa V R
Robert W. Boyd, Nonlinear Optics, Elsevier (2003),Govind P. Agrawal, Nonlinear Fiber Optics, Elsevier (2007),Andrew M Weiner,
Ultrafast Optics, Wiley (2008),Miscellaneous Research Articles and Reviews.,-
This course discusses all aspects of MEMS technology – from modeling, design, fabrication, process
integration, and final implementation. Modeling and design will cover blockset models of MEMS
transducers, generally implemented in SIMULINK or MATLAB. Detailed multiphysics modeling may require
COMSOL simulations. The course also covers MEMS specific micromachining concepts such asbulk
micromachining, surface micromachining and related technologies, micromachining for high aspect ratio
microstructures,glass and polymer micromachining, and wafer bonding technologies. Specific case studies
covered include Pressure Sensors, Microphone, Accelerometers, Comb-drives for electrostatic actuation
and sensing, and RF MEMS. Integration of micromachined mechanical devices with microelectronics
circuits for complete implementation is also dicussed.
Rudra Pratap
G.K.Ananthasuresh,K.J.Vinoy,S. Gopalakrishnan,K.N.Bhat and V.K.Aatre. “Micro and Smart Systems- Technology and Modelling”
John Wiley & Sons,Inc (2012)
This is a foundation level course in mechanics which will prepare students to pursue advanced studies
related to mechanical phenomena at the micro and nano scales. Basics of continuum theory, continuum
hypothesis, elasticity, thermoelasticity, fluid mechanics, heat conduction, electromagnetism, coupled
thermal-elastic and electrostatic-elastic systems, MEMS and NEMS structures -- beams, plates, and
membranes, scaling of mechanical properties and continuum limits, numerical methods for mechanical
modelling, mechanics beyond continuum theory.
John A. Palesko and David H. Bernstein, Modeling MEMS and NEMS, Chapman and Hall/CRC,-,-
238
This is an intermediate level optics course which builds on the background provided in “Introduction to
photonics” offered in our department. Owing to the extensive use of lasers in various fields, we believe a
good understanding of these principles is essential for students in all science and engineering disciplines.
Supradeepa V R
Anthony E. Siegman, Lasers, University Science Books (1986),OrazioSvelto, Principles of Lasers, Springer (2010),Miscellaneous
Research Articles and Reviews.
This course provides training in the use of various device and material characterization techniques. Optical
characterization: optical microscopy, thin film measurement, ellipsometry, and Raman spectroscopy;
Electrical characterization: Noise in electrical measurements, Resistivity with 2- probe, 4-probe and van
der Pauw technique, Hall mobility, DC I-V and High frequency C-V characterization; Mechanical
characterization: Laser Doppler vibrometry, Scanning acoustic microscopy, Optical profilometry, and Micro
UTM; Material characterization: Scanning electron microscopy, Atomic force microscopy, XRD, and
Focused ion beam machining.
This course is designed to give training in device processing at the cleanroom facility. Four specific
modules will be covered to realize four different devices i) p-n junction diode, ii) MOS capacitor iii) MEMS
Cantilever iv) Microfluidic channel
This course is designed to help students learn to write their manuscripts,technical reports, and
dissertations in a competent manner. The do's and dont's of the English language will be dealt with as a
part of the course. Assignments will include writing on topics to a student's research interest, so that the
course may benefit each students directly.
Shivashankar S A
The Elements of Style William Strunk Jr. and E.B. White 4th Edition Long man,Academic Writing Stephen Bailey 2nd Edition
Routledge,The Elements of Technical Writing Gary Blake and Robert W Bly - Longman
239
NE 332 (JAN) 3:0
Physics and Mathematics of Molecular Sensing
This course presents a systematic view of the process of sensing molecules with emphasis on bio-sensing
using solid state sensors. Molecules that need to be sensed, relevant molecular biology, current
technologies for molecular sensing, modeling adsorption-desorption processes, transport of target
molecules, noise in molecular recognition, proof-reading schemes, multi-channel sensing, comparison
between in-vivo sensing circuits and solid state biosensors
Manoj Varma
Lecture notes and selected publications from recent literature. Familiarity with solution of ODEs and PDEs, knowledge of Matlab,
Mathematica or an equivalent programming language, elementary probability theory,-,-
Optics fundamentals; ray optics, electromagnetic optics and guided wave optics, Light-matter interaction,
optical materials; phases, bands and bonds, waveguides, wavelength selective filters, electrons and
photons in semiconductors, photons in dielectric, Light-emitting diodes, optical amplifiers and Lasers, non-
linear optics, Modulators, Film growth and deposition, defects and strain, III-V semiconductor device
technology and processing, silicon photonics technology, photonic integrated circuit in telecommunication
and sensors.
Saleh, B. E. A., and M. C. Teich. Fundamentals of Photonics. New York, NY: Wiley, 1991.,T. Tamir, Topics in Applied Physics
Volume 7: Integrated Optics, Springer-Verlag Berlin.,Haus, H. A. Waves and Fields in Optoelectronics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall.,Research articles,,Handouts and Lecture
This course intends to prepare students to pursue advanced topics in more specialized areas of MEMS
and Electronic packaging for various real time applications such as Aero space, Bio-medical, Automotive,
commercial, RF and micro fluidics etc. MEMS – An Overview, Miniaturisation, MEMS and Microelectronics
-3 levels of Packaging. Critical Issues viz., Interface, Testing & evaluation. Packaging Technologies like
Wafer dicing, Bonding and Sealing. Design aspects and Process Flow, Materials for Packaging, Top down
System Approach. Different types of Sealing Technologies like brazing, Electron Beam welding and Laser
welding. Vacuum Packaging with Moisture Control. 3D Packaging examples. Bio Chips / Lab-on-a chip and
micro fluidics, Various RF Packaging, Optical Packaging, Packaging for Aerospace applications. Advanced
and Special Packaging techniques – Monolithic, Hybrid etc., Transduction and Special packaging
requirements for Absolute, Gauge and differential Pressure measurements,Temperature measurements,
Accelerometer and Gyro packaging techniques, Environmental Protection and safety aspects in MEMS
Packaging. Reliability Analysis and FMECA. Media Compatibility Case Studies,
Challenges/Opportunities/Research frontier.
Prosenjit Sen
Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS PACKAGING, INSPEC, The Institution of Electrical Engineers, London,UK,2004,Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS & MICRO
SYSTEMS Design and Manufacture, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2002,John H Lau, Cheng Kuo Lee, C.S. Premchandran, Yu Aibin,
Advanced MEMS Packaging, McGraw-Hill, 2010
240
NE 314 (JAN) 3:0
Semiconductor Opto-electronics and Photovoltaics
241
INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM - ENERGY
ER 201 (AUG) 3:0
Renewable Energy Technologies
Energy is a critical component in the daily life of mankind. Historically, energy production
technologies have shown a continual diversification depending on technological, social, economical,
and even political impacts. In recent times, environmental and ecological issues have also
significantly affected the energy usage patterns. Hence, renewable energy sources are occupying
increasingly important part of the emerging energy mix. This course gives an introduction to key
renewable energy technologies. Case studies will be discussed to emphasize the applications of
renewable energy technologies. At the end of the course students should be able to identify where,
how and why renewable energy technologies can be applied in practice.
None,None,None
Overview of primary and renewable energy sources, installed capacity and projected growth,
applications, advantages and limitations. Energy conversion: Solar, wind, micro-hydro etc, system
control requirements, grid connectivity issues. Recent advances in power transmission,
introduction to EHV/UHV AC and DC transmission systems; present status and future growth.
Design criteria for overhead transmission lines: general system design, methodology, components
of HV transmission systems, types of conductors/accessories and bundle configurations,
Transmission towers- calculations of clearances for power frequency, switching and lightning
surges, right of way (ROW), earth wire/OPGW, selection of insulators for light, medium and heavy
polluted areas, Up-gradation of existing transmission lines, Design considerations of HV
Substations, Comparison of AIS, Hybrid-AIS and GIS, Insulation coordination for UHV systems,
earthing and safety measures in UHV substations, Sub-station automation, power distribution,
distribution reforms, SCADA.Laboratory experiments on concepts in generation of primary and
renewable energy sources, Assignments involving computation/simulation of ground end
electric and magnetic fields, technical visits to Industry/HV Substation.
None,None,None
242
CDS-Computer and Data Systems
Computational Science
Course Theory Practical
Course Name Instructor Year Term
Code Credits Credits
Atanu Kumar Mohanty,
August
DS 211 Numerical Optimization 3 0 Phaneendra Kumar 2018
Session
Yalavarthy
Modelling and August
DS 290 3 0 Soumyendu Raha 2018
Simulation Session
Numerical Linear August
DS 284 2 1 Murugesan Venkatapathi 2018
Algebra Session
August
DS 301 Bioinformatics 2 0 Sekar K, Debnath Pal 2018
Session
August
DS 288 Numerical Methods 3 0 Sashikumaar Ganesan 2018
Session
Introduction to Scalable Sathish S Vadhiyar, August
DS 221 3 1 2018
Systems Yogesh L Simmhan Session
Machine Learning with August
DS 222 3 1 Partha Pratim Talukdar 2018
Large Datasets Session
Course Theory Practical
Course Name Instructor Year Term
Code Credits Credits
Topics in Embedded January
DS 397 2 1 Nandy S K 2019
Computing Session
Numerical Solution of January
DS 289 3 1 Atanu Kumar Mohanty 2019
Differential Equations Session
Scalable Systems for January
DS 256 3 1 Yogesh L Simmhan 2019
Data Science Session
January
DS 295 Parallel Programming 3 1 Sathish S Vadhiyar 2019
Session
Phaneendra Kumar
Data Analysis and January
DS 294 3 0 Yalavarthy, Anirban 2019
Visualization Session
Chakraborty
January
DS 299 Dissertation Project 0 28 2019
Session
Phaneendra Kumar January
DS 260 Medical Imaging 3 0 2019
Yalavarthy Session
January
DS 255 System Virtualization 3 1 Lakshmi Jagarlamudi 2019
Session
Deep Learning for January
DS 265 3 1 Venkatesh Babu R 2019
Computer Vision Session
Finite Elements: Theory January
DS 291 3 1 Sashikumaar Ganesan 2019
and Algorithms Session
Course Theory Practical
Course Name Instructor Year Term
Code Credits Credits
Parallel Computing for May
DS 323 1 1 Sashikumaar Ganesan 2019
Finite Element Methods Session
243
Architecture: computer organization, single-core optimizations including exploiting cache hierarchy
and vectorization, parallel architectures including multi-core, shared memory, distributed memory
and GPU architectures; Algorithms and Data Structures: algorithmic analysis, overview of trees and
graphs, algorithmic strategies, concurrent data structures; Parallelization Principles: motivation,
challenges, metrics, parallelization steps, data distribution, PRAM model; Parallel Programming
Models and Languages: OpenMP, MPI, CUDA; Distributed Computing: Commodity cluster and
cloud computing; Distributed Programming: MapReduce/Hadoop model.
Sathish S Vadhiyar
Consent from Advisor~Basic knowledge of system science~Basic data structures and programming~Basics of computer
systems~Basic algorithms
Introduction to Digital Image and Video Processing, Background Modeling, Object Detection and
Recognition, Local Feature Extraction, Biologically Inspired Vision, Object Classification,
Categorization, Tracking, Activity Recognition, Anomaly Detection, Intrusion detection, Handling
occlusion, scale and appearance changes.
Anirban Chakraborty
CDS-Computational Science
DS 284 (AUG) 2:1
Numerical Linear Algebra
Introduction: Matrix and vector norms, arithmetic and computational complexity, floating point
arithmetic. Matrix factorization and direct methods for solving linear systems: Gaussian elimination,
LU factorization, Pivoting, Cholesky decomposition, QR factorization, Gram-Schmidt
orthogonalization, Projections, Householder reflectors, Givens rotation, Singular Value
Decomposition, Rank and matrix approximations, image compression using SVD, generalized Schur
decomposition (QZ decomposition), Least squares and solution of linear systems and
pseudoinverse, normal equations.Stability Analysis: conditioning of a problem, forward and
backward stability of algorithms, perturbation analysis.Eigenvalue problems: Gershgorin theorem,
Similarity transform, Eigenvalue & eigenvector computations, Power method, Schur decomposition,
Jordan canonical form, QR iteration with & without shifts, Hessenberg transformation, Rayleigh
quotient, Symmetric eigenvalue problem, Jacobi method, Divide and Conquer, Iterative methods:
Computing the Singular Value Decomposition, solving linera systems (Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and
SOR), convergence of iterative algorithms, Krylov subspace methods (Lanczos, Arnoldi, MINRES,
GMRES, Conjugate Gradient and QMR), Pre-conditioners, Approximating eigenvalues and
eigenvectors.
Murugesan Venkatapathi
244
Numerical Optimization
Soumyendu Raha
P.E Kloeden, Platen, E., Numerical Solution of Stochastic Differential Equations . Springer, Berlin. doi : 10.1007/978 -
3 - 662 - 12616 - 5 . ISBN 978 - 3 - 540 - 54062 - 5 , ,1992,Banks, J., Carson, J. S., Nelson, B. L., & Nicol, D. M. (2013).
Discrete-event system simulation: Pearson new international edition. Pearson Higher Ed.,Asmussen, S., & Glynn, P. W.
(2007). Stochastic simulation: algorithms and analysis (Vol. 57). Springer Science & Business Media.
Soumyendu Raha
Streaming algorithms and Naive Bayes, fast nearest neighbor, parallel perceptrons, parallel SVM,
randomized algorithms, hashing, sketching, scalable SGD, parameter servers, graph-based semi-
supervised learning, scalable link analysis, large-scale matrix factorization, speeding up topic
modeling, big learning and data platforms, learning with GPUs.
245
Partha Pratim Talukdar
Root finding: Functions and polynomials, zeros of a function, roots of a nonlinear equation,
bracketing, bisection, secant, and Newton-Raphson methods. Interpolation, splines, polynomial fits,
Chebyshev approximation. Numerical Integration and Differentiation: Evaluation of integrals,
elementary analytical methods, trapezoidal and Simpson’s rules, Romberg integration, Gaussian
quadrature and orthogonal polynomials, multidimensional integrals, summation of series, Euler-
Maclaurin summation formula, numerical differentiation and estimation of errors. Optimization:
Extremization of functions, simple search, Nelder-Mead simplex method, Powell’s method, gradient-
based methods, simulated annealing. Complex analysis: Complex numbers, functions of a complex
variable, analytic functions, conformal mapping, Cauchy’s theorem. Calculus of residues. Fourier
and Laplace Transforms, Discrete Fourier Transform, z transform, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT),
multidimensional FFT, basics of numerical optimization.
Sashikumaar Ganesan
Consent from Advisor,Good knowledge of basic mathematics,Basic programming skill,Basic knowledge of multivariate
calculus and elementary real analysis
246
structural properties – secondary structure prediction, hydrophobicity patterns, detection of motifs,
structural database (PDB). Genome databases, Cambridge structure database, data mining tools
and techniques, Structural Bioinformatics, Topics from the current literature will be discussed.
Parallel Algorithms: MPI collective communication algorithms including prefix computations, sorting,
graph algorithms, GPU algorithms; Parallel Matrix computations: dense and sparse linear algebra,
GPU matrix computations; Algorithm models: Divide-and-conquer, Mesh-based communications,
BSP model; Advanced Parallel Programming Models and Languages: advanced MPI including MPI-
2 and MPI-3, advanced concepts in CUDA programming; Scientific Applications: sample
applications include molecular dynamics, evolutionary studies, N-Body simulations, adaptive mesh
reinements, bioinformatics; System Software: sample topics include scheduling, mapping,
performance modeling, fault tolerance.
Sathish S Vadhiyar
Consent from Advisor,DS 221 Introduction to scalable systems,A graduate level course on algorithms,Fundamentals of
MPI,OpenMP and GPU architectures
Computer vision – brief overview; Machine Learning – overview of selected topics ; Introduction to
Neural Networks, Backpropagation, Multi-layer Perceptrons ; Convolutional Neural Networks ;
Training Neural Networks ; Deep Learning Software Frameworks ; Popular CNN Architectures ;
Recurrent Neural Networks ; Applications of CNNs- Classification, Detection, Segmentation,
Visualization, Model compression ; Unsupervised learning ; Generative Adversarial Networks.
Venkatesh Babu R
Consent from Advisor,Basic knowledge of Computer Vision and Machine Learning,Proficiency in Python,C/C++
Generalized (weak) derivatives, Sobolev norms and associated spaces, inner-product spaces,
Hilbert spaces, construction of finite element spaces, mapped finite elements, two- and three-
dimensional finite elements,Interpolation and discretization error, variational formulation of second
order elliptic boundary value problems, finite element algorithms and implementation for linear
elasticity, Mindlin-Reissner plate problem, systems in fluid mechanics
Sashikumaar Ganesan
247
Consent from Advisor,Good knowledge of numerical analysis,Basic programming skill
This course will develop the soft skills required for the CDS students. The modules (each spanning
3 hours) that each student needs to complete include: Seminar attendance, literature review,
technical writing (reading, writing, reviewing), technical presentation, CV/resume preparation, grant
writing, Intellectual property generation (patenting), incubation/start-up opportunities, and
academia/industry job search.
Quick introduction to nonlinear dynamics: bifurcations, unstable manifolds and attractors, Lyapunov
exponents, sensitivity to initial conditions and concept of predictability. Markov chains, evolution of
probabilities (Fokker-Planck equation), state estimation problems. An introduction to the problem of
data assimilation (with examples) Bayesian viewpoint, discrete and continuous time cases Kalman
filter (linear estimation theory) Least squares formulation (possibly PDE examples) Nonlinear
Filtering: Particle filtering and MCMC sampling methods. Introduction to Advanced topics (as and
when time permits): Parameter estimation, Relations to control theory, Relations to synchronization.
Soumyendu Raha
248
DS 294 (JAN) 3:0
Data Analysis and Visualization
Data pre-processing, data representation, data reconstruction, machine learning for data
processing, convolutional neural networks, visualization pipeline, isosurfaces, volume rendering,
vector field visualization, applications to biological and medical data, OpenGL, visualization toolkit,
linear models, principal components, clustering, multidimensional scaling, information visualization.
(*) Context: Taxonomy of parallel and distributed computing; shared/distributed memory, and
data/task parallel computing; Role of Cloud computing. (*) Technology: Cloud Virtualization, Elastic
computing; Infrastructure/Platform/Software as a Service (IaaS/PaaS/SaaS); Public/Private Clouds;
Service oriented architectures. (*) Design Patterns: Design of task/data parallel distributed
algorithms; Cloud applications; Task graphs and Map-Reduce model; Amdahl’s law, data locality,
speedup of Cloud applications. (*) Execution Models: Synchronous/asynchronous execution
patterns; Scale up/Scale out on VMs; Data marshalling/unmarshalling; Asynchronous coordination
of concurrent tasks on VMs; NoSQL Cloud storage. (*) Evaluation: Load balancing of
stateful/stateless applications; Performance metrics for evaluating Cloud applications; Consistency,
Availability and Partitioning (CAP theorem). (*) Programming project using public Cloud
infrastructure e.g. Amazon AWS, Microsoft Azure Cloud resources provided.
References:
* Distributed and Cloud Computing: From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things, Kai Hwang,
Jack Dongarra and Geoffrey Fox, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011
* Current literature
Yogesh L Simmhan
Nandy S K
Consent from Advisor,Basic knowledge of digital electronics,computer organization and design,Basic knowledge of computer
architecture,data structures and algorithms
249
DS 211 (JAN) 3:0
Numerical Optimization
This course will teach the fundamental Systems aspects of designing and using Big Data platforms,
which are a specialization of scalable systems for data science applications.1) Design of distributed
program models and abstractions, such as MapReduce, Dataflow and Vertex-centric models, for
processing volume, velocity and linked datasets, and for storing and querying over NoSQL
datasets.2) Approaches and design patterns to translate existing data-intensive algorithms and
analytics into these distributed programming abstractions.3) Distributed software architectures,
runtime and storage strategies used by Big Data platforms such as Apache Hadoop, Spark, Storm,
Giraph and Hive to execute applications developed using these models on commodity clusters and
Clouds in a scalable manner. Students will work with real, large datasets and commodity clusters,
and use scalable algorithms and platforms to develop a Big Data application.
Yogesh L Simmhan
Data Structures and Algorithms,Strong programming experience preferably in Java,Courses like DS 221; DS 252; DS 222; or
E0 251
Ordinary differential equations: Lipschitz condition, solutions in closed form, power series method.
Numerical methods: error analysis, stability and convergence, Euler and Runge-Kutta methods,
multistep methods, Adams-Bashforth and Adams-Moulton methods, Gear’s open and closed
methods, predictor-corrector methods. Sturm-Liouville problem: eigenvalue problems, special
functions, Legendre, Bessel and Hermite functions. Partial differential equations: classification,
elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic PDEs, Dirichlet, Neumann and mixed boundary value problems,
separation of variables, Green’s functions for inhomogeneous problems. Numerical solution of
PDEs: relaxation methods for elliptic PDEs, Crank-Nicholson method for parabolic PDEs, Lax-
Wendroff method for hyperbolic PDEs. Calculus of variations and variational techniques for PDEs,
integral equations. Finite element method and finite difference time domain method, method of
weighted residuals, weak and Galerkin forms, ordinary and weighted/general least squares. Fitting
250
models to data, parameter estimation using PDEs.
Virtualization as a construct for resource sharing; Re-emergence of virtualization and it’s importance
for Cloud computing; System abstraction layers and modes of virtualization; Mechanisms for system
virtualization – binary translation, emulation, para-virtualization and hardware virtualization;
Virtualization using HAL layer – Exposing physical hardware through HAL (example of x86
architecture) from an OS perspective; System bootup process; Virtual Machine Monitor; Processor
virtualization; Memory Virtualization; NIC virtualization; Disk virtualization; Graphics card
virtualization; OS-level virtualization and the container model; OS resource abstractions and
virtualization constructs (Linux Dockers example) ; Virtualization using APIs – JVM example.
Lakshmi Jagarlamudi
Consent from Advisor,Basic course on operating systems,Basic programming skill
X-ray Physics, interaction of radiation with matter, X-ray production, X-ray tubes, dose, exposure,
screen-film radiography, digital radiography, X-ray mammography, X-ray Computed Tomography
(CT). Basic principles of CT, single and multi-slice CT. Tomographic image reconstruction, filtering,
image quality, contrast resolution, CT artifacts. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI): brief history,
MRI major components. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: basics, localization of MR signal, gradient
selection, encoding of MR signal, T1 and T2 relaxation, k-space filling, MR artifacts. Ultrasound
basics, interaction of ultrasound with matter, generation and detection of ultrasound, resolution.
Doppler ultrasound, nuclear medicine (PET/SPECT), multi-modal imaging, PET/CT, SPECT/CT,
oncological imaging, medical image processing and analysis, image fusion, contouring,
segmentation, and registration.
This course will provide an introduction to parallel finite element data structure and its efficient
implementation in ParMooN (Parallel Mathematics and object oriented Numerics), an open source
parallel finite element package. Further, the implementation of the parallel (MPI/OpenMPI)
geometric multigrid solver will also be taught. Parallel finite element solution of scalar and
251
incompressible Navier-Stokes equations in two- and three-dimensions using ParMooN
(cmg.cds.iisc.ac.in/parmoon/) will also be a part of this course.
Sashikumaar Ganesan
Consent from Advisor,Good knowledge of finite element methods,C/C++,Sashikumaar Ganesan, Lutz Tobiska: Finite
elements: Theory and Algorithms, Cambridge-IISc Series, Cambridge University Press, 2017.,An Introduction to Parallel
Programming. Peter S Pacheco. Publisher: Morgan Kauffman. ISBN: 978-93-80931-75-3. 2011.
252
Dept of Management Studies
Master of Management (M.Mgt) Program
Duration: 2 years
Electives: 12 credits
Summer Internship: No credits. Every student is required to spend a minimum of eight weeks in
an identified industrial enterprise or public sector organization during the summer period after the
first two semesters. Alternatively students have the option to get exposure to business incubators,
venture capital firms and successful start-ups.
Introduction to managerial economics, demand theory and analysis, production theory, cost theory,
market structure and product pricing, Pricing of goods and services, pricing and employment of
inputs. Micro and macro economics, national income accounting, GDP measurement, inflation and
price level, aggregate demand and supply, fiscal and monetary policy.
Balasubrahmanya M H
India’smacroeconomic crisis: causes and dimensions. Keynesian Theory, money and banking.
253
How banks create money.
Monetary Policy: Its instruments and uses, monetary policy in India, monetarism, supply side fiscal
policies, Philipp’s curve and theory of rational expectations. Case studies on macroeconomic issues.
Balasubrahmanya M H
Understanding human behaviour; functionalist, cognitive, behaviouristic and social learning theories;
perception; learning; personality; emotions; defense mechanisms; attitude; communication; decision
making; groups and social behaviour; intra-personal and inter-personal differences; managing
conflicts.
Anjula Gurtoo
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
R. Srinivasan, Strategic Management – The Indian Context, Prentice-Hall of India, 5th Edition, 2014.,R. Srinivasan, Case
Studies in Marketing – The Indian Context, Prentice-Hall of India, 6th Edition, 2014.,None
Introduction to data mining. Data mining process. Association rule mining: Apriori and FP tree.
Classification: ID3, C4.5, Bayes classifier. Clustering: K-means, Gaussian mixture model. Bayesian
belief networks. Principal component analysis. Outlier detection.
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kaufman Publishers 2001.,Richard J.
Roiger and Michael W Geatz, Data Mining: A Tutorial-Based Primer, Addison-Wesley 2003,Mehmed Kantardzic, Data
Mining: Concepts, Models, Methods and Algorithms, Wiley, 2003
254
MG 251 (AUG) 3:0
Finance and Accounts
Nature and purpose of accounting, financial statements: learning, understanding the basic financial
statements. Preparation of P and L account, balance sheet, basic accounts and trial balance.
Income measurement, revenue recognition, depreciation accounting. Cash flow statements.
Analysis and interpretation of financial statements; concepts and elements of cost, activity based
costing. CVP analysis, break-even point, marginal costing, relevant costing.
Cost analysis for decision making: opportunity cost concept, dropping a product, pricing a product,
make-or-buy and product mix decisions. Joint products, by-products. Process costing. Standard
costing, budgeting – flexible budget, master budget, zero based budgeting. Overview of Financial
Management, time value of money, fund and cash flow statement, risk and return. Working capital
management: estimating working capital, financing working capital, receivables management,
inventory management, cash management, money markets in India.
Capital Budgeting: appraising long term investment projects, make vs. buy investment decisions,
estimating relevant cash flow. Capital Structure: Estimation of cost of debt, cost of equity, overall
cost of capital, CAPM. Capital structure planning: Capital structure policy and target debt equity
structure, EBIT-EPS analysis. Leasing. Introduction to valuation of firm. Introduction to derivatives.
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
Anthony and Reece, Accounting Principles, AITBS, Sixth Edition, 1998,S.K. Bhattacharyya and John Dearden, Accounting
for Management, Vikas Publishing House, Third Revised Edition, 1998.,Horngren, Foster and Dattar, Cost Accounting, PHI
Publication, Tenth Edition.,Brearly R. and Myers S, Principles of Corporate Finance, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, Fifth
Edition.,Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill, Fifth Edition.
MOT scope and focus, measuring technology content and intensity, organizing the high technology
enterprise. Concurrent engineering and integrated product development, managing technology
based projects, technology evaluation and selection, leading technology teams.
Akhilesh K B
Analytical hierarchy process: structuring of a problem into a hierarchy consisting of a goal and
subordinate features of the problem, and pairwise comparisons between elements at each level.
Goal programming: Pareto optimality, soft constraints, identifying the efficient frontier, duality and
sensitivity analysis. Data envelopment analysis: relative efficiency measurements, DEA model and
analysis, graphical representation, and dual DEA model. Agent based modeling: complex adaptive
255
systems, emergent structures and dynamic behaviors. Discrete event simulation: random number
generators and generating random variates. Selecting input probability distributions and output data
analysis. Neural networks: neuron model and network architecture, perceptron learning rule, and
back propagation. Support vector machines: Learning methodology, linear learning machines,
kernel-induced feature spaces.
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
Saaty, T. L., The Analytic Hierarchy Process, McGraw-Hill, 1990.,Rardin, R. L., Optimization in Operations Research,
Pearson, 2005.,Law, A. M. and Kelton, D. W., Simulation Modeling and Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1991.,Mitchell, T., Machine
learning, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich,Essentials of Management – An International Perspective,Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd.,New Delhi,8th Edition
Probability spaces, laws and calculations; distributions and moments of discrete and continuous
univariate and multivariate random variables and vectors; binomial, Poisson, negative binomial,
uniform, normal and gamma models. Poisson processes. Criteria and methods of estimation –
UMVU, MM, ML. Testing statistical hypotheses – fixed and observed significance level testing. One
and two sample problems for mean, variance and proportions – Z-test, t-test, chi-square-test, F-test,
sign test, Wilcoxon rank–sum and signed-rank test. Chi-square-test of homogenity, independence
and goodness-of-fit.
Mukhopadhyay C
Douglas C. Montgomery & George C. Runger,Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers,Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,Fifth
Edition,2014
256
Mathirajan M
Marketing function, marketing concept, relationship with other functions, relevance, marketing
environment, markets. Consumer behavior, market segmentation, marketing planning, marketing
mix, Product policy, new products, product life cycle. Pricing, distribution. Advertising and
promotion. Marketing organization. Sales forecasting. Management of sales force, marketing
control.
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
Akhilesh K B
DeCenzo and Robbins,Personnel and Human Resource Management,Prentice Hall,1988.,Werther and Davis
Phonetics, speech patterns, tables, lexical and grammatical exercises and dialogues
I.S. Krishtofova and T.S. Gamzkova,Russian Language For All.,L. Muravyova,Verbs of Motion in Russian,Russian Language
Publishers
257
Introduction to policy; conceptual foundations; practice of policy making; theories: social, institutional
rational choice, punctuated equilibrium, and stages; frameworks and models; government and
politics; rationality and governance; role of rules, strategies, culture and resources; member
dynamics (institutional and non-institutional); analysis: meta, meso decision and delivery levels.
Anjula Gurtoo
Simple and multiple linear regression modeling, general linear hypotheses testing, and prediction;
multiple and partial effects and correlations; residual analysis; dummy variable techniques (analysis
of covariance). Classical decomposition of time series into trend, cyclical, seasonal and irregular
components. Elementary trend modeling - growth models, polynomial and logistic trends. Stationary
stochastic processes - auto-covariance and partial auto-correlation functions; MA, AR and ARMA
models – Impulse Response Function, Auto Correlation Analysis and forecasting. Stochastic trends
– unit root tests, ARIMA modeling, forecasting. Seasonality modeling – SARIMA models.
Mukhopadhyay C
Michael H. Kutner,Christopher J. Nachtsheim,John Neter & William Li,Applied Linear Statistical Models,McGraw-Hill
International Edition
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
258
McDonald, Emma K, Wilson, Hugh N, and Konus, Umut: Better Customer Insight, HBR September 2012.,Shen, Diane:
Developing and Administering Kano Questionnaires on Kano’s Methods for Understanding Customer-defined Quality, Center
for Quality of Management Journal, Fall 1993.,Shiba, Shoji and Walden, David (2006): Breakthrough Management,
CII.,Shiba, Shoji and Walden, David (2012): Four Practical Revolutions in Management, Productivity Press.
The systems approach, project organization, work definition, scheduling and network analysis,
PERT and CPM, resource–constrained scheduling, project costing and assessment, project control
and management, software for project management, management of hi-tech projects, including
software projects, quality and risk management.
Iyer, Parameshwar P., Engineering Project Management with Case Studies, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi, 2009.,Project
Management Institute, USA. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge. Newton Square, PA. 1996.,Meredith,
J.R., and Mantel, S.J. Jr., Project Management: A Managerial Approach, John Wiley and Sons, NY, 1995.
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
Trott, P., Innovation Management and New Product Development, Financial Times, Pitman Publishing, GB, 1998.,Petrusson,
U., Intellectual Property and Entrepreneurship, Creating Wealth in an Intellectual Value Chain, CIP Working Paper Series,
259
Centre for Intellectual Property Studies, Gotenburg, Sweden, 2004.,Rivette, K.G. & Kline, D., Rembrandts in the Attic,
Unlocking the Hidden Value of Patents, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, Massachusetts, 2000.
Balachandra P
The project work is expected to give intensive experience for a student with respect to industrial
organizations or institutions in the context of chosen field of specialization. Students are
encouraged to carryout individual project works.
Parthasarathy Ramachandran
None,None,None
Mukhopadhyay C
Shashi Jain
260
MG 227 (JAN) 3:0
Advanced Analytics
Mukhopadhyay C
261
INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM - CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEM
CP 311 (AUG) 2:1
Dynamics and Control of Smart Materials
This course will be taught jointly with Josephine Selvarani Ruth D.Introduction to smart/intelligent
materials, artificial intelligence vs embedded inherent intelligence smart systems, definitions and
implications, components of smart systems, role of smart materials in developing active intelligent
systems. Dynamics of high bandwidth low strain smart systems (piezoelectrics, magnetostrictive),
types of piezoelectric materials, generator and motor principle, constitutive relationship, unimorph
and bimorph actuators, design of sensing and actuating smart systems, application
examples.Dynamics of high strain low bandwidth systems (shape memory alloys, electro-active
polymers, magnetostrictive, electrostrictive), phase transformations, characteristics of SMA control,
modelling approach, Design of actuators –damper, compliant, variable impedance actuator, self-
sensing actuator, application examples.Design and control of hybrid smart systems (System
identification, controller, MATLAB Simulink), intelligent system design, factors to be considered in
selection of smart materials to develop a smart systems, optimal placement, dynamics of smart
hybrid system, modelling features, concepts of sensor –actuator integration, amalgamation of smart
materials and control system.Shared sensing and actuation, self-sensing actuation, techniques of
dual functionality, developing a smart device in a networking dual control loop systems. Laboratory
experiments will be given on the above topics Prerequisites: Undergraduate engineering courses
Bharadwaj Amrutur
[1] Culshaw B., Smart structures and Materials, Artech house, 1996,Leo, D. J., Engineering Analysis of Smart Material
Systems, Wiley, 2007.,Gauenzi, P., Smart Structures Physical Behaviour, Mathematical Modelling and Applications, Wiley,
2009.,Srinivasan, A. V., Michael McFarland D., Smart structure analysis and design, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
This course will be taught jointly with Shishir N. Y. Kolathaya.Configuration spaces, task spaces,
rotation groups, rigid transformations, forward and inverse kinematics, forward and inverse
dynamics, holonomic and nonholonomic constraints, Lyapunov stability, feedback linearization of
robotic systems, safety in robotic systems, control Lyapunov functions, control barrier functions,
hybrid systems, hybrid modeling and stability of bipedal robots.
Prerequisites:Students must be well versed with basic mathematical concepts like linear algebra
and classical analysis. Suggested courses are MA 219 and MA 221.
Shalabh Bhatnagar
Murray, Li, Sastry, A Mathematical Introduction to Robot Manipulation, CRC Press, 1994,Song, Hutchinson and Vidyasagar,
Robot Modeling and Control, Wiley 2005,H. Khalil, Nonlinear Systems, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2002,A. Ghosal, Robotics:
Fundamental Concepts and Analysis, Oxford, 2006,S. Sastry, Nonlinear Systems: Analysis, Stability, and Control, Springer
1999
This course will be co-taught with Raghu Krishnapuram.Autonomous robots (including self-driving
cars and drones) are good examples of highly complex cyber-physical systems (CPSs) with an
array of sensors and actuators that may possess external connectivity to other infrastructure.
Autonomous robots are set to be game changers in several areas such as infrastructure
262
maintenance, transportation, public safety, rescue operations, disaster response, agriculture,
mining, surveillance, public safety, health care, unmanned cargo, and exploration. Autonomous
navigation lies at heart of autonomous robots, and involves a highly multidisciplinary approach. It
includes a variety of subject areas such as perception and sensor technologies (such as IMU, GPS,
LiDAR, and wheel odometry), behaviour modelling, trajectory prediction, localization and mapping
methods (including visual odometry), and motion/path planning in the presence of obstacles. This
14-week course will cover the main theoretical concepts and practical approaches to autonomous
navigation through a combination of lectures, associated hands-on lab assignments as well as
individual and group projects.Prerequisites: Random Processes (E2 202) or Probability and
Statistics (E0 232) or its equivalent, Linear Algebra and Applications (E0 219) or its equivalent, and
Data structures and algorithms (E0 251) or its equivalent. In addition, Knowledge of basic
optimization methods, algorithm design (including dynamic programming), basics of machine
learning and computer vision will be assumed.
Chiranjib Bhattacharyya
PROBABILISTIC ROBOTICS, Sebastian Thrun, Wolfram Burgard, D. Fox, MIT Press, 2005.,BAYESIAN ESTIMATION OF
TIME-VARYING SYSTEMS: DISCRETE TIME SYSTEMS, Simo Sarkka, Aalto University, 2010.,COMPUTER VISION:
ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS, Richard Szeliski, Springer, 2010.
Shalabh Bhatnagar
263